HomeMy WebLinkAboutC-2424 - Construction of City Hall's Professional/Technical BuildingDecember 12, 1984
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
Weeger Brothers, Inc.
15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
Huntington Beach, CA 92649
OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK
(714( 64f7-225T- 644 -3005
Subject: Surety: Great American Insurance Co.
Bonds No.: 3 90 89 62
Contract No.: C -2424
Project: Construction of Professional /Technical Building
The City Council on November 13, 1984 accepted the work of subject
project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion
and to release the bonds 35 days after the Notice has been recorded.
i
The Notice was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on November 20, 1984,
Reference No. 84- 489087. Please notify your surety company that the
bonds may be released 35 days after this date.
Sincerely,
I
Wanda E. Raggio
City Clerk
WER:pm
cc: Building Dept.
City Hall • 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California 92663
PLEASE 'RETURN TO•
84x89087
ERemp eme nc City Clerk �4 C::. 61r IN
OFFICIAL of New c OF ORANGE ea
3300 Newport Blvd. EXEMPT
Newport Beach, CA 92663 -3884 C 5.
-330 PM NOV 2 0'8 4
NOTICF. OF COMPLETION
COUNTY
'l� DEA
NO CPU naI�aE- TRATION PUBLIC WORKS RECOA
10 All Laborers and Material Men and to Every Other Person Interested:
YOU WILL PLEASE TAKE NOTICE that on November 13, 1984
the Public Works project consisting of Construction of Prof essional Technical
Building (C -2424)
on which Weeger Brothers, Inc., 15641 Product Lane, Unit
#A-4, Huntington
Beach,
CA 9
was the contractor, and Great American Insurance Company,
was the surety, was completed.
P.O. Box 60042,
Los
CA,
Angeles,
90060
CITY
i� EWPO�RT BEACH
Publrc- -Works Difector
Building
VERIFICATION
I, the undersigned, say:
Building
I am the F-db ie "tea Director of the City of Newport Beach; the foregoing
Notice of Completion is true of my own knowledge.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on November 19, 1984 at Newport Beach, California.
Building 3e-4erxs Dir ctor
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach; the City Council of said
City on November 13, 1984 accepted the above described work as
completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed..
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on November 19, 1984 at Newport Beach, California.
�C7
- City Clerk
, J
-i _
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
`. n
U ? OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK
o,,,__,,,.f )714)640415 -1- 644 -3005
November 19, 1984
Lee A. Branch
County Recorder
P.O. Box 238
Santa Ana, CA 92702
Dear Mr. Branch:
Attached for recordation is Notice of Completion of Building Department
project consisting of Construction of Professional and Technical
Building, Contract No. 2424 on which Weeger Brothers, Inc. was the
Contractor and Great American Insurance Company was the Surety.
Please record and return to us.
Sincerely,
Wanda E. Raggio
City Clerk
WER:pm
Attachment
cc: Building Department
City Hall • 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California 92663
•
TO: City Council
FROM Building Department
November 12, 1984
CITY COUNCIL AGENDA
ITEM NO.: F20
SUBJECT: Construction of Professional /Technical Building - Contract 2424
RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Accept the Work
2. Authorize the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion and to release
the bonds 35 days after the Notice of Completion has been filed
3. Approve an extension of time of 22 calendar days and waive any
• liquidated damaged.
DISCUSSION
On January 23, 1984 the City Council awarded Contract No. 2424 to
Weeger Bros, Inc. of Huntington Beach, in the amount of $700,120.00.
The original date of completion was July 31, 1984. Work was substantially
completed to the satisfaction of the architect and the Building Department
on October 5, 1984. Extensions of 44 calendar days were granted to
complete 27 change orders which were requested to the original plans.
Weeger Bros Inc. worked continuously and diligently with City Staff and
the Architect, Wilson V. Woodman. Construction delay was caused mainly
by rework required on the windows and beyond control of the contractor
and assessment of liquidated damages would not be justified.
Contract work consisted of constructing a two -story office building with
13,500 square feet of floor space located behind the City Hall. Additional
work included in the project includes professional fees, clearing the site
by relocating the "Teahouse ", testing and inspection, furnishings and
equipment, landscaping and other miscellaneous costs.
• The project was financed by an appropriation of $1,100,000 from the
General Fund in the 1982 -83 budget. (Account No. 022997271.)
Detailed breakdown of the project cost is attached.
Prepared and Submitted by:� /q��q��- ����..
Raimar W. Schuller, Building Director
A -1
$ 700,120.00
Contract
2424 - Weeger Bros - Original Bid:
Time
Extension
Change Orders
Amount
(Days)
•
Redesign 2nd floor joist to accommodate
616.81
heating units
2.
Provide footing under decorative columns
760.20
-
3.
Add'1 work driving friction piles
1,444.80
-
4.
Two 20 Amp 250V outlets for
1,388.06
1
duplicating machines
5.
Add'1 steel beams for bridge
3,141.60
14
6.
Add recessed lights for walkway
921.76
2
under bridge
7.
Install tube railings bridge
1,764.00
-
8.
Hose bibb and three clock outlets
959.12
2
9.
Install draft stops
905.10
2
10.
Framing under stairs for storage
3,675.78
6
11.
Remove steel plates @ ext. wall
88.20
-
Aco,.stic tile ceiling - elec. wiring
1,481.14
4
changes in stairways
13.
Stainless steel drains @ deck
641.55
-
14.
Rework handrailing - paint
657.30
-
15.
Refrigerator and oven
714.68
2
16.
Cancelled
- --
-
17.
Cancelled
- --
-
18.
Add'l walks, curbs, handicap ramp
1,414.35
3
19.
Drains under walkways
384.59
-
20.
Oak handrail at atrium
958.92
2
21.
Drinking fountain
851.72
1
22.
Five thumbturns on alumn. doors
33.12
-
23.
Extra stucco for column base
315.00
-
24.
Remove angle supports at permit rack,
246.75
2
texture coating and repaint
Door hardware
295.05
-
Aluminum corner beads for stucco
1,429.35
2
27.
Plaster column, electrical changes
926.75
1
26,015.70
44
A -1
$ 700,120.00
0
E
Contract 2424 - Weeger Bros - Original Bid: (continued)
Credit Change Orders Amount
Signage Allowance ( 838.56)
Carpeting Allowance (20,000.00)
Wall Covering Allowance ( 3,500.00)
Total Change Orders less Credit Change Orders:
Total Contract:
(24,338.56)
PFOFESSIONAL FEES
Wilson Woodman - Architect
77,937.00
• Less Credit
•
( 2,063.00)
• RWR and blueprinting
2,734.32
78,608.32
Wagner Stanford - Consultant, Field Survey
1,500.00
Action Engineering - Geotechnical Investigation
2,660.00
AAA Signs - City Seal
3,551.00
Zafuto Studios - Pencil Drawing and Water Color
1,696.00
United Inspection and Testing
1,983.00
K]
A -2
$ 700,120.00
$ 1,677.14
$ 701,797.14
$ 89,998.32
H
s
•
•
•
OTHER COSTS
Furniture, Interior Partitions, Carpeting &
Signage
Moving of Tea House
Excess Service Cable
Moving of IBM Copier
Vinyl Tile in Copier Area
Foam Inserts Second Floor
Ladder in Plan Room
Moving Costs Planning, Building & PB &R
Mini Blinds
Patio Tables and Bike Rack
Signs PB &R, Building and Planning Depts
Three Clocks
Total Other Costs:
ADDITIONAL COSTS ANTICIPATED
191,527.68
16,119.00
91.00
237.69
166.85
29.84
23.31
3,351.36
5,061.50
987.92
419.59
53.58
Landscaping by PB &R 11, 000.00
Wall Graphics 2,275.00 .
General Services:
• Assemble Tables, Install 1,250.00
bicycle racks, paving, misc.
Demolish Juvenile Detention Facility and repave 20,000.00
Convert Telephone Switch Gear Room to 4,000.00
Fire & PB &R Storage
Furniture and System Panels 39,283.00
Shelving and Miscellaneous 12,000.00
Total Additional Costs Anticipated
A -3
$ 218,069.32
• SUMMARY
•
•
Contract Weeger Bros $ 701,797.14
Professional Fees $ 89,998.32
Other Costs $ 218,069.32
Additional Costs Anticipated $ 89,808.00
GRAND TOTAL: $1,099,672.78
A -4
CALIFORNIA PRWMINARY NOTICE Q
NOTICE to Owner or Reputed Owner, to the Original Contractor and to the Construction
accordance with the following California Civil Code Provisions:
a Section 3097 (Private Work of Construction) p Section 3098 (Public Work of S
TO' City of Newport Beach ATTN: WANDA ANDERSON
(NanN of owner, reputed ownar Of public agency) {
Address: 3300 Newport Blvd., Newport Beach, Ca. 92663 1
(Address as shown on building permits If not shown, address of job site)
AND To; Weeger Bros. Inc.
(Nam* of original IOntntctoh •y. a: a t.
Address: 15641 Product Lane, Suite A -4, Huntington Beach, Ca.
"ran of original contractor, If unknown, address of lob site
AND TO: NONE
(Name of construction lender If any)
Address:
(Address of construction lender; If unknown, address of job sib)
You are hereby notified that ITAL TECHNO, INC.
(Name of person or firm furnishing labor, service, materials or equipment)
located at 11936 Valerio Street, North Hollywood, Ca. 91605
(Address of person or firm furnishing labor, service, materials or equipment)
has /will fumish(ed) labor, service, materials or equipment of the following general description:
Section 8210 —Wood Doors Sectiom 12302 —Wood Casework
with the estimated total value of $ N/A
(construction lenders copy only)
for the building, structure or other work of improvement located at:
Professional & Technical Bldg. 3300 Newport Blvd., Newport Beach, Ca.
"ran of job site)
The name of the person who contracted for the purchase of such labor, service materials or equipment is
Weeger Bros. Inc.
If this notice is given by a contractor who is required pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement to
pay supplemental fringe benefits into an express trust fund described in Section 3111, said contractor
shall show identity and address of such funds as follows: O Applicable; ® Not Applicable.
(Identity of such trust fund or funds)
(Addran of such bunt fund or funds)
n ITAL TECHNO, ,INC.
Of
Dated 4- 18-84 By
Mate dNlverod or mallee)
1 11936 Valerio Street
Odessa)
North Hollywood, Ca. 91605
NOTICE TO PAYOR: "Under the Mechanics' Lien Law (Section 7018, California Business and Profession Code) any con.
tractor, subcontractor, laborer, supplier or other person who helps to improve your property but is not paid for his work
or supplies, has a right to enforce a claim against your property. This means that, after a court hearing, your property
could be sold by a court officer and the proceeds of the sale used to satisfy the indebtedness. This can happen even if you
have paid your own contractor in full, if the subcontractor, laborer, or supplier remains unpaid."
NOTICE TO PROPERTY OWNER: (Section 3097) "If bills are not paid in full for the labor, services, equipment, or materials famished or to
be famished, a mechanie's lien leading to the loss, through court foreclosure proceedings, of all or part of your property being so improved
may be placed against the property am though you have paid your contrador in full. You may wish to protect yourself against this
consequence by: (1) Requiring your contractor to famish a signed release by the person or firm giving you this notice before making
payments to your contractor, or (2) Any other method or device which is appropriate under the circumstance."
Ago BUSINESS FORMS -11538 Warner Drive, Culver City, Calif. 90230 Form No. 1111.78
_______________________ ______ ______ ________ ___________
#3164
Upon receipt of this notice, please detach and sign this Acknowledgment and return same to sender.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF PRELIMINARY 20-DAY. NOTICE
(Section 3097.1, California Civil Code)
This acknowledges receipt on
Date:
(ate this acknowledgment Is eowuted)
of a copy of this preliminary 20-day notice at:
(ate)
(Address where notice receive*
(Signature of person acknowledging receipt, with title if
Professional Technical Bldg. acknowledgment Is made on behalf of another person)
(Address or description of job site)
0
0
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
P.U. BOX 1.768, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92663 -3884
OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK
(714) 640 -2251
TO: FINANCE DIRECTOR
BUILDING DEPT.
FROM: CITY CLERK
DATE: February 3, 1984
SUBJECT: Contract No. C -2424
Description of Contract Construction of Professional /Technical
Buildine
Effective date of Contract February 2, 1984
Authorized by Minute Action, approved on January 23, 1984
Contract with WeeRer Brothers, Inca
Address 15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
Beach, CA 92649
Amount of Contract $700,120:00
4�" Le
Wanda E. Andersen
City Clerk
WEA:lr
attach.
3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach
c -a4a11
0 (38)
BY THE CITY COUNCIL January 23, 1984
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL AGENDA
ITEM NO. F3c
JAN 231984
TO: City Council
i
FROM: Building Director
SUBJECT ..:_-.: ..:. _ _ _-
RECOMMENDATION:
Award Contract No. 2424 to Weeger Bros Inc., 15641 Product Lane,
Unit A4 - Huntington Beach, California 92649 in the amount of
$700,120.00 and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute
the contract.
DISCUSSION:
At 9:00 AM on January 5, 1984 the following bids for the
Professional /Technical Building were opened and read at the
City Clerk's Office:
Bidder
Amount Bid
Low
Weeger Bros
$ 700,120.00
2
Architectural Development Services
725,900.00
3
R.J.W. Construction
733,000.00
4
Newport Harbor Construction
736,384.00
5
Rainey Construction
756,000.00
6
Coy Atkins Construction
757,777.00
7
Dewitt Etheridge Co.
785,000.00
8
Wadman Construction
800,962.00
9
Tarnutzer Construction
802,181.00
10
NRC Construction
812,000.00
11
Charles Noble Construction
824,700.00
12
Daiwa Construction
840,000.00
13
Waggoner Building Company
867,142.00
14
Magnus Construction
929,000.00
15
Sonaz Investments
942,400.00
16
Del E. Webb Construction
1,021,000.00
17
Post Construction - San Francisco
Void
18
A. R. Willinger
Void
19
Leonard V. Bouas Construction
Void
The low bid appears to be 27 percent below the estimated construction cost.
The disparity between estimated and bid amounts is attributed to the intense
competition among contractors caused by scarcity of work. All the above bids
represent the base bid and optional bid item No. 4 deleting totally option
No. 2 and 3.
Additional monies available will hopefully permit us to furnish the interior
movable partitions and will also pay for some new furniture; finance the
relocating of the "Tea House "; do the landscaping and pay for extras and
contingencies.
Adequate funds are available and appropriated for the Professional /Technical
Building in account No. 022997271. Weeger Bros Inc., the low bidder, has
not performed previous contract work for the City of Newport Beach. In
checking the eight references listed it appears that Weeger Bros Inc. is
a technically able and experienced contractor who has performed satisfactory
to excellent in all the referenced construction projects. One of the most
outstanding references received was from the US Navy where Weeger Bros
constructed a three - million dollar commissary store at the Naval Station in
Long Beach. Other projects of significance were the Arts & Design Center
at Cal State Northridge; the Criminal Justice Building at Golden West College;
the Parks & Recreation Building in Santa Fe Springs; the Flight Simulator
Building at the Tustin Helicopter Base of the US Navy and the Industrial Park
within the City of Commerce.
The architectural plans for the Professional /Technical Building were prepared
by Wilson V. Woodman and the structural plans by Faysal Jurdi, Chief Plan
Check Engineer in the Building Department.
The Tea House relocation is slated for February 4, 1984. Contractor plans to
move onto site on February 13, 1984 and barring any unanticipated delays, the
project should be completed on August 15, 1984.
Raimar W. Schuller
j Building Director
Y �
{
- Y
f x
EM
f x
r
�
r�< s
2
{
ie i is
a
T -x
� 5
I
,
S i
2
4-a
I
y�
1
i
• CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH •
j BUILDING DEPARTMENT
' PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT NO. 2424
' December 23, 1983
' NOTICE TO BIDDERS:
BIDDERS shall propose to complete Contract No. 2424 in accordance with contract
documents, the Proposal, the Specifications and as modified by Addendum No. 1.
1. Change Bid Item No. 1 of the Proposal as follows:
' a. Structural: Change 20 TJI45 joist spacing from 24" O.C. to
16" O.C. on roof framing plan on Sheet S -2 between
' grid lines (1 and ® and Oc and
b. Clarification: Section 08800 Part 2.2 on Page 126 of Specification
should read 1/4" window glass as shown in window
' schedule on-Sheet 4.1 of Architectural plans
C. Clarification: Roof drain inside building may be hubless as specified
in Section 15050 Part 2 on Page 219 of Specification
in lieu of Item 17 of General Notes on Sheet P -1
of plans
d. Note: An addendum No. 2 is being considered to increase electrical
service and subfeed the existing computer building by
December 27, 1983.
2. Clarification on Bid Item No. 2, 3 and 4 of the proposal as follows:
Optional bid items 2, 3 and 4 should be bid as alternates to
corresponding items on plans and specifications.
' Please execute and date this Addendum No. 1 and attach it to your bid proposal. NO BID
PROPOSAL WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THIS ADDENDUM BEING EXECUTED AND ATTACHED THERETO.
' tGGGZ�GfU �LC�/L/
Rai.ar W. Schuller
Building Director
714/640 -2130
I have carefully examined Addendum No. 1, and hereby consent to its being made a part
of our proposal.
' WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE
(Bidder's Name)
' S /Paul A. Weeger, President
(Authorized Signature)
' Date January 5, 1984 15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
(Bidder's Address)
(714) 895 -5077 Huntington Beach, CA 92649
(Telephone No.)
NOTICE TO BIDDERS:
BIDDERS shall propose to complete Contract No. 2424 in accordance with contract
documents, the Proposal, the Specifications and as modified by Addendum No. 2.
1. Change Bid Item no. 1 of the Proposal as follows:
ELECTRICAL: Increase electrical service and subfeed the existing
computer building as outlined in the attached four
8 -1/2 x 11 drawings.
Please execute and date this Addendum No. 2 and attach to your bid proposal.
NO BID PROPOSAL WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THIS ADDENDUM BEING EXECUTED AND
ATTACHED THERETO.
jRaimar W. Schuller
Building Director
714/640 -2130
I have carefully examined Addendum No. 2, and hereby consent to its being made
' a part of our proposal.
I!
I
Date January 5, 1984
' (714) 895 -5077
(Telephone No.)
i
1
ii
WEEGER BROS., INC.,A JOINT VENTURE
(Bidder's Name)
S /Paul A. Weeger, President
(Authorized Signature)
15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
Bidder's Address)
Huntington Beach, CA 92649
i
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
'
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT NO. 2424
'
December 28, 1983
NOTICE TO BIDDERS:
BIDDERS shall propose to complete Contract No. 2424 in accordance with contract
documents, the Proposal, the Specifications and as modified by Addendum No. 2.
1. Change Bid Item no. 1 of the Proposal as follows:
ELECTRICAL: Increase electrical service and subfeed the existing
computer building as outlined in the attached four
8 -1/2 x 11 drawings.
Please execute and date this Addendum No. 2 and attach to your bid proposal.
NO BID PROPOSAL WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THIS ADDENDUM BEING EXECUTED AND
ATTACHED THERETO.
jRaimar W. Schuller
Building Director
714/640 -2130
I have carefully examined Addendum No. 2, and hereby consent to its being made
' a part of our proposal.
I!
I
Date January 5, 1984
' (714) 895 -5077
(Telephone No.)
i
1
ii
WEEGER BROS., INC.,A JOINT VENTURE
(Bidder's Name)
S /Paul A. Weeger, President
(Authorized Signature)
15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
Bidder's Address)
Huntington Beach, CA 92649
• CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PR 7.1
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT NO. 2424
PROPOSAL
To the Honorable City Council
City of Newport Beach
3300 Newport Boulevard
lP.O. Box 1768
Newport Beach, California 92663 -3884
Gentlemen:
The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read
the Notice Inviting Bids, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby agrees
Ito furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services to do all the work
required to complete Contract No. 2424 in accordance with the Special Provisions, the Plans
(Drawing No. B- 5104 -S, consisting of 35 sheets), the City's Standard S ecial Provisions and
Drawin s for Public Works Construction, the Standard Specifications Stan and S ecifica-
tions for Public Works onstruction, 982 Edition and 1983 Supplement), the Product Speci-
fications; and reference specifications; and that he will take in full payment therefor the
r following lump sum prices for each item, complete in place, to wit:
i
.1
11
.�, QUANTITY .", �.,.�. „ „�
N0. PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE.
BASE BID
1. Lump Sum Construct professional and technical
building, complete in place, for the
lump sum price of:
Six hundred eighty -eight thousand
one hundred twenty Dollars
and
No Cents
OPTIONAL BID ITEMS
2. Lump Sum 7te 20' x 24' bridge connecting the
oor of Professional and
ical ding with exists wo-
story building he sou Deduct
the lump sum price o
Seven thousarfd Dollars
and
ra
$ 688,120.00
NOT AWARDED
$ 7,000.00
rr..... . ij
ICONTRACTOR'S LICENSE ND. 431712
■ DATE January 5, 1984
11
BIDDER'S TELEPHONE NO. (714) 895 -5077
WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE
Bidder's ame
S /Paul A. Weeger, President
Authorized Signature/Title
15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
Huntington Beach, CA 92649
Bidder's Address
TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS AND FIGURES FOR BASE BID AND ITEM 4
(Items 2 and 3 not awarded)
Seven hundred thousand one hundred twenty Dollars
and
No Cents
$ 700,120.00
•
PR 1.2
EM
QUANTITY
DESCRIPTION AND
TOTT[-
NO.
PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS
PRICE
3.
Lump Sum
S titute "Pella" aluminum-clad fi
wind for windows specified i c- NOT
AWARDED
tion 085 of Product Specif' tions,
in locations ecified i ection 01100-
1.26 of the Pro t S Mc ations, for
the additive or d ive (strike out
one) lump sum— ce of:
Additive
-Dedwettye-
Eicihty ve thousand Dollars
(strike out one)
and
nts
$ 85,000.00
4.
Lump Sum
Substitute HY -TEE 420 Series window/
entrance units for those specifica-
tions in Section 08520 of Product
Specifications, in locations speci-
fied.in Section 01100 -1.2C of the
Product Specifications, for the
additive or deductive (strike out
one) lump sum price of:
Additive
- Deddsk3ve-
Twelve thousand Dollars
(strike out one)
and
No Cents
$ 12,000.00
' TOTAL
BID PRICE WRITTEN.IN
WORDS AND FIGURES FOR BASE BID (ITEM 1 ONLY)
Six
hundred eighty -eight
thousand
one
hundred twenty
Dollars
and
No
Cents TOTAL BID
$ 688,120.00
ICONTRACTOR'S LICENSE ND. 431712
■ DATE January 5, 1984
11
BIDDER'S TELEPHONE NO. (714) 895 -5077
WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE
Bidder's ame
S /Paul A. Weeger, President
Authorized Signature/Title
15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
Huntington Beach, CA 92649
Bidder's Address
TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS AND FIGURES FOR BASE BID AND ITEM 4
(Items 2 and 3 not awarded)
Seven hundred thousand one hundred twenty Dollars
and
No Cents
$ 700,120.00
• • Page 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
The following contract documents shall be completed, executed and received
by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS:
1. PROPOSAL
2. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)
4. BIDDER'S BOND (sum not less than 10% of total bid price)
5. NON- COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
6. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
7. TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES
except that cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10% of
the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the Bidder's Bond. The title
of the project and the words SEALED BID shall be clearly marked on the outside
of the envelope containing the bid.
Bids shall not be received from bidders who are not licensed in accordance
with the provisions of Chapter 9, Division III of the Business and Professions'
Code. The low bidder shall also be required to possess a City of Newport Beach
business license prior to execution of contract.
Bids shall be submitted on the attached PROPOSAL form. The additional
copy of the PROPOSAL form may be retained by the bidder for his records.
I
The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are
given solely to allow the comparison of bid totals.
Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the
PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of dis-
crepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures.
In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price,
the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with
correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder
errors or omissions in the PROPOSAL.
Contract documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized
to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of
the President or Vice President. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of
a general partner. For so a ownership, the signature shall be of the owner.
In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the
Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of
per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each
craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the con -
1 tract. A copy of said determination is available in the office of the City
Clerk. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the
California Labor Code relating to prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770 -7981 in-
clusive). The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Section 1777.5
of the California Labor Code for all apprenticeable occupations.
431712 B -1 WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE
' Contr's Lic. No. & Classification Bidder
January 5, 1984 S /Paul A. Weeger, President
Date Authorized Signature /Title
'
Item of Work
Subcontractor
• Page 3
!
1.
PILING
Foundation Constructors
Antioch, CA
DESIGNATION
OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)
STRUCTURAL STEEL
Valley Engineering
Rialto, CA
The undersigned
certifies that he
has used bid(s) of the following listed
subcontractor(s)
in making up his
bid,and that the subcontractor(s) listed
!
will be used for
the work for which
they bid, subject to the approval of the
D & D Glass
Engineer and in
accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Specifications.
PLASTER
No change of subcontractor
Engineer.and as
may be
by State
made except with the prior approval of the
law.
provided
'.1
1
;1
0
Item of Work
Subcontractor
Address
!
1.
PILING
Foundation Constructors
Antioch, CA
2.
STRUCTURAL STEEL
Valley Engineering
Rialto, CA
3.
ROOFING
Saddleback Roofing
Orange, CA
4.
GLASS & GLAZING
D & D Glass
Westminster, CA
S.
PLASTER
- - - --
- ----
6.
GYPSUM WALLBOARD
- - - --
- - - --
7.
CERAMIC TILE
McCandless Tile
Santa Ana, CA
8.
ACOUSTICAL
9.
RESILIENT FLOORING
Arcadia Linoleum
LaVerne, CA
10.
PAINTING
DCD
Ontario, CA
!
11.
PLUMBING
HPL Mechanical
Santa Ana, CA
12.
HEAT. VENT. & AIR CON,
Pacific Southwest
Westminster, CA
13.
ELECTRICAL
Trani Elect.
Huntington Beach, CA
WEEGFR BR9
INC., A JOINT VENT
Bidder
S /Paul A.
Weeger, President
j
Authorized
Signature Title
'.1
1
;1
0
I4W OR ORIGINAL SEE CITY CLERK'S OE COPY Page 4
BIDDER'S BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
' That we, WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE , as bidder,
and GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY , as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, California, in the sum of
10% of the total bid price Dollars ($ 10% ),
lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum well and truly
to be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH,
That if the proposal of the above bounden bidder for the construction of
Professional and Technical Building 2424
[_l
I
I
I
I
i�
LJI
d
L�
in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of said City, and
if the above bounden bidder shall duly enter into and execute a contract for
such construction and shall execute and deliver the "Payment" and "Faithful
Performance" contract bonds described in the Specifications within ten (10) days
(not including Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays) from the date of the
mailing of a notice to the above bounden bidder by and from said City that said
contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall become null and
void; otherwise it is and shall remain in full force and effect, and the amount
specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City.
In the event that any bidder above named executed this bond as an indi-
vidual, it is agreed that the death of any such bidder shall not exonerate the
Surety from its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this 5th day
of January , 1984.
(Attach acknowledgement of
Attorney -in -Fact
S /Linda D. Coats
Notary Public
Commission expires Apr. 30, 1986
WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE
Mid er
S /Paul A: Weeger, President
Authorized Signature/Title
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
Surety
By S /Jahn Z. Schmidt
Title Attorney in Fact
I
i Page 5
NON- COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
The bidder, by its officers and agents or representatives present at the time
of filing this bid, being duly sworn on their oaths, say that neither they nor
any of them have, in any way, directly or indirectly, entered into any arrange-
, ment or agreement with any other bidder, or with any public officer of such
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH whereby such affiant or affiants or either of them, has
paid or is to pay to such bidder or public officer any sum of money, or has
given or is to give to such other bidder or public officer anything of value
whatever; or such affiant or affiants or either of them has not directly or
indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agreement with any other bidder or
bidders, which tends to or does lessen or destroy free competition in the
letting of the contract sought for by the attached bids; that no bid has been
accepted from any subcontractor or materialman through any bid depository, the
bylaws, rules or regulations of which prohibit or prevent the bidder from con-
' sidering any bid from any subcontractor or materialman which is not processed
through said bid depository, or which prevent any subcontractor or materialman
from submitting bids to a bidder who does not use the facilities of or accept
bids from or through such bid depository; that no inducement of any form or
character other than that which appears upon the face of the bid will be sug-
gested, offered, paid or delivered to any person whomsoever to influence the
acceptance of the said bid or awarding of the contract; nor has the bidder
any agreement or understanding of any kind whatsoever with any person whomso-
ever to pay, deliver to, or share with any other person in any way or manner,
any of the proceeds of the contracts sought by this bid.
' WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE
Bidder
1
1 S /Paul A. Weeger, President
Subscribed and sworn to before me Authorized Signature /Title
this 5th day of January ,
' 1984.
My commission expires:
rMay 11, 1985 S /John Z. Schmidt
Notary Public
rFOR
COPY Page 6
ORIGINAL
SEE CITY CLERAILE
STATEMENT OF
FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
The undersigned submits herewith a statement of his financial responsibility
or agrees to submit a statement
within 1 work day after the bid opening if
the undersigned is the apparent
low bidder.
rOn
file City Clerk.
with
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE
r
Bidder
S /Paul A. Weeger, President
Signature/Title
IjAuthorized
�1
I
.r
I
r
1
1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
1
.1
E
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES
Page 7
The undersigned submits herewith a statement of the work of similar character
to that proposed herein which he has performed and successfully completed.
Year
Completed For Whom Performed (Detail) Person to Contact Telephone No.
1982 U.S. NAVY COMMISARY STORE, LONG BEACH /LT. D.D. CURNUTT (213)547 -6875
List continued on "Contractor's Statement of Experience"
on file with City Clerk.
WEEGER BROS., INC:, A JOINT VENTURE
Bidder
S /Paul A. Weeger, President
Authorized Signature/Title
NOTICE
The following are samples of contract documents which shall be
completed and executed by the successful bidder after he receives a
letter of award from the City of Newport Beach:
PAYMENT BOND (pages 9 & 10)
1 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND (pages 11 & 12)
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE & ENDORSEMENTS (pages 13, 14, 15)
CONTRACT (pages 16 & 17)
I
Since the City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute
'
format for these contract documents, bidders are advised to review
their content with bonding, insuring and legal agents prior to sub-
mission of bid.
BONDING COMPANIES shall be acceptable as sureties in
accordance with the latest revision of Federal Register Circular 570.
INSURANCE COMPANIES shall be assigned Policyholders'. Rating B
(or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in
i
accordance with the latest edition of Best's Ke Ratin Guide:
Pro ert - Casualt Coverages shall be prov a or OF
INSU NCE checked on the CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE.
All costs associated with the specifications of these contract
documents shall be absorbed in the bid. Such specifications shall
include those contained in (1) each contract document and (2) the
Standard S ifications for Public Works Construction.(latest edi-
tion adoptedFfor use in the City of Newport Beach), except as
supplemented or modified by the Special Provisions for this project.
I
s
Page 9
PAYMENT BOND Bond No. 3 90 89 62
Premium: Included
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by
motion adopted January 23 1984,
has awarded to WEEGER BROS., INC A JOINT VENTURE
hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING (Contract No. 2424)
in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of
Newport Beach;
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the
terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond with said contract, providing that if
said Principal or any of his or its subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials,
provisions, provender, or other supplies or teams used in, upon, for, or about the per-
formance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any
kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, We
as Principal, and
Great American Insurance Company
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of
Seven hundred thousand one hundred twenty and no /100's Dollars ($ 700,120.00
said sum being one -half of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach
under the terms of the contract, for which payment well and truly to be made we bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal or
his subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, or other
supplies or teams, used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted
to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind or for amounts due
under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, that the
Surety or Sureties will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified
in the bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's
fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the
Civil Code of the State of California.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and
corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code
so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon
• • Page 10
Payment Bond (Continued)
this bond, as required by the Provisions of Sections 3247 et. seq. of the Civil Code of
the State of California.
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no .change,
extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the
work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in
any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any
such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract
or to the work or to the specifications.
In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from
its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and
Surety above named, on the 25th day of January , 19 84
Approved as to form:
X� U-e
City Attorney .
P
V
Wee er Bros., Inc. A Joint Venture (Seal)
Name of Contractor Principal
Authorized Signature itle
Authorized Signature and Titre
Great American Insurance Company (Seal)
Name of Surety
P.O. Box 60042
Los Angeles, CA 90060
Address of Surety
aignaturejna iitie or Autnorizea Agent
John Z. Schmidt, Attorney -in -Fact
P.O. Box 647 Rosemead, CA 91770
Address of Agent
818 -571 -6560
Telephone No. of Agent
w
V
0
H
F
N
ro
O
m
N
b
rJ
d
8
w
N
W
F:+
m 00
m 00
rn
N
a
w
�d
N
a
0
r
E+
O
u
N
rt
�t
a
0
m
N
d
a
v
Y
a
u
m
V
I ~
9
0
ro
+i
a
Tm
e
0
V
0
a
0
m
M
2
x
m
.0
a
N
e
41
a
N
a
ro
Np
V
v
O
u
ON
�
a
v
ro
w
u
0
°
4A
�
3
m
u
m'
a
., r.
at
d
<
O
N.
N
a
a
•
to
< Om
aVlz
1
ro
r
U U W
om0U�
C
a
N
u
z <gg`
0:5s x
�
a
E
e
x
O
Oi
b
N
z
a
H�
a
Y
a
m 1+
m
a+
ro
O
m
N
b
rJ
d
8
w
N
W
F:+
m 00
m 00
rn
N
a
w
�d
N
a
0
r
E+
O
u
N
rt
�t
a
0
m
N
d
a
v
Y
a
u
m
V
I ~
9
0
ro
+i
a
Tm
e
0
V
0
a
0
m
M
2
x
m
.0
a
N
e
41
a
N
a
Np
V
N
O
u
�
a
w
t
a
t
m'
r
N
.
O
N.
N
a
•
to
< Om
aVlz
CiUi
A
U U W
om0U�
C
°
z <gg`
0:5s x
�
E
e
x
a
�
a
H�
a
m
a+
m
1
.°
to
p •
GTW AIVERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
The number of persons authorized by 12379
this power of attorney is not more than No. 0
EIGHT POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named
below its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute in behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and
all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said
Company on any such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below.
Name
Address Limit of Power
GERALD W. ROSSKOPF
SANDRA
K.
WITT ALL OF ALL
RICHARD K. ROSSKOPF
DONALD
E.
RAPP SAN GABRIEL, CALIFORNIA UNLIMITED
ROBERT R. ROSSKOPF
DOUGLAS
A.
RAPP
JOHN Z. SCHMIDT
RICHARD
C.
LLOYD
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf of the attomey(s) -in -fact named above
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by
its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 12th day of July 19 82
Attest
STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON — ss:
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
On this 12th daY of July, 1982 before me personally appeared ROBERT M. SCHUDER, to me
known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resided in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is the Vice President of the Great American Insurance
Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.
This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great
American Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated August 20, 1979.
RESOLVED: That the President, the several Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is
authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys-In-Fact to execute in behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all
bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof, to prescribe their respective duties
and the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time
RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Company seat and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers may be affixed by facsimile
to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract or suretyship, or other
written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original
signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed.
CERTIFICATION
I, W. R. Bily, Secretary of the Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney, and
the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of August 20, 1979 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 25th day of January '19 84
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That
0
Page 11
Bond No. 3 90 89 62
Premium: $7451.00
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by
motion adopted January 23, 1984,
has awarded to WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE,
hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING (Contract No. 2424)
in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
and other contract documents on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of
Newport Beach; ,
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute said contract and the
terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance of said
contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, We,
Weeger Bros., Inc. A Joint Venture
as Principal, and
Great American Insurance Company
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of
Seven hundred thousand one hundred twenty and no /loo's - - -- Dollars ($700,120.00 ),
said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the contract, to be paid to
the said City or its certain attorney, its successors, and assigns; for which payment
well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators,
successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal,
his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all
things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, con-
ditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof made as therein
provided on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner
therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and
shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers and agents,
as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it
shall remain in full force and virtue.
And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the contract or to the
work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall
in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice
• • Page 12
Faithful Performance Bond (Continued)
of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the
contract or to the work or to the specifications.
In the event that any principal above named executed this bond as an individual,
it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from
its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and
Surety above named, on the 25th day of January lg 84
Approved as to form:
City ttorney
i
Weeger Bros., Inc. A Joint Venture (Seal)
Name of Contractor Principal)
Authorized Signatur d Title
Authorized Signature and Title
Great American Insurance Company ($eal)
Name of Surety
P.O. Box 60042
Los Angeles, CA 90060
Address of Surety
"nature anrr%n tie OT eutnorizea
John Z. Schmidt, Attorney -in -Fact
P.O. Bpx 647 Rosemead, CA 91770
Address of Agent
818 -571 -6560
Telephone No. of Agent
-'r
(A
rt
'a
M P'
rf
01
H
O
a
H
�D
H
[Y"
ro
m
rt
o
0
w
K
7
a
H
Ll
a
x
r
K
a
M
Oq
K
N
y
a
m
pa
m
m
m
rt
m
G
al
N
G
fA
p
n
O
3
or
yy
H
n
N
M
OV'•
O
W
rt
a
N
a
a'��n6Y
O —�
rt
rf
m
O
ft
Y s p-1
0
000
5(A Fr
gO
tD
w
a
N
W
1
0
r•
p
ft
rt
M
@
N
x
a
0
x
rt
Cr
•
M
p
a
.0
rt
rt
m
to
O
P.
H
M
p
4)
K
w
�}
O
M
a
a
a
r
n
p
r-
O
p
rt
O
rt
�N
N
to
1
O
O
rn
N
H
p
01
0
INt
rt
0
rt
•1
H
rrtt
O
K
•r�'
0
a
a
w
m
F
m
rt
r
a
w
p
p
n
M
O
0
o
y
a
5
0
p
rt
r
a
n
a
a
boy
IV
0
16
N
E
r
rt
a
a
a
m
W
a
{L
p
a
r•
a
n
9
rt
K
.a
a
aA
rt
a
rt
N
N
H
0
O
a
N
K
0 O
9
U K
a M
� r
0
J N
n
n M
n r
M
N
WA
M
O
H
m
� 9
Y N
7 �
a
n C
p
7 a
y N
Y H
r�
7
a
a
x
0
rt
a
H
K
r
n
O
M
y
H
H
M
0
n
M
O
Y
to
N
GtEr11T AIVE.RICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
The number of persons authorized by 12379
this power of attorney is not more than No. 0
EIGHT
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named
below its true and lawful attomey -in -fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute in behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and
all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said
Company on any such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below.
Name Address Limit of Power
GERALD W. ROSSKOPF SANDRA K. WITT ALL OF ALL
RICHARD K. ROSSKOPF DONALD E. RAPP SAN GABRIEL, CALIFORNIA UNLIMITED
ROBERT R. ROSSKOPF DOUGLAS A. RAPP
JOHN Z. SCHMIDT RICHARD C. LLOYD
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf of the attomey(s) -in -fact named above.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by
its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 12th day of July 19 82
Attest
STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON — ss:
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
On this 12th day of July, 1982 before me personally appeared ROBERT M. SCHUDER, to me
known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resided in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is the Vice President of the Great American Insurance
Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.
This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great
American Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated August 20, 1979.
RESOLVED: That the President, the several Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is
authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attomeys -In -Fact to execute in behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all
bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof, to prescribe their respective duties
and the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time.
RESOL VED FURTHER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers may be affixed by facsimile
to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract or suretyship, or other
written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original
signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the some force and effect
as though manually affixed
CERTIFICATION
I, W. R. Bily, Secretary of the Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney, and
the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of August 20, 1979 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 25th day of January '19 84
5.10296 —12179 Grint"in U.S.A. _ — .
r
City of Newport Beach
3300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, CA 92663
NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Page 13
I
A UTICA MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY.
I,ompany B ARGONAUT INSURANCE COMPANY
Letter
ry C CENTURY INDEMNITY
15641 PRODUCT LANE, UNIT A -4 I Company D M
C
his is to certify that policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named
bove and are in force at this time, including attached endorsement(s).
VOTE: The Comprehensive General Liability and Automotive Liability policies are endorsed
with the attached City of Newport Beach Endorsements.
,ANCELLATION: Should any of the above described policies be cancelled or coverage reduced
before the expiration date thereof,.thd•Insurance Company affording coverage
shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport Beach by
registered mail, attention: Public Works Department.
jy: ��,y c�.c�' Agency: ROSSKOPF. RAPP & SCHMIDT INS. AGENCY
d Representative "2jJR4
JOHN Z. SCHMIDT Date Issued
Description of operations /locations /vehicles: All operations performed for the City of Newport
Beach by or on behalf of the named insured in connection with the following designated contract:
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING CONTRACT NO. 2424
Project Title and Contract Number
NOTICE: This certificate or verification of insurance is not an insurance policy and does not
amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed herein. Notwith-
standing any requirement, term, or condition of any contract or other document with
respect to which this certificate or verification of insurance may be issued or may
pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all
the terms, exclusions and conditions of such policies, including attached endorsements.
R1
Policy
LIMITS OF LIABILITY
IN THOUSANDS
000
OMPANY
�ETTER
TYPES OF INSURANCE
COVERAGE REQUIRED
Policy
No.
Exp.
Date
Each
g. ro uc s
Completed
Occurrence
Operations
GENERAL LIABILITY
x Comprehensive Form
Bodily Injury
$
$
x Premises - Operations
Property Damage
$
$
x Explosion & Collapse Hazard
A.
x Underground Hazard
x Products /Completed Operations
GLA
Bodily Injury
Hazard
64281
1/3/84
and Property
x Contractual Insurance
Damage Combined
$ 500
$ 500
x Broad Form Property.Damage
x Independent Contractors
x Personal Injury
Marine
Personal Injury
$ 500
Aviation
AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY
[] Comprehensive Form
Bodily Injury
(Each Person
$
Qx Owned
$
i y TFjury
Each Occurrence
Ox Hired
ro ert ama e
A.
Ox Non -owned
2488
1/3/85
Bodily Injury and
Property Damage
Combined
$ 500
EXCESS LIABILITY
C.
® Umbrella Form
❑ Other than Umbrella Form
CIU
429140
3/18/8
Bodily Injury
and Property
Damage Combined
$ 1,000
$ 1,000
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
Statutor
B
and
EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY
CC20 -41
un '1
5/21/8
ac
Accident}
VOTE: The Comprehensive General Liability and Automotive Liability policies are endorsed
with the attached City of Newport Beach Endorsements.
,ANCELLATION: Should any of the above described policies be cancelled or coverage reduced
before the expiration date thereof,.thd•Insurance Company affording coverage
shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport Beach by
registered mail, attention: Public Works Department.
jy: ��,y c�.c�' Agency: ROSSKOPF. RAPP & SCHMIDT INS. AGENCY
d Representative "2jJR4
JOHN Z. SCHMIDT Date Issued
Description of operations /locations /vehicles: All operations performed for the City of Newport
Beach by or on behalf of the named insured in connection with the following designated contract:
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING CONTRACT NO. 2424
Project Title and Contract Number
NOTICE: This certificate or verification of insurance is not an insurance policy and does not
amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed herein. Notwith-
standing any requirement, term, or condition of any contract or other document with
respect to which this certificate or verification of insurance may be issued or may
pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all
the terms, exclusions and conditions of such policies, including attached endorsements.
R1
• Page 14
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT
It is agreed that:
1. With respect to such insurance as is afforded by the policy for Bodily Injury and
Property Damage Liability, the City of Newport Beach, its officers and employees are
additional insureds but only with respect to liability for damages arising out of
the ownership, maintenance or use of automobiles (or autos) used by or on behalf of
the named insured in connection with the contract designated below. The insurance
extended by this endorsement to said additional insured does not apply to bodily
injury or property damage arising out of automobiles (1) owned by or registered in
' the name of are additional insured, or (2) leased or rented by an additional insured,
or (3) operated by an additional insured. The insurance afforded the additional
named insured(s) shall apply as primary insurance and no other insurance maintained
I by the City of Newport Beach will be called upon to contribute with insurance
provided by this policy.
2
The policy includes the following provision:
"The insurance afforded by the policy applies separately to each insured
who is seeking coverage or against whom a claim is made or suit is brought,
except with respect to the limits of the Insurance Company's liability."
3. The limits of liability under this endorsement for the additional insureds named in
paragraph 1 of this endorsement shall be the limits indicated below for either Multi-
ple Limits or Single Limit, whichever is indicated by the letter X in the appropriate
box.
( ) Multiple Limits
Bodily Injury Liability $
Property Damage Liability
(X ) Single Limit
Bodily Injury Liability
and
Property Damage Liability
Combined
each occurrence
$ each occurrence
500,000
each occurrence
The limits of liability as stated in paragraph 3 of this endorsement shall not in-
crease the total liability of the Insurance Company for all damages as the result of
any one accident or occurrence in excess of the limits of Liability stated in the
policy as applicable to Automobile Liability Insurance.
4. Should the policy be cancelled or coverage reduced before the expiration date thereof,
the Insurance Company shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport
Beach by registered mail, Attention: Public Works Department.
5. Designated Contract: PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING CONTRACT NO. 2424
Project Title and Contract No.).
This endorsement is effective 1/25/84 at 12:01 A.M. and forms a part of
Policy No. BAP 251488
J Named Insured WEEGER BROS., INC. Endorsement No._
ROSOPF RAPP & SCT INS. AGENCY
Name of Insurance Company UTICA MUTUAL S=
'thorized Rgoresentative
JOHN Z. SCHMIDT
i-
i • Page 15
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT
It is agreed that:
1. With respect to such insurance as is afforded by the policy for Comprehensive General
Liability, the City of Newport Beach, its officers and employees are additional in-
sureds but only with respect to liability arising out of operations performed by or on
behalf the named insured in connection with the contract designated below or acts
and omissions of the City of Newport Beach in connection with its general supervision
of such operations. The insurance afforded said additional insured shall apply as
primary insurance and no other insurance maintained by the City of Newport Beach will
be called upon to contribute with insurance provided by this policy.
12. The policy includes the following provision:
"The insurance afforded by the policy applies separately to each insured against
I whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the
Insurance Company's liability."
3. The insurance afforded by the policy for Contractual Liability Insurance (subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability
assumed by the named insured under the indemnification or hold harmless provision con -
tained in the written contract, designated below, between the named insured and the
City of Newport Beach.
4. With respect to such insurance as is afforded by this policy, the exclusions, if any,
pertaining to the explosion hazard, collapse hazard and underground property hazard
(commonly referred to as "XCU "hazards) are deleted.
5. The limits of liability under this endorsement for the additional insured named in
paragraph I of this endorsement shall be the limits indicated below for either Multiple
Limits or Single Limit, whichever is indicated by the letter X in the appropriate box.
( ) Multiple Limits
Bodily Injury Liability $ each occurrence
Property Damage Liability $ each occurrence
Q�) Single Limit
Bodily Injury Liability $ 500,000 each occurrence
and
Property Damage Liability
Combined
The applicable limit of the Insurance Company's liability for the insurance afforded
for contractual liability shall be reduced by any amount paid as damages under this
endorsement in behalf of the additional insureds.
The limits of liability as stated in this endorsement shall not increase the total
liability of the Insurance Company for all damages as the result of any one occurrence
in excess of the limits of liability stated in the policy as applicable to Comprehen-
sive General Liability Insurance.
6. Should the policy be cancelled or coverage reduced before the expiration date thereof,
I the Insurance Company shall provide 30 days' advance notice to the City of Newport
Beach by registered mail, Attention: Public Works Department
7. Designated Contract: PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING CONTRACT NO. 2424
Project Title an8 Contract No.
This endorsement is effective 1/25/84 at 12:01 A.M. and forms a part of
Policy No. GLA 64281
Named Insured WEEDER BROS., INC. Endorsement No.
Name of Insurance
UTICA MUTUAL
INS.
ve
Page 16
'ONTRACT
IS AGREEMENT, entered into4w cv/70-day of 19
by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEA hereinafter "City," and WIEE6ER BROS..
CW1
INC. A JOINT , hereinafter "Contractor,"is made with
reference to the 9TRoE—wing facts:
1 (a) City has heretofore advertised for bids for the following
described public work:
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING 2424
Title of Project Contract No.
(b) Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsi-
ble bidder on said public work, and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set
forth in this contract, is based upon a careful examination of all plans and
specifications by Contractor,
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all of the work
for the construction of the following described public work:
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING 2424
Title of Project Contract No.
which project is more fully described in the contract documents. Contractor
shall perform and complete this work in a good and workmanlike manner, and in
accordance with all of the contract documents.
2. As full compensation for the performance and completion of this
work as prescribed above, City shall pay to Contractor the sum of Seven hundred
thousand one hun nd no/100
This compensation includes any loss or damage arising from the nature of the
work; (2) any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstruc-
tions in the performance of the work; (3) any expense incurred as a result of any
suspension or discontinuance of the work; but excludes any loss resulting from
earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves,
and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the work by City.
3. All of the respective rights and obligations of City and Contractor
are set forth in the contract documents. The contract documents are incorporated
herein by.reference as though set out in full and include the following:
(a) Notice Inviting Bids
(b) Instruction to Bidders and documents referenced therein
(c) Payment Bond
(d) Faithful Performance Bond
(e) Certificate of Insurance and endorsement(s)
I
"a
(f) Plans and Special P
i P
Tit a of 'ro ectICAL
(g) This Contract.
for
Page 17
Contract No.
4. Contractor shall assume the defense of, and indemnify and hold
harmless, City and its officers, employees and representatives from all claims,
loss or damage, except such loss or damage proximiately caused by the sole
negligence of City or its officers, employees and representatives.
IN.WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to
be executed the day and year first above written.
ATTEST:
�L4zyA'&"'
City Clerk
' APPROVED AS TO FOR
City Attorney
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
WEEGER BROS., INC., A JOINT VENTURE-."
CITY
Contractor�� /
ByQ�
Its
By
Its
CONTRACTOR
�^ I
V
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT NO. 2424
INDEX
TO
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Section
Page
I.
GENERAL CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 1
II.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. i
III.
SCOPE OF WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 1
IV.
AWARD OF CONTRACT
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
V.
TIME OF CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 2
VI.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 2
VII.
LIABILITY INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
A. GENERAL LIABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
B. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
!
VIII.
BRAND NAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
IX.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
A. SHOP DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
B. SAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 4
X.
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 4
XI.
EXISTING UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 4
XII.
SOILS REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 4
XIII.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 4
i
f '
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT NO. 2424
INDEX
TO
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
(Cont'd)
Section
Page
XIV.
CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 5
A. DURING THE WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 5
B. FINAL CLEANUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 5
C. DISPOSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 5
XV.
SERVICE MANUALS AND RECORD DRAWINGS . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 5
A. SERVICE MANUALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 5
B. RECORD DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 6
XVI.
GUARANTEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 6
XVII.
SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 6
XVIII.
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKING . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 6
XIX.
PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 6
A. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 6
B. MONTHLY PROGRESS PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 7
XX.
ALLOWANCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 7
ii
• . SP 1 of 7
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
' SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT N0. 2424
I. GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. The Standard Specifications of the City of Newport Beach shall govern con-
tractual relationships between the parties to this contract.
The parties to this contract are the City of Newport Beach and the Contractor.
II. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
' A. The Building Director of the City of Newport Beach shall administer this
contract for the City.
' 1. Any place where the word "Architect ", "Architect /Engineer ", or "Owner"
appears in the Product Specifications, the word "Architect ", "Architect/
Engineer" or "Owner" shall be understood to refer to the Building
Director of the City of Newport Beach or his authorized representative.
2. Any change order issued to the Contractor must be in writing and signed
by the Building Director and the Contractor in order to be valid.
III. SCOPE OF WORK
A. This contract covers the construction of a two -story professional and tech-
nical building containing approximately 13,500 square feet of floor space
on the City Hall site while normal activities at the City Hall continue.
1 Work to be done under this contract includes demolition, earthwork, con-
struction of a new building, site improvements, site utilities, and other
appurtenant work needed to complete the project.
B. Relocation of an existing relocatable building on the site of the proposed
Professional and Technical Building is not included in this contract. The
existing relocatable building will be moved by others prior to start of con-
struction of the Professional and Technical Building.
' C. Landscaping and sprinkler systems are not included in this contract.
I
I
I
• • SP2of 7
D. This contract requires the completion of the work in accordance with these
Special Provisions, the Plans (Drawing No. B- 5012 -S); the City's Standard
5 ecifications and Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction, the
City's Standard Specifications Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction, 1982 Edition and 1983 Supplement); the Product Specifications;
and reference specifications. Copies of the Standard Specifications may
be purchased from Building News, Inc., 3055 Overland Avenue, Los Angeles,
California 90034, telephone (213) 870 -9871. Copies of the City's Standard
Special Provisions and Standard Drawings may be purchased at the Public
Works Department office for 5 apiece.
Included in the scope of.the contract is the payment of all fees and the
securing of all permits normally charged by governing public agencies; the
payment of all connection charges normally charged by serving utilities;
and the furnishing of all material, labor, and transportation necessary to
complete the construction; except that the following fees normally charged
by the City of Newport Beach will be waived:
1. Building excise tax fees.
2. Building and plan check fees normally charged for the account
of the General Fund, including plumbing, electrical drywall, and
plastering permits.
The following fees, if required, will be paid directly by the City:
1. Fire and water service connection fees.
2. County Sanitation District connection fees.
' All other fees normally charged by the City must be paid by the Contractor.
Included among fees that must be paid are:
1. Business license fees.
IV. AWARDS OF CONTRACT
The Proposal contains a base bid plus three optional bid items. Each bidder
must list a price for the base bid and a price for each one of the optional
bid items; however, for the purpose of determining the lowest bid, only the
price bid for the base bid will be used.
The City will specify in the award of contract which of the optional bid items,
if any, it elects to include in the award of contract.
V. TIME OF CONTRACT
The date of the contract shall be the date that the contract is executed by
the City.
The contract shall be completed within 190 calendar days from the date of award
1 of the contract by the City Council.
VI. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Liquidated damages at the rate of $100 per day will be assessed as per Section
6 -9 of the Standard Specifications.
' • • SP 3 of 7
IVII. LIABILITY INSURANCE
Upon execution of the contract, the Contractor shall provide a certificate(s)
of insurance showing that he has liability insurance coverage. At the same
time, the Contractor shall provide the insurance endorsements on the forms
provided as part of the contract documents.
I
I
L�
I
VIII.
I
I
The liability insurance coverage shall include each of the following types of
insurance:
A. GENERAL LIABILITY
1. Comprehensive Form
2. Premises - Operations
3. Explosion and Collapse Hazard
4. Underground Hazard
5. Products /Completed Operations Hazard
6. Contractual Insurance
7. Broad Form Property Damage
8. Independent Contractors
9. Personal Injury
B. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
1. Comprehensive Form
2. Owned
3. Hired
4. Non -Owned
BRAND NAMES
Many materials and products have been specified in the Product Specifications by
brand names and /or manufacturers' catalog numbers. The Contractor may substi-
tute materials and products from other manufacturers for any material or prod-
uct specified in these contract documents by brand name and /or manufacturers'
catalog numbers, subject to the material or product being substantially equal
in performance and quality, and subject to the prior written approval of the
City.
IX. SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
' A. SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall check and verify all field measurements promptly in
order to cause no delay to himself or his subcontractors.
The Contractor shall submit to the City. all shop drawings and schedules
required for the work of the various trades, and the City shall pass upon
them with reasonable promptness.
The City's review of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for deviation from drawings or specifica-
tions, unless he has in writing called the City's attention specifically
to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him of
responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules.
I
1 • • SP 4 of 7
' All submittals of shop drawings, catalog cuts, data sheets equipment and
material lists shall be complete. The shop drawings transmittal form shall
be signed by the Contractor, verifying that shop drawings conform to con-
, tract drawings and specifications.
B. SAMPLES
The Contractor shall furnish for approval, all samples as directed. The
work shall be in accordance with approved samples.
X. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Initial tests required by contract documents will be paid for by the Owner.
Initial tests required by the contract documents are listed in Section 01410
of the Product Specifications. Retesting, if required, will be paid for by
the Contractor.
B. The cost of tests or inspections ordered by the Owner for the purpose of
determining the existence of faulty materials or faulty workmanship shall
be paid for by the Contractor, except when the tests or inspections deter-
mine that faulty materials or faulty workmanship does not exist, in which
case the Owner will pay for the tests or inspections.
C. Local, legally constituted public authorities having jurisdiction over this
construction, and the Owner shall be the only persons empowered to direct
tests to determine compliance or non - compliance with requirements of the
work.
' XI. EXISTING UTILITIES
Construction of the items in this contract will cause work to be performed
under and very near existing water, sewer, storm drain, gas, electrical, and
telephone lines.. The Contractor shall investigate, locate, and protect all
existing utilities. He shall protect in place and be responsible for, at his
own expense, any damage to existing utilities encountered during construction.
XI1. SOILS REPORT
A soils report prepared by Action Engineering for this building contract is
available for inspection in the Building Department office.
' XIII. TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. The Contractor must provide for his own use the following temporary facili-
ties:
1. Temporary field office or trailer.
' 2. Sanitary facilities.
3. Telephone. A pay telephone is available on the site.
4. Temporary storage areas.
5. Safety fencing, barricades, and warning lights.
E
v
1 . • SP5of7
B. The following are available on the site and may be used by the Contractor,
subject to the Contractor providing his own distribution facilities, and
subject to the adequacy of the existing facilities:
1 1. Water
2. Electricity
' C. Contractor's employees shall either park off the site or where directed by
the Owner.
D. No signs will be permitted on the project except the project sign, identi-
fying captions over offices, certain directional signs and warning signs
required for safety and protection. The Contractor shall take all neces-
sary steps to prevent installation of all unauthorized signs.
XIV. CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL
1 A. DURING THE WORK
At all times during the project, the buildings and site shall be kept clean.
All dirt, waste and rubbish shall be removed frequently and not allowed to
accumulate.
B. FINAL CLEANUP
In addition to keeping the building and site clean during construction, the
Contractor must thoroughly clean the inside and outside of all buildings,
including fixtures, equipment, hardware, walls, ceilings, and doors. This
shall include thorough cleaning of roofs, window and opening ledges and
sills, horizontal projections, exterior steps and platforms, walkways, rails
and other surfaces. Dust, dirt, stains, handmarks, paint spots, plaster
droppings, or other foreign material,shall be completely removed from the
surfaces.
C. DISPOSAL
Under no circumstances shall rubbish or waste material of any description
be buried or otherwise disposed of on the site, whether in fills, backfills
or other locations. All debris, rubbish, and waste or surplus material
shall be removed from the site. Particular care shall be taken by the
' Contractor to see that no dumping or spillage of concrete, plaster, oil,
gas, cleaning fluids or other deleterious matter is permitted in areas to
be planted or where such matter may drain or be carried into planting areas.
Any soil so contaminated shall be removed and replaced with approved soil,
' compacted as required, at the Contractor's expense.
XV. SERVICE MANUALS AND RECORD DRAWINGS
A. SERVICE MANUALS
The Contractor shall furnish two service manuals to the Owner. Manuals may
be loose leaf and shall contain complete exploded drawings of all equipment
installed showing components and catalog numbers together with the manufac-
turer's name and address.
I
1 0 • SP6of7
B, RECORD DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide and keep up to date a complete as -built set
of blue line prints, which shall be corrected daily to show every change
from the original drawings and specifications, and this set shall be the
record set. As -built entries shall be completed in a neat, clear, pro-
,fessional manner.
XV1. GUARANTEES
Besides guarantees required elsewhere, the Contractor shall and hereby does
guarantee all work for a period of one (1) year after the date of acceptance
of the work by the City and shall repair and replace any and all such work,
together with any other work which may be displaced in so doing, that may prove
defective in workmanship and /or materials within the one (1) -year period from
date of acceptance, without any expense whatsoever to the City, ordinary wear
and tear and usual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of failure to com-
ply with the above - mentioned conditions within a week after being notified in
writing, the City is hereby authorized to proceed to have the defects repaired
and made good at the expense of the Contractor, who hereby agrees to pay the
cost and charges therefor immediately on demand.
XVII. SAFETY
In accordance with generally accepted construction practices, the Contractor
shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, in-
cluding safety of all persons and property during performance of the work, and
the Contractor shall fully comply with all state, federal and other laws, rules,
regulations, and orders relating to safety of the public and workers.
The Contractor shall have, at the worksite, copies or suitable extracts of
Construction Safety Orders and General Industrial Safety.
VIII. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKING
The Contractor shall provide his own construction layout and staking. The price
to be paid for construction layout and staking shall be included in the lump sum
price bid for construction of the building, and no separate payment will be made
for construction layout and staking.
' XIX. PAYMENT
A. GENERAL
1. The work to be done under this contract includes furnishing all labor,
equipment, transportation, materials, and services necessary to com-
plete the construction as shown on the plans and described in the
specifications, complete in place, including specific allowances
of $20,000 for carpeting and padding; $1,500 for signing; $3,500 for
vinyl wall covering; and including all appurtenant work.
2. The lump sum price bid for construction of the building shall be con-
sidered as full compensation for all 'labor, equipment, materials,
services, and all other things necessary to complete the work in place,
and no additional allowance will be made therefor.
• SP 7 of 7
3. Payment for all items of work not separately provided for in the pro-
posal shall be included in the lump sum price bid for construction of
the building.
B. MONTHLY PROGRESS PAYMENTS
' The City will make monthly progress payments for work completed per Sec-
tion 9 of the Standard Specifications. For purposes of making progress
payments, the City's estimates of the amount of work completed will be used.
XX. ALLOWANCES
Details of how the allowances shall be administered are found in Section 01020
' of the Product Specifications.
1
i
PROJECT NANURL
i
' For
' PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL BUILDING
'3300 Newport Boulevard
' Newport Beach, California 92663
For
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
3300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, California 92663
CONTRACT NUMBER
C2424
I
' APPROVED BY CITY COUNCIL
' This 28th day of November, 1993
City Clerk
1
' Prepared by$
WILSON V. }GOODMAN 8 ASSOCIATES, INC.
1142 Polaris Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660
i
November 1983
I�
i
Caract Number C2424
PROJECT MANUAL, Including Specifications For:
PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL BUILDING
3300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, CA 92663
OWNER: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
Public Works Department
3300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, CA 92663
ARCHITECT: WILSON V. WOODMAN & ASSOCIATES
1142 Polaris Drive
Newport Beach, CA 92660
(714) 631 -5710
STRUCTURAL: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
Faisal Jurdi
3300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, CA 92661
(714) 640 -2211
MECHANICAL: APPLIED MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
2822 Walnut Avenue, Suite `A'
Tustin, CA 92680
(714) 838 -9840
ELECTRICAL: RWR CONSULTING ENGINEERS
2950 Airway Avenue, Suite D -6
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(714) 557 -9671
SOILS REPORT: ACTION ENGINEERING
1630 -6 South Sunkist Street
Anaheim, CA 92806
(714) 634 -2092
• •
PRODUCT.SPECI FICATIONS
DIVISIONS 1 —16
.oz
'r too • C - 2424 ,
1
1 i . CONTRACT NC.
G - 2 -42.4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
11
1
1
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
PAGES
1
10
01010
Summary of Work 3
01020
Allowances 3
01045
Cutting and Patching 4
01060
Applicable Codes and Standards 3
01100
Alternates 2
01152
Application for Payment 3
01340
Shop Drawings, Product Data and
Samples 6
01370
Schedule of Values 2
01410
Testing Laboratory Services 4
01510
Temporary Utilities 3
01520
Construction Aids 3
01530
Barriers 3
01580
Project Identification & Signs 3
01590
Field Offices and Sheds 4
01600
Material and Equipment 5
01700
Contract Closeout 4
01710
Cleaning 2
01720
Project Record Documents 2
01730
Operating and Maintenance Data 7
01740
Warranties and Bonds 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1
y
DIVISION 3 CUNCYOM
03300 Concrete 1
03323 Cellular Concrete Fill 4
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
DIVISION 5 METALS
05500 Metal Fabrications 1
DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS
06001 Carpentry 3
DIVISION 7 TESL AND MOIS W PROTEMCN
07210 Buildinq Insulation 2
07510 Built -Up Roofing 4
07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 3
07900 Joint Sealing 3
DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINMZ
08210 Wood Doors and Frames 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2
CONTRACT NOD.
DIVISION 2
SITE WORK
PAS
02010
Subsurface Investigation
1
02050
Demolition
3
02200
Earthwork
1
02222
Structural Excavation, Backfill
and Conpaction
3
1
02420
Surface Run-off Collection System
1
02515
Portland Cement Concrete Paving
1
DIVISION 3 CUNCYOM
03300 Concrete 1
03323 Cellular Concrete Fill 4
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
DIVISION 5 METALS
05500 Metal Fabrications 1
DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS
06001 Carpentry 3
DIVISION 7 TESL AND MOIS W PROTEMCN
07210 Buildinq Insulation 2
07510 Built -Up Roofing 4
07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 3
07900 Joint Sealing 3
DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINMZ
08210 Wood Doors and Frames 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2
OONfRACP NO.
C - 2424
'
DIVISION 8
DOORS AND WINDOWS, CONTINUED
CONSECUTIVE PAGES PAGES
08520
Aluminum Windows F, Doors
2
! '
08700
Finish Hardware
4
08800
Glass and Glazing
2
'
DIVISION 9
FINISHES
09120
Ceiling Suspension System
3
09220
Portland Cement Plaster
7
09250
Gypsum Wallboard
4
'
09290
09300
Gypsum Wallboard Finishing
Ceramic Tile
5
2
09511
Aooustical Panels
2
09665
Resilient Flooring
3
'
09680
Carpeting
3
09900
Painting
15
'
09950
Wall Covering
4
DIVISION 10
SPECIALTIES
10001
Miscellaneous Specialties
3
10162
Metal Toilet Partitions
2
10800
Toilet Fore Acoessories
2
DIVISION 11
EQUIPMENT
'
'
DIVISION 12
FURNISHINGS
12302
Wood Casework
3
'
2
DIVISION 13 AND 14 NOT USED
'
DIVISION 15
MECHANICAL
15010
General Requirements for Mechanical
Work
B
15050
General Materials, Mechanical
5
'
15199
General Installation, Mechanical
13
15401
Plumbing System
4
'
15600
Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning
6
TAKE OF CONTENTS
15.
Page 3
DIVISION 16
16010
16050
16400
16500
16740
16800
ECB=CAL
General Provisions
Basic Materials and Methods
Service and Distribution
Lighting
Telephone
Heating and Cooling
i r NJ.
PACES
7
9
4
1
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 4+
11
I
1
I
I
I
GENERAL COMMMS
Page 1*
GENERAL CCNDrrIONS
"THE ORAL CaIDITIONS OF THE CINTRACP FOR THE CONSPRUMM OF BUILDINGS ",
Document A-201, issLvV by the American Institute of Architects, Thirteenth
Edition, August197,( 4 Article, 18 pages, hereinafter referred to as the
"GENERAL CONDITIONS ", relates to the Mork of this Project and is hereby
made a part of the Contract as though fully contained in these Specifica-
tions.
The Contractor and all Subcontractors are hereby specifically directed, as
a condition of the Contract, to obtain the necessary number of copies of
Document A -201, to acquaint themselves with the Articles captained therein,
and to notify and apprise any other parties to the Contract of individuals
or agencies engaged on the Work, as to its contents.
No contractual adjustments shall be due or became exigent as a result of
failure on the part of the Contractor to fully acquaint himself with ccndi-
ticns of Document A -201.
END OF SECTION
11
I
1
I
I
I
GENERAL COMMMS
Page 1*
0 • to - 2424
• y ly Y' •� by ly • • 10 • 4
1 by y • 11 • L
The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction are the American
Institute of Architects Starriard Dociment No. A201, "General Conditions of
the Contract for Construction ",Thirteenth Ed. Aug.1976 Articles 1
through 14, hereinafter referred to as the "General Conditions ", is a part
of this Contract, and is incorporated herein as if here setforth.
The Supplementary General Conditions oontain changes and additions to
the General Conditions. Where any part of the General Conditions is
modified or voided by the Supplementary General. conditions, the unaltered
provisions shall remain in effect.
REFERENCE TO DIVISION 1
Where provisions of the General Conditions relate to project administration
or work - related requirements of the Contract, these paragraphs are deleted
from General Conditions, and specified in Division 1, General Requirements
of the Specifications. The deleted paragraphs are:
2.1.2 4.6 .4.12 4.15
2.2.19 4.7 4.13 4.16
4.4 4.8 4.14 6.3
I
I
1
I
i
I
r
11
I
1
TITLE ARTICLE
CONTRACT DOCLNMM - Miscellaneous Definitions.
1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS - Copies Furnished and Ownership
1
ARCHITECT - Definition . . . . . . ... . . . . . .
2
ARCHITECT - Administration stration of the Contract. . . . .
2
OWNER - Definition . . . . ... . . . . . . .
3
CONTRACTOR - Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
CONTRACTOR - Cash Allowances. . . . . . . . . . . .
4
CON'T'RACTOR - Shop Drawings and Samples. . . . . . .
4
CONTRACTOR - Cleaning up . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
SEPARATE CCIJT WTS - Cjtting & Patching under
,
Separate Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
PROGRESS PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE. . . . . . .
11
PROPERTY INSURANCE. . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .
11
CHANGES IN THE WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
a ly r• + dy Ir • • • •
8
I
ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCLKWrS
1.1.5 Miscellaneous Definitions
i1.1.5.1 The term "Product" as used in these Supplementary Conditions in-
cludes materials, systems and equipment.
1.1.5.2 The term "Project Manual" as used in these Supplementary Conditions
include the bidding requirements, Conditions of the Contract and the specifi-
cations.
ARTICLE 2 - ARCHITECT
2.1 Definition
Paragraph 2.1.1 The following sentence is hereby added to the end of
the paragraph: "The Architect, as herein defined, is Wilson V. Wcodman
and Associate, Inc. referred throughout the Contract DocimPnts as
Architect, Architect /Engineer, or Engineer."
Paragraph 2.1.2 The entire paragraph is hereby deleted.
2.2 Administration of the Contract
Paragraph 2.2.2 The following portion of the second sentence is hereby
deleted: "unless otherwise modified by written instrument which will be
shown to the Contractor."
Paragraph 2.2.19 The entire paragraph is hereby deleted.
ARTICLE 3 - OWNER
3.1 Definition
Paragraph 3.1.1 The follow ing sentence is hereby added to the end of
the paragraph: "The Owner, as herein defined, is the United California
Bank.
ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACTOR
4.4 Labor and Materials, 4.6, Taxes, 4.7, Permits, Fees, and
Notices and 4.14, Use of Site
Delete in their entirety. Refer to Specification Section 01010,
"S[MMARY OF WORK ", for prwisions on these subjects. References to
Paragraphs No. 4.4, No. 4.6, and No. 4.14, elsewhere in Contract Docu-
ments shall read as referring to that Section. of Specification.
4.5 Warranty. The following paragraphs are hereby added to this
.Article:
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CCNDITICNS
Page 2
0 • C - 2424
"4.5.2 Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Contract, and
in addition to other warranties expressed, flied, or customary in the
trade, the Contractor warrants the wank to be free from defects of
material and workmanship, for a period of one year from date of acceptance
of work. The Contractor, psccptly after receipt of notice, shall make
good at its expense defects developing.during.this period, including
labor and material.
4.5.3 Sub-Contractors', manufacturers', or suppliers' warranties and
guaranties expressed or implied, respecting any material or equipment
used in or a part of the work (whether on equipment of the nature above
specified or otherwise) shall be deemed obtained by the Contractor as
the agent of the owner and such warranties and guaranties shall inure
to the benefit of the owner without the necessity of separate transfer
or assignment thereof; provided, that if directed by the owner, the
Crntractor.shall require such sub- contractors, manufacturers, or suppliers
to execute such warranties and guaranties in writing to the Owner."
4.8 Cash Allowances
Delete in its entirety. Refer to Specification Section 01020 "ALIOAMCFS"
`
for provisions on this subject. Reference to paragraphs No. 4.8 elsewhere
in Contract Docuements shall read as referring to that Section of Specifica-
tions.
4.12.1 Drawings and Specifications at the Site
Delete in its entirety. Refer to Specifications Section 01720,
"PM= RWORD DC MMUS ", for provisions on this subject. References
to Paragraph No. 4.12.1 elsewhere in Contract Documents shall read as
referring to that Section of Specifications.
4.13 Shop Drawings and Samples
Wlete in its entirety. Refer to Specification Section 01340, "SHOP
DNAWn,GS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES ", for provisions on this subject.
references to Paragraph 4.13 elsewhere in Contract CocLmients shall be
read as referring to that Section of the Specifications.
4.15 Cutting and Patching of Pbrk I
Delete in its entirety. Refer to Specification Section 01070, "CUZTIM
AND PATCHUZ ", for provisions on this subject. References to Paragraph
No. 4.15, elsewhere in Contract Documents shall read as referring to that
Section of Specifications.
�1
J
I
SUPPIZKWIMM GENERAL CONDrrICNS 7
Page 3
I
SUPPIEffi1�TARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
PAGE 4
j4.16
Cleaning Up
Delete in its entirety. Refer to Specification Section 01710, "CLEANING ",
for provisions on this subject. References to Paragraph No. 4.16,
elsewhere in Contract Documents shall read as referring to that Section
of Specifications.
ARTICLE 6 - SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.3 Cutting and Patching Under Separate Contracts
Delete in its entirety. Refer to Specification Section 01070, "CUTTING
AND PATCHING ", for provisions on this subject. References to paragraphs
6.3 elsewhere in Contract Documents shall read as referring to that Section
of Specifications.
ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENT AND COMPLETION
9.3 Progress Payments
Add to end of Subparagraph 9.3.1 the following sentences:
"The form of application for payment shall be AIA DocLz ent G702, APPLICATION
AND CERTIFICATION FOR PAYMENT, supported by AIA Document G702A, Continuation
Sheet ".
ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE
11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance
In the first line following the cord "maintain" insert the cords "in a
company or companies licensed to do business in the state in which the
project is located, and said company or companies shall be acceptable to
the Owner and his insurance counselor ".
Add the following new clause:
"11.1.1.6 Liability insurance shall include all major divisions of
coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including:
I. Premises - Operations.
2. Owner's and Contractor's Protective.
3. Products and Completed Operations,l year after final certifi-
cate of payment.
4. Contractual - including specified provision for the Contractor's
obligations under Paragraph 4.18.
5. owned, nonowned and hired motor vehicles.
I
SUPPIEffi1�TARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
PAGE 4
C - 2424
At end of subparagraph 11.1.2 add the following:
1. Workmen's Compensation - Statutory Employer's Liability -
$Established by Owner.
2. Public Liability -Per Person/Per occurrence.
a. Bodily Injury -Per Person/Per occurrence $Established by.
Owner.
b. Property Damage -Per Person/Per Occurrence /Aggregate $Esta-
blished by Ocmer /$Established by Owner /$Established by
Owner.
C. Personal injury -Per Person /Aggregate Established by Owner/
Established by Owner.
3. Automobile Liability -Per Person/Per occurrence.
a. Bodily Injury - $Established by Owner/$Established by owner.
b. Property Damage - $Established by Owner /Per occurrence.
4. Independent Contractors -Same limits as above.
5. Products and Completed Operations -Same limits as above for
Established by Owner years, commencing with issuance of final
Certificate for Payment.
6. Contractual Liability -Same limits as above.
After Subparagraph 11.1.3 add the following:
"11.1.3.1 Furnish one copy of certificates herein required for each copy
of Agreement; specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by
11.1.1 and 11.1.2. The form of the certificate shall be AIA documnt G705.
Furnish to the Owner copies of army endorsements that are subsequently issued
amending coverage of limits ".
11.3 Property Insurance
At end of subparagraph 11.3.1 add the following:
"11.3.1.1 If this insurance is written with a stipulated amount deductible
under the terms of the policy, the Owner shall pay the difference attributible
to such deduction in any payments made by the insurance carrier on claims
paid by this insurance ".
At the and of subparagraph 11.3.6 add the following:
"In waiving rights of recovery under terms of this subparagraph, the term
"Owner" shall be deemed to include his emmplcyees, and the Architect and
his employees as the owner's representative, as provided in the Contract
Documents ".
At the end of subparagraph 11.3.8 add the following:
"11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or
portions of the Work prior to substantial completion, such occupancy shall
not cammence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and Contractor
and concurred with by the insurance company or companies. This insurance
shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of such partial occupancy ".
� is • •� ea ia• • •• • •
..r
1.2.
a
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CC MITIONS
PACE 6
13
ARTICLE
11 - C3iANI S IN THE MRK
Add the
following paragraphs after paragraph 12.1.7:
"12.1.8
Detailed Estimates. Wien a change is ordered, the Contractor
and his Subcontractors shall prepare completely detailed esti-
mates of the additions and/or reductions in cost of the charge,
broken down by materials, labor, and equipment to be used.
Changes are to list items of wprk, each item is to be broken
down by material quantities and cost, labor costs or man- hours,
and description of equipment to be used and cost per unit.
Added and deducted work shall be computed separately. Estimates
of added work shall be based on costs current at the time the
work was executed. Ch demand of owner, cost of added or deleted
items of work from the original scope of work furnished by a
supplier, vendor, or Subcontractor shall be supported by a copy
of their quotation and/or the Contractor's purchase order to the
supplier, vendor, and Subcontractor.
12.1.9
overhead and Profit. To the direct costs of added work, the
following standard overhead and profit allowances may be added:
(i) 5 percent of the total labor cost, which includes base pay,
vacation, health and welfare benefits, pension fund, personnel
expense, payroll taxes, insurance, travel pay, premium wages,
other fringe benefits and similar items of overhead, excluding
engineering and drafting expense; (ii) 5 percent of the allowable
expense of renting and operating equipment. (iv) General
Contractor or and Sub - Contractors may only mark up extra work
of his own Subcontracts by a maximum of 58 for overhead and
profit. To the above allowable costs may be added State and
local taxes where appropriate, and 1 percent for bond costs on
the basis of premiums charged. Profit and overhead on bond
and tax oasts will not be allowed.
12.1.10
Allowable Costs. in determining the costs to the Contractor
for labor, materials, and equipment for added work, the following
limitations shall apply:
12.1.10.1 Labor. The cost of labor will be the actual wages and
other payments to the employees by the Contractor. No actual
cost of labor will be recognized at a rate in excess of actual
cost of labor will be recognized at a rate in excess of the wage
rate in excess of the wage rates prevailing in the locality at
the time the work is perfornned unless the Contractor es-
tablishes a necessity for payment at a higher rate to the complete
satisfaction of owner. As a part of the actual costs of labor,
CXwner will reimburse the Contractor for compensation and in-
surance payments; contributions made to the State pursuant to
The Unemployment Reserve. Act, Chapter 352, Statutes of 1935, as
amended; and for taxes paid to the Federal Government pursuant
to the Social Security Act of August 14, 1935, as amesnded.
a
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CC MITIONS
PACE 6
13
• 1 • L. -141-
12.1.10.2 Materials. The cost of materials shall be the actual I
trade discount cost to the Contractor subject to the following
limitations; if cash or volume discounts are offered, or are
available to the Contractor, whether or not the Contractor takes
such discounts they shall be credited to Owner. If `ne materials
are obtained from a supply or sauce vaned wholly or in part by
the Contractor, payment therefor will not exceed the current
wholesale price for such materials delivered to the jobsite.
If the cost of materials is excessive in the opinion of Omer,
or if the Contractor fails to furnish satisfactory evidence of
the cost to him from the actual supplier thereof, then in either
such case the cost of such materials shall be determined to be
the lowest current wholesale price at which such materials are
available in the quantities required, delivered to the jobsite.
Owner reserves the right to furnish such materials as it deems
advisable and the Contractor shall have no claim for costs and
profits on such materials.
12.1.10.3 Bquipment. The cost to the Contractor for the use of
equipment shall be the actual costs to him therefor, subject to
the following limitations: In no case shall rental rates be
authorized in excess of those established by distrltutors or
equipment rental agencies in the locality where the work is
performed, nor shall the cost to the Contractor for the use of
equipment owned by him be authorized in excess of such rental
rates. Merever reference is made in this paragraph to
"Rental of Dquipment," it shall be deemed to refer also to
equipment owned or furnished by the Contractor as well as to
equipment which is in fact rented by him. In computing the
hourly rental of equipment, less than 30 minutes shall be con -
sidered 1/2 hours. The minimum rental time to be paid per day
shall be one hour. Iental time will not be allowed while
equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns or noon urking days.
The rental time of equipment to be paid for shall be the time
the equipment is in operation on charged work. In addition,
the rental of such equipment and to return it to such location.
In addition, loading and transportation costs will be allowed if
the equipment is not moved by its own power. However, moving
time, loading costs, and transportation costs will not be allowed
if equipment is used on the project in any other way than upon
the changed work. For payment purposes, individual prices of
equipment having a replacement value of $200 or less shall be
considered to be tools or small equipment and no payment will be
made for their use on the work. The amount to be so paid for the
use of equipment cvnsitutes full compensation to the Contractor
for costs of fuel, oil., depreciation, lubrication, supplies,
small tools, necessary adjustments, repairs and maintenance of
any kind, storage, interest and any and all cost to the'Con-
tractor incidental to the use of subject equipment. Operators
of such equipment will be paid for as provided in sub-
paragraph (f) (1) of this article. Equipment rates shall be
computed on the basis of lowest applicable rates, i.e., daily
rate, weekly rate, or monthly rate.
SUPPLEMI iAFtSt GENERAL CONDITIONS
PAGE 7
�y
I
I
U
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
V
• • � - 514
12.1.11 Time Adjustment. For any change in the work, the Con-
tractor shall be entitled only to such adjustment in time by
which completion of the entire work is delayed due to performance
of the changed work. No time extension will be granted for
aggregate changes amounting to 10 percent or less of the original
contract amount,. providing, however, that the last change is
directed 30 days or more prior to the contract oampletion date.
Each estimate for a change in the work submitted by the Con-
tractor shall state the amount of extra time that he considers
should be allowed for making the requested change. Failure to
request extra time when submitting such estimate shall con-
stitute a waiver of the right to subsequently claim any adjustment
in the time for final carpletion, based upon such changed work.
In the event that such a change required procurement of materials
or equipment having a delivery date beyond the oontract ampletion
date, and equitable provision will be made to aceamiodate the
late delivery. In no event will late delivery of a component
due to a changed requirement justify an extension of time for
work not specifically related to the component or equipment.
When a request for time extension is based on delays in pro-
curement, the Contractor must show that his order was placed
within a reasonable time after award of the contract, that he
had promise of timely delivery, and that it was impossible to
obtain timely delivery from any normal source, that he en-
deavored to expedite or improve the delivery when it became
apparent that he would not receive delivery in time or that he
tried to get the order filled elsewhere. If the work change
is separable fran the work of the basic contract, the extension
of time shall apply only to the changed portion of work. if
an agreement is reached as to the adjustment in compensation
for the perfoamance of changed work, but agreement is not
reached as to time adjustment for such work, then the Con-
tractor shall proceed with the work at the agreed price,
reserving to the Contractor the right to further pursue his
claim for time adjustment."
• r a • • •� « a. • � � 7• � a is • •a as ia�• • • • •.
TITLE
CODES AND STANDARD . . . . . . . . .
DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WARDING CF SPECIFICATICNS . . . . .
ORAL MODIFICATION . . . . . .
PARTIAL OCCUPANCY . . . . . . . . .
DRAWINGS ACCCMPANYI G SPDCIFICATIONS
ARTICLE
. . . . . . . . . . .. 15
. . . . . . . . . . . 16
. . . . . . . . . . . 17
. . . . . . . . . . . 18
. . . . . . . . . . . . 19
. . . . . . . . . . . . 20
a is v •� da ia• • • •
h
• • 24-14
ARTICLE 15 - CODES AND STANDARD
15.1 Referenoe to codes, ordinances, regulations, and standard speci-
fications refer to dates or editions notes, or if no date or edition is
given, to editions in effect as of date of proposal.
ARTICLE 16 - DRMINGS
16.1 Should an error or ambiguity appear in the drawings or specifica-
tions or in the work done by others affecting this work, the Contractor
stall notify the Architect at once and the Architect will issue written
instructions as to procedure. If the Contractor proceeds with the work so
affected without written instructions from the Architect, he shall (a) make
good any resulting damage or defects (b) receive no additional compensation
from Owner. This includes typographical errors in the specifications and
notational errors on the drawings where doubtful of interpretation. Figured
dimensions on the scale drawings shall govern.
16.2 Where on any drawings a portion of the work is drawn out and the
remainder is indicated in outline, the drawn out parts shall apply to
like portions of the work. Sphere ornament or other detail is indicated
by starting only, such detail stall be continued throughout the courses
or parts in which it occurs and shall apply to other similar parts in
the work, unless otherwise indicated.
ARTICLE 17 - WORDING OF SPB=FICATICNS
17.1 These specifications are written in the abbreviated or "streamline"
form, and frequently include inoauq�lete Wards such as "shall ",
"shall tie," "the Contractor shall," and similar mandatory phrases stall
be supplied by inference.
17.2 The word " accepted" means "accepted by the Architect ". "For acceptance"
means "for the Architect's acceptance" "Selected" means "selected by the
Architect ". "Provide" means "furnish and install ". Where the words "equiva -
lent to ", "accepted ", "accepted equal ", or "or equal" appear, the Architect
is the sole judge of the quality and suitability of the proposed substitution.
ARTICLE 18 - ORAL MODIFICATION
18.1 No oral statement of any person whomsoever shall in any manner or
degree modfy or otherwise affect the tuns of this Contract.
18.2 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall be responsible for any extra
costs, charges, claims, delays, or any liability arising from any oral agree-
ments, acceptances, modifications, or, conversations between the Owner or
Architect, including their agents or representative and the Contractor, in-
cluding his workmen, sub - contractors, suppliers, agents or representatives.
SUPPLIIENrARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
PAGE 9
16 �%
I
A
I
i
1
�• - L4G4
ARTICLE 19 - PARTIAL OCCITPANC.'Y
.19.1 The owner, at his election, may occupy the building premises or a
portion of same prior to its completion. The Owner will, prior to such
Partial occupancy, given notice to the Contractor thereof, and such
occupancy shall be based on the hereinafter specified tenns.
19.2 The one -year guarantee shall not begin to run until the final
acceptance of work under this Contract.
19.3 The occupancy of any portion of the work shall not constitute an
acceptance of work not performed in accordance with the Contract
Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability to pesfamn any work
requited by the Contract, but not c mpleted at the time of occupancy.
19.4 The Contractor shall be relieved of maintenance costs on that
portion of the premises occupies and shall not be resparsible for wear
and tear resulting fran occupancy.
AFMCS.E 20 - DRAWMS AC MMANYING SPECIFICATIONS
20.1 35 pages of plans including architectural, structural,
mechanical, plumbing and electrical drawings titled
PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL BUILDING, CITY OF NEWPORT
BEACH, CALIFORNIA and dated December 5,1983.
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL COMMONS
PAGE 10*
CONrRACr NJ.
S&TION 01010 - S[3T9W OF kXW
1.1 WORK CtATM BY CONA"RWr DOCL1.92 iS
A. The work of this Contract cogxises the general construction
of the PROFESSIONAL F, TECHNICAL BUILDING
3300 Newport Boulevard
Newport Beach, California 92663
B. Related Requiranents in Other Parts of this Project Manual.
1. Additional RagAre eats of all Parties to the Contract:
Provisions of the Contract.
1.2 CONrRWr
A. Construct the work under a single fixed-prios contract.
1.3 NOW BY 014 5
A. work on the Project which will be executed after c oupletion
of the work of this Contract, and which is excluded flan this
Contract, as follows:
1. Irrigation System.
2. Landscaping.
1.4 FUr= WOW
1.5 CftMACIOR'S USE OF P304ESES
A. Contractor shall limit his use of the premises for work and
for storage, to allow for:
1. Work by other Oontractozs.
2. Owner occupancy.
3. Public use.
B. Coordinate use of prerdses under direction of City
Newport Beach assigned agent.
01010 -1
95
11'
I
I
I
I
I
I
L-I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
fl,
• • CONTRACT ND.
C- - 2424
C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping
of Products wider this Contract, stored on the bite.
D. Move any stored Products, under Contractor's control, which
interfere with operations of the Owner or separate contractor.
E. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas
needed for operations.
1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Owner will occupy the premises during the entire period of
construction for the conduct of his normal operations. Cooper-
ate with Owner's Representative in all ocnstruction operations
to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner usage.
B. Contractor shall at all times conduct his operations as to in-
sure the least inconvenience to the general public.
1. Provide barriers between existing buildings and new
ocnstructicn area.
1.7 OOF1PIi7FICN OF WORK
A. After execution of the contract by the City, the City shall
within ten days issue a "Notice to Proceed" to the contractor.
The contractor shall begin work within ten calendar days after
the date of the "Notice to Proceed ".
B. The Contractor shall oamlete all work on the contract within
180 consecutive calendar days after the date of the "Notice to
Proceed ".
1.8 SAFZrY ORDERS
A. The Contractor shall have, at the worksite, copies or suitable
extracts of Construction Safety Orders and General Industrial
Safety.
1.9 PE994rM AND FEES
A. All permit fees normally charged by the city shall be waived,
except that every contractor and subcontractor euplcyed on the
project shall have in effect a valid current City business
license.
01010 -2
01010 -3*
ago
• •
CONTRACr NO.
C -2424
STAKIM
1.10
OCISTRU=ICN SURVEY
A.
Field surveys for control of all grading and construction shall
be the responsibility of the contractor. All such surveys,
including aonstruc.-tion staking, shall be under the supervision
of a California licensed surveyor or civil engineer. Staking
shall be performed on all items ordinarily requiring grade and
alig mart at intervals non ally accepted by the agencies and
trades involved.
1.11
I SPECMCN
A.
Rte City will maintain oontinums inspection of all work.
1.12
SITE AMID WOW AMA
Special attention is directed to Section 7 -8 and 7 -9 of the
Standard Specifications regarding site maintenance. and pro-
tecticn of existing inprovenents.
END CF SBMCN 01010
01010 -3*
ago
• • OONrRAC,-r ND.
SiJCPICN 01020
1.1 GENERAL
A. Include in the Contract Sun all allowances stated in the
Contract Documents.
B. Designate in the construction progress schedule the delivery
dates for Products specified under each allowance.
C. Designate in the schedule of Values the quantities of mater-
ials required under each unit cost allowance.
D. Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
1. Provisions of the Contract.
E. Mated Raquirertents Specified in Other Sectirns:
1. Construction Schedule:
2. Schedule of Values: Section 01370.
3. Each specification section referenced below.
1.2 ALdCWAN ES FOR PFCCUMS
A. The amount of each allowance includes:
1. The cost of the Product to the Contractor, less any appli-
cable trade disocuhts.
2. Delivery to the site.
3. Labor required under the allowance, only when labor is
specified to be included in the allowance.
4. Applicable taxes .
B. In addition to the amount of each allowance, include in the
Contract Sun the Contractor's oasts for:
1. Handling at the site: including unloading, uhcrating,
and storage.
2. Protection from the elements and from damage.
01020 -1
r
4w�
• • CORMACr
NO.
C - 2424
3. labor for installation and finishing, except where labor
is specified to be e-a part of the allowance.
4. Other expenses required to oomplete the installation.
5. Contractor's and Subcontractor's o ezhead and profit.
C. The anunt of each allowance, for work specified in the re-
spective specification sections:
Section .10001 Miscellaneous Specialties
Sign Allowance $1,500.00
Section 69950 Wall Covering $3,500.00 Allow.
Section 09680. Allow the lunp sun of $ 2 0 , 0 0 0.0 0
-
purdume air installation of Carpeting.
1.3 SELEMCK OF PRUICTS. UNDER ALiOAAWCS
A. Acdiiteak/Anginser's Duties:
1. Consult with the Oontractor in consideration of products
and suppliers or installers.
2. Make selection in Consultation with the Owner. Obtain
owner's written decision, designating:
a. Product, model and finish.
b. Acoessories and attachments.
C. Supplier and installer as applicable.
d. Cost to Contractor, delivered to the site or in-
stalled, as applicable.
e. Manufacturer's Warranties.
3. Trannsndt Owner's decision to the Contractor.
4. Prepare Change Orders.
H. Oontractor's Duties:
1. Assist Ardnitect/E nginser and owner in dete=uunxg
qualified suppliers or installers.
2. Obtain prcpcsals from suppliers and installers when re-
quested by Ardutect,/ftiprneer.
3. Make appropriate rec>oemendatioaa for consideration of the
Arduitect/Engi.neer.
01021, -2
C WRACr ND.
C 2424
4. Notify Ardutect/ bgineer promptly of:
E. Submit claims for transportation damage.
F.
a. Any reasonable objections Contractor nay have against
any supplier, or party under consideration for in-
1.5
stallation.
A.
b. Any effect on the Construction Schedule anticipated
by selections under consideration.
1.4
CC6H WMR RFSPCNSIBILITY FOR PURCOSE, DELIWW AND INSfALLATIM
A.
on notification of selection, execute purchase agreement with
designated supplier.
B.
Arrange for and prooess Shop Drawings, Product. Data and
Sanples, as required.
C.
Make for delivery.
all arrangemments
D.
Upon delivery, promptly inspect products for damage or defects.
E. Submit claims for transportation damage.
I
01020 -3*
i
13
F.
Install and finish products in compliance with requirements of
referenced specification sections.
1.5
AnnB7MEff CF OOHS
A.
Should the net cost be more or less than the specified amount
of the allowance, the Contract Sun will be adjusted accord-
ingly by Change order.
1. The amaant of the Change order will recognize any charms
in handling oasts at the site, labor, installation costs,
ovedwad, profit, and other expenses caused by the selec-
tion harder the allowance.
B.
Submit any claims for anticipated additional costs at the site,
or other expenses caused by the selection under the allowance,
prior to a scution of the work.
Failure to submit claims within the designated time will con-
stitute a waiver of claims for additional costs.
At contract closeout, reflect all approved chances in contract
amounts in the final statement of accounting.
END OF SECITCN 01020
I
01020 -3*
i
13
• • C OWRAC'T ND
C 2424
j SECPIC N 01045
- C UrrING AMID PATCHING
1.1
DFSCR►PTION
A.
Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and
patching, including attendant excavation and backfill, rewired
to canplete the Wcx* or to:
1. Make its several parts fit togethux properly.
2. lhhoover portions of the work to provide for installation
of ill -tined work.
3. Fdmvm and replace defective work.
4. Aemove and replace work not cohforndng to requirements
of Contract Documents.
5. Fmcw sauples of installed work as specified for testing.
6. Provide routine penetrations of non - structural surfaces
for installation of piping and electrical conduit.
B.
plated Aaquirenents in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
1. Basic responsibilities of parties: Provisions of the
Contract.
C.
related requirements Specified in Other Sections:
1. Summary of Work: Section 01010.
2. Material and Equipment: 01600
3. Dwolition: Section 02050.
4.
5. Portland Oement Concrete Paving: Section 02515
1.2
SCMCITrALS .
A.
Surndt a written request to owner well in advance of
executing any cutting or alteration which affects:
1. The work of the Owner or any separate contractor.
01045 -1
v2 -/
• • CX?rRACt ND.
I
01045 -2
t 5
2.
The structural value or integrity of any ele mnt of the
Project.
3.
The integrity or effectiveness of weather - exposed or
moisture- resistant elements or systems.
4.
The efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety
of operational elements.
5.
The visual qualities of sight - exposed elements.
H. The
request shall include:
1.
Identification of the Project.
2.
Description of the affected work.
3.
The neoessity for cutting, alteration or excavation.
4.
The effect on the work of the Owner or ary separate con-
tractor, or on the structural or weatherproof integrity
of the Project.
5.
Description of the proposed work:
a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or exca-
vation.
b. The the
trades who will execute work.
C. Products proposed to be used.
d. The extent of refinishing to be done.
6.
Alternatives to cutting and patching.
7.
Cost proposal, when applicable.
8.
written permission of any separate contractor whose work
will be affected.
C. Should oonditions of the work or the schedule indicate a
change of products from the original installation, Contractor
shall submit a request for substitution as specified in
Section 01600 - 'MUMMAL AND DQU MW'.
I
01045 -2
t 5
01045 -3
I
I
I
a 6 �.
• •
CDNrRAC r ND.
D.
Submit a written notice to Architect/Engineer designating the
date and the time the work will be uncovered.
PART 2 PICC iClS
2.1
MPMERIAIS
A.
Comply with specifications and standards for each specific
1
product involved.
PART 3 E1aX=CN
3.1
I SPECTIM
A.
Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements
subject to damage or to monmement di'm cutting and patching.
B.
After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the
installation of Products, cu perfortranoe of the work.
C.
Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the Ardutect
in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect
has provided further instructions.
3.2
PMARATICN
e
A.
Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure the
structural value or integrity of the affected portion of the
Fbrit .
B.
Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the
Project from damage.
C.
Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the
Project which may be exposed by cutting amid patching work, and
maintain excavations free fran water.
3.3 PE[d`DMM
E
A.
Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent
damage to other work, and will provide proper surfaces to re-
oeive installation of repairs.
B.
Execute excavating and baccfilling by methods which will pre-
vent settlement or damage to other work.
01045 -3
I
I
I
a 6 �.
COWRAOr ND.
C - 2424
I
I
I
I
I
E1
JP7
END CP SECTION 01045
01045 -4*
C.
Employ the original Installer or Fabricator to perform cutting
and patching for:
1. weather - exposed or moisture - resistant elements.
2. Sight - exposed finished surfaces.
D.
Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a fin-
ished installation to comply with specified products, functions,
tolerances and finishes.
install
E.
restore work which has been cut or removed; new products
to provide oompleted Work in accord with requirements of Con -
tract Documents. .
F.
Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other
penetrations ftzu>gh surfaces.
G.
refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish
to match adjacent finishes:
1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to +'sa+bst intersection.
2. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit.
I
I
I
I
I
E1
JP7
END CP SECTION 01045
01045 -4*
0
COUrRACr ND.
L - 242
I
A.
Wherever reference is Reds in the Specification Sections to standard
specifications of natioally recognized organizations, trade associ-
ations and goverment agencies the edition in effect on date of this
Specification shall govern unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Where specific articles, sections, divisions or headings are not
give:, such specifications shall apply in full, weept as herein
modified.
C.
All documents and publications (such as, but not limited to, manuals,
handbooks, codes, standards and specifications) which are cited in
these Oontract Documents for the purpose of establishing requirements
applicable to equipment, materials or workmanship under this Con-
tract, shall be deemed to be incorporated herein as fully as if
printed and bound into the Specification of this Contract.
1.2
aM =CATE: Punish, if requested, in specific sections of spsci-
ficatians or by Architect, cartificati,ons from manufacturers to the
effect that products pxwided for this work comply with their
referenced requirements specified.
1.3
COPY AT JOB SrPE: Evan request, the Oontractor shall make available
at the jobsite within: a reasonable time a copy of all inference
standards referred to in the specifications and they shall be main-
tained in the Job Office Library for use by Owner and.Architect to
confirm quality and wodaronship.
1.4
ABFFEVIATZM: Pbr reference standards may be used in the documents
as follows:
AA Aluminum Association
AABC American Air Balance Oouncil
AAPR Architectural Aluminum Yonufacturers Association
AASRM American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
ACI American Concrete Institute
AM American Gas Association
AIA American Institute of Architects
ADR Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association
AM American Institute of Steel Construction
I
01060-1 1
I
CPS
•
AISI
AMC
ANSI
APA
ASHRAE
ASME
ASTPI
I
I
F,
v
t7
• CONfRA`)Cry I NO.
American Iron and Steel Institute
American Institue of Tinber Construction
American National Standards Institute
American Plywood Association
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air
ing Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Testing and Materials
American Wood Preservers' Association
American Wood Preservers' Institute
American Welding Society
American Water Works Association
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
California Redwood Association
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
Oommercial Standard (U.S. Dept. of Cmmvwoe)
Flat Glass Marketing Association
Federal Specification
Gypsun Association
Institute of Electric & Electronics Engineers
Illuminating Engineering Society
Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association
Military Specification of U.S.
Metal Lath Association
Military Standard
The National Association of Architectural Metal
turers
National Bureau of Standards
National Electric Code (Of NFPA)
National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
National Forest Products Association (Successor
National hardwood Barber Association
National Particleboard Association
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
National Sanitation Foundation
National Woodwork Manufacturing
Portland Cement Association
Product Standard (U.S. Dept. of Commerce)
Red Cedar Shingle & Handsplit Shake Bureau
Redwood Inspection Service
Resilient Tile Institute
Steel Deck Institute
Steel Doan Institute
Steel Joist Institute
Manufac-
to NINA)
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Assoc.
The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
01060 -2
AWPA
AWPI
Aws
AWWA
CLFMI
CRA
CRSI
CS
FKM
FS
GA
IESE
IES
M[�1
Mn
MLA
1
MSTfl
NAAFI!
l
NBS
NBC
NEM
N.F.P.A.
NHIA
NPA
NId4CR
NSF
N*%
FM
PS
RCSB
RIS
SDI
SDDI
S.D.I.
SJI
SHMM
SPI
I
I
F,
v
t7
• CONfRA`)Cry I NO.
American Iron and Steel Institute
American Institue of Tinber Construction
American National Standards Institute
American Plywood Association
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air
ing Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Testing and Materials
American Wood Preservers' Association
American Wood Preservers' Institute
American Welding Society
American Water Works Association
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
California Redwood Association
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
Oommercial Standard (U.S. Dept. of Cmmvwoe)
Flat Glass Marketing Association
Federal Specification
Gypsun Association
Institute of Electric & Electronics Engineers
Illuminating Engineering Society
Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association
Military Specification of U.S.
Metal Lath Association
Military Standard
The National Association of Architectural Metal
turers
National Bureau of Standards
National Electric Code (Of NFPA)
National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
National Forest Products Association (Successor
National hardwood Barber Association
National Particleboard Association
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
National Sanitation Foundation
National Woodwork Manufacturing
Portland Cement Association
Product Standard (U.S. Dept. of Commerce)
Red Cedar Shingle & Handsplit Shake Bureau
Redwood Inspection Service
Resilient Tile Institute
Steel Deck Institute
Steel Doan Institute
Steel Joist Institute
Manufac-
to NINA)
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Assoc.
The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
01060 -2
• • CONTRACT ND.
C - 2424
SPR Singlified Practice Recamendatian (U.S. Dept. of Crnmerae).
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
SWI Steel Window institute
4C'A Tile Council of America
UL Undezwriters Laboratories, Inc.
VFI Vinyl Fabric institute
VI Veen do elite Institute
WCL.IB Wbst Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WFI Wood Flooring institute of AmerwA
WIC Woodwork institute of California
wpch Western Bed Cedar Association
MI Wire Peinfcroement Institute
kwA Western Wriod Products Association
01060-3*
30
• OWMAC-1 No.
C
ISE MCN 01100 - ALA
1.1 UMCREMON
A. This Section identifies each Alternate,by mrber, and de-
scribes the basic changes to be incorporated into the We&.,
only %hen that Alternate is made a part of the Work by specific
provisions in the Ow ox-Contractor Agree ant.
B. Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:"
1 1, lIethod of quotation of the cost of each Alternate, and
the basis of the Owner's acceptance of Alternates:
Bidding Documents.
2. Incorporation of Alternates into the Wodc: Owner-Corr-
tractor Agreement.
C. related Requirements Specified in other Sections:
1. Summary of Work: Section 01010.
2. Sections of the Specifications as listed under the re-
spective Alternates.
D. Referenced sections of Specifications stipulate pertinent re-
quirements for products and methods to achieve the work stipu-
lated under each Alternate.
E. Coordinate pertinent related work and modify surrounding work
as required to properly integrate the work under each Alter-
nate, and to provide the eonplete oonstructim required by
Contract Documents.
1.2
it .it•. ,.. a
J
A. Deletion of the 20' x 24' bridge connecting the
second floor with the existing building on the
south to include all framing-, foundation and
finish work.
B. Price to substitute "PELLA" aluminum clad fixed
sash and casements for all exterior glazing* units.$
conference room 1073for those specified under
section 08520. Exclude doors No. 1,2,3 & A.
Include special factory finish of the exterior
exposed surfaces and painting of the interior
factory primed surfaces.Contact Curt Manthorne,
PELLA Windows, 3026 Orange Ave., Santa Ana, Cu.
Phone (714) 957 0261
01100 -1
J
CONTRACT NO.
C 2424
-
DTiSCRIPTIO;i OE ALTERNATES
C. Price to substitute IIY -TEE: 420 Series window /entrance units
for those specified unirer section 08520, to include all
extarior sash ( fixed and casements), entrance lobby 106
and conference room 107 to include doors 1,2,3,4 and 21.
System to be 420 series, ITY -TEE System of Guaranteed
Products Co. Contact Jerry Bodmar of Model Glass Co. (714)
863 1484 for information..Provide one operating sash for
each window unit C,D &F (42). Provide two each window unit
flEff (8) .
I
Finish is to be the same as that specified for Aluminum
Windows $ Doors Section 08520, Part 2, Products. Doors are
to be mid -panel narrow stile type.11andicapp base panels
to be provided in doors 3 & 4 and entrance windows "G".
The GLASIVELD panels are included in Section 08520.
I
I
I
�7
F
I
I
CI
I
01100 -2*
a01152 -1
,I
133
• .
CONTRACT
`M.
SECTION 01152
- APPUCIITM FOR PAYM M
1.1
GEIM01,
A.
Submit Applications for Payment to Architect in accosu ratl:
tie schedule established by Provisions of the Contract and
Agreemznt Between Owner and Contractor.
B.
Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
1. Lnanp Sun and Chit Prices: Agreement Between Owner and
Contractor.
2. Progress Payments, Aetainages and Final Palm,ent: Pro-
visions of the Contract.
•
C.
Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections:
1. Allowances: Section 01020.
2. Alternatef: Section 01100.
3. Schedule of Values: Section 01370.
4. Contract Closeout: Section 01700.
1.2
FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED
A.
Submit itemized applications typed on form similar to AIA
Do=(ent G702,•Applicaticn and Certificate for Payment, and
continuation sheets G702A on 6-1,/2 in. x 11 in. white paper
continuation sheets.
B.
Provide itemized data on continuation sheet:
1. Foamat, schedules, line items and valves: Those of the
Schedule of Values accepted by Architect/ miner.
1.3
PREPARATION OF APPLT=CN FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMM
A.
Application Form:
1. Fill in required information, including that for Change
Orders executed prior to the data of submittal of appli-
cation.
a01152 -1
,I
133
• COMMAGT No
C -24-
2. Fill in summary of collar values to agree with tlx: re-
sp=Uve totals indicated on the oontinuition sheets.
3. Execute oertification with the signature of a respon-
sible officer of the Contract firm.
D. Continuation Sheets:
1. Fill in total list of all scheduled canpormmt items of
%bzk, with item number and the sdteduled dollar value for
each item.
2. Pill in the dollar value in each column for each schedul-
ed line item when Work has been performed or products
stoned.
a. Roun4 off values to nearest collar, or as specified
for the Schedule of Values.
3. List each Change Order executed prior to the date of sub-
mission, at the end of the continuation sheets.
a. List by Change order Number, and description, as for
an original oampcnent item of work.
1.4 SUDSTANMAT1NG DM FOR PROGrfi= PAYMENTS
A. Won the Owner or the Arc hiteck/Fnginear requires substan-
tiating data, Contractor shall submit suitable information, with
a cover letter identifying:
1. Project.
2. Application number and date.
3. Detailed list of enclosures.
4. For stoned products:
a. Item number and identification as shown on appli-
cation.
b. Description of specific material.
B. Submit are ocpy of data and cover letter for each copy of
application.
01152 -2
8y'
CONTRAcr NO.
C - 2324
1.5 PIEPAPATIM Oi APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMM
A. Pill in Application forn:as specified for progress payments.
B. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of
accounting as specified in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
1.6 Sma=L pwam m
A. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect/Engineer at the
times stipulated in the Agreement.
B. Number: Five copies of each Application.
C. it-An A=hitectAngineer finds the Application properly com-
pleted and correct, he will transmit a certificate for pay -
ment to Owner,. with a copy to Contractor.
END OF SELMCN 01152
01152 -3*
4
36
I
01340 -1 1
aanRACr NO.
C - 2424
SiX.9 CK 01340 - SHOP DRAhMXS. PIM= DATA MID SMIPLES
1.1
GENERAL
A.
S*mit.Shcp Drawings, Product Data and Sa pies required by
the Contract Documents.
B.
Pelated Acquirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
1. Definitions, and Additional responsibilities of Parties:
Conditions of the Contract.
C.
Pelated Pegctire ants Specified in Other Sections:
1. Construction Schedule8:
2. Peoord Doc:nents: Section 01720,
D.
Designate in the construction schedule, or in a separate
i
■
coordinated schedule, the dates for submission and the dates
that rheWoAsd Shop Drawings, Prodwt Data and Samples will be
needled.
1.2
SHOP DMtALi1 M
A.
Dmta Angs shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner.
1. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and
detail, schedule or roam nwbers shown on Contract
B.
Minimum sheet size: 24" x 36 ".
1.3
PPJM= UM
A.
Preparation
1. Clearly =zk each copy to identify pertinent products or
models.
2. Shaw perfonuance characteristics and capacities.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Shaw wiring or piping diagram and controls.
I
01340 -1 1
CONTRACT NO.
L,_2g2
01340 -2
I
137
B.
Manufacturer's standard sdhematic drawings and diagrams:
.
1. Modify drawings and diagrare to delete information viuch
is not applicable to the Work.
.
2. Stpplenent standard information to provide information
specifically applicable to the Work.
1.4
SAMPIM
A.
Office smplep shall be of sufficient size and quantity to
clearly illustrate:
1. Ftmcticnal characteristics of the product, with integrally
related parts and attadrent devices.
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern.
B.
Field and -ups:
samples mock
1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a loca-
tion acceptable to the Architect.
2. size or area: that specified in the respective specifi-
cation section.
3. Fabricate each smple and mockup omplete and finished.
4. Panme mock -ups at oonclusicn of Work or vhm acceptable
to the Architect.
1.5
CWn ACDDR 14OF MIBIISTI S
A.
Review Shop Drawings, Product Data and Smples prior to
sutmissicn.
B.
Detemd.ne and verify:
1. Field measurements.
2. Field construction criteria.
t3.
data.
Catalog ambers and similar
4. ConfomAnce with specifications.
01340 -2
I
137
Corrrw,C-r No
L - 2424
C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work and
of the contract DocU MIts.
D. Notify the Architect in writing, at time of subamissioh, of any
deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract
Doctments.
E. Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until
resturn of amtnittals with Ar3hitecOhginser approval.
1.6 SLU41SSICN I8=1WENTS
A. Make submittals prcaptly in.accordance with approved schedule,
and in such sequence as -to cause no delay in the Work or in•
the work at any other contractor.
S. Number of submittals required:
1. Shop Drawings: Sa3mi.t quantity in accordance with
"Subaittal Routing" form folloAdng.
2. Product Data: Submit the number of ccpies which the
contractar requires, plus two which will be retained by
the Architect.
3. Saaples: Sutmdt the number stated in each specification
section.
C. Submittals shall contain:
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous
submissions.
2. The Projsct title and nuxter.
3. Contract identification.
4. lime names of:
a. contractor.
b. Supplier:
c. Manufacturer.
5. Identification of the product, with the specification
section number.
01340 -3
Q::
1
I
I
I
I
L
I
F
I
I
I
I
11
i
1.7
A.
B.
C.
1.8
. CONTRACT NJ.
(; - -942-
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work
or materials.
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification
numbers.
9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents.
10. Identification of revisions on resdmeLttals.
11. An 8 in. x 3 in. b)mk space for Contractor and Archi-
tect/Engineer stamps.
12. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to re-
view of submittal, verification of products, field measure-
ments and field construction criteria, and coordination of
the information within the submittal with requirements of
the Words and of Contract Documents.
raMMSSICK RF1Q[JIRII4SIJIS
Make any corrections or changes in the sdmittals required by
the Architect and resd3dt until approved.
Snap Drawings and Product Data:
1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resulmit as specified
for the initial sutmi.ttal.
2. Indicate any oranges which have been made ad er than those
requested by the Architect.
Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
A. Distribute reproductions of Shop Drawings and copies of
Product Data which carry the Architect stamp of approval shall
be as indicated on "Submitted Routuq" form and as follows:
1. Job site file.
2. Rseord Documents file.
3. Other affected contractors.
01340 -4
i
I
CCMT41= ND.
C - 2424
4. Subcontractors.
5. Supplier or Fabricator.
B. Distribute samples vMcn carry the Architect stamp of appro-
val as directed by the Architect.
1.9 AA3UT fT/ENGn4M DUMES
A. Review subadttals with reasonable promptness and in accord
with schedule.
B. Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate require -
mennts for rea d mittal, qr approval of submittal.
C. Return sulamdttals to Contractor for distribution, or for ze-
sukmuissicn.
EM CP SEC17ON 01340
01340 -5*
ral
CONTRACTOR
►ILI D
ANf IN 11tI
1'11 1.11
C N 't RACTOR
FIELD
,a
• CONrRACr ND.
C - 2424
1 OR %IIOP DRAWINGS. SAMPLI -S, MATERIALS AND SUII%I ITUI IONS.
DATE STAMP WIIF.N RECEIVED.
OATS STAMP WFIEN FORWARDED.
I
PREPARE DRAWINGS
SUBCONTRACTOR I AS REQUIRED BY
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
8 COPIES (MIN)
1 COPY CHECK FOR COMPLIANCE d
CONTRACTOR COORDINATION WITH
NOTED: DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
"INFORMATION ONLY" RETAIN I COPY
6 COPIES (MIN)
I COPY IF APPROVED CHECK FOR COMPLIANCE WITH
ARt'l 11 TI (:I DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSMITTAL ONLY (PRO). MGR.) LOG IN 6 OUT
IF NOT APPROVED RETAIN 1 COPY
4 COPI ES (MIN)
I COPY IF APPROVED
TRANSMITTAL ONLY
IF NOT APPROVED
CONTRACTOR
2 COPIES (MIN)
SUBCONTRACTOR
RETAIN 1 COPY
FOR ACTION
(OR RESUBMITTAL IIl
IF NOT APPRUVEO)
SUBMITTALS
01340 -6
"I
CONTRACT NO.
2424
i
01370 SClO'D= OF VAUES
SEMCN
-
1.1
OPAL
i
,
A.
Submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values allocated to
the various portions of the Work, within ten days after aa®rd
of contract.
B.
Upon request of the Architect, support the values with data
which will substantiate their correctness.
C.
the Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the Architect,
shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Appli-
cations for Payment.
D.
Related Requixements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
1. Provisions of the Contract.
E.
Related Requireaents Specified in Other Sections:
1. Allowances: Section 01020.
2. Application for Payment: Section 01152.
1.2
FOR4 AMID CCNl W CF SCHMME OF VAUES
A.
'type schedule on 8-1/2 in. x li in. white paper: Contractor's
standard foxes and automated printout will be considered for
gVzoval by Architect upon Contractors request. Identify
schedule with:
1. Title of Project and Location.
2. Architect and Project nurber.
3. Naas and Address of Contractor.
.
4. designation.
Contract
5. Date of submission.
B.
schedule shall list the installed value of the omponent parts
of the Work .in sufficient detail to serer as a basis for cnnr
putinJ values for Progress payments during construction.
•
01370 -1
CCNTRACT
1
,1U.
C. Follow the table of contents of this Project Manual as the
format for listing caq)onent items.
1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the
respective major section of the specifications.
D. For each major line item list sub - values of major products or
operations under the item.
E. For the various portions of the Work:
1. Each item shall include a directly proportional amount
of the Oontractar's overhead and profit.
2. For items on which progress payments will be requested
for stoned materials, break down the value into:
a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded,
with taxes paid.
b. The total installed value.
END OF SECTION 01370
1
1
1
01370 -2*
13
CWrRA= ND.
C 242=.
5.
6. Cast -in -place Concrete: Section 03300.
I
01410 -1
4y
SECTICN 01410 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.1
GRERAL
A.
Owner will euploy and pay for the services of an Independent
Testier Laboratory to perform specified testing.
.
1.: Contractor.shall cooperate with the laboratory to facil-
itate the execution of its required services.
2. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve
Contractor's obligations to perform the Work of the
Contract.
.
B.
related raquirenents in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
1. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations, orders or approvals of public author-
ities: Conditions of the Contract.
C.
related raqui.rece nts Specified in Other Sections:
1. Certification of products: The respective sections of
specifications.
2. Test, adjust and balance of equipment: The respective
sections of specifications.
3. Laboratory tests required, and standards for testing:
Each speci.ficatien section listed.
D.
Testing Ldbozat try inspection, saupling and testing is required
for:
1. Soils Compaction Control: Section 02212
2.
3.
4. Portland Ommt Concrete Paving: Section 02515.
5.
6. Cast -in -place Concrete: Section 03300.
I
01410 -1
4y
• CONTRACT NO.
1
C - 2424
1
i
1.2
IAeOHATOW DMES
A.
Cooperate with Arrutect and Contractor; provide qualified
personnel after due notice.
P.
Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of mater-
ials and methods of oonstruction:
1. Comply with specified standar3s.
2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of
Contract Documents.
C.
Pruoptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregmr
laritum or deficiencies of work or products.
E.
Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one
copy each to Architect, Owner, Contractor, and one copy to
Record Documents File. Each report shall include:
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number.
.
4. Mane and signature of l.,horatory inspector.
5. Date and tine of sampling or inspection.
6. Record of temperature and weather conditions.
7. Date of test.
S. Identification of product and specification section.
9. Location of sample or test in the Project.
01410-2
�ys
146
[1
•
CONTRACr NO.
C 24
1
10. Type of inspection or test.
11. Results of tests and owpliance with Contract Docvnents.
12. Interpretation of test results, ntnea requested by
Architect..
F.
Perform additional tests as required by Architect or the
Owner.
1.4
LIIYIITAQIMS CF A[T1iiDY W OF TFSTrX IABDRAMM
A.
Laboratory is not authorized to:
1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of
Contract Documents.
2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Perform any duties of the Contractor.
1.5
C7?rAXCMR'S RFSPCNSIBILX=
A.
Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to Work,
to Manufacturer's operations.
B.
Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of
ref pentaticnal satrples of materials proposed to be used and
which require testing.
C.
Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed
,
to be used for concrete, and other materials mixes % hich re-
quire control by the testing laboratory.
D.
Furnish copies of Products test reports as required.
E.
Furnish incidental labor and facilities:
1. Th provide access to Work to be tested.
2. To obtain and handle sartples at the Project site or at
r
the sA=m of the product to be tested.
3. To facilitate inspections and tests.
4. For storage and curing of test samples.
[1
I
1
1
I
1
1
1
�i
1
n
ti7
01410 -4*
• •
CONrRAOr NO.
C - 242 -
F. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to
allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of
tests.
1. Mien tests or inspections cannot be performed after such
notice, reimburse Owner for laboratory personnel and
travel expenses incurred due to Contractor's negligence.
G. Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for additional
sangles and tests required for Contractor's convenienoe.
H. Employ and pay for the servioes of a separate, equally quali-
fied independent testing, laboratory to perform additional in-
spections, sanpling and testing required vkm initial tests
indicate Work does not ocuply with Contract Documents.
END OF S=ON 01410
I
1
1
I
1
1
1
�i
1
n
ti7
01410 -4*
fl
01510 -1
CONTRACT NO.
C -242{
SBCITCN 01510
- TEMPORARY WILITTES
PARRT 1 — (SEPAL
1.1
ASCRIPTION
A.
Furnish, install and maintain teuporary utilities required
,
for construction, r none cn o:npletion of Work.
ons
B.
related Acquirements Specified in Other Sections:
1. Summary of wok: Section 01010.
2• Field Offices and Sheds: Section 01590.
1.2
907, 3EKWM OF FeaRATOW AGENCIES
A.
Oomply with National Electric Code.
,
B.
Comply with Federal, State and local codes and regulations
and with utility canpany requizwmts.
PART 2 — PFDDE=S
2.1
M MUCAIS, GENERAL
r
A.
Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity
for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions,
and must not violate requtnamts of applicable codes and
stardnrds.
2.2
TbwpAiat E[aC. wcrTy AND LIG n7m
,
A.
Provide connections to existing facilities, size to provide
service required for power and lighting: Owner will pay the
cents of power used.
B.
Install circuit and branch wiring, with area distribution booaes
:
lomted so that power and lighting is available throughout the
matructioe by the use of amstructionr -type power cords.
C..
Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work
,
when natural light is not adequate -for work, and for areas
accessible to the public.
fl
01510 -1
I
I
49
01510 -2
• C06nRACr ND.
C ' 24°;:
2.3
TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
A.
Provide tenporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain
adequate envizMnental conditions to facilitate progress of the
Nbrk, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation
of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from darn-
age due to temperature or humidity.
B.
Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for cur -
ing of installed materials, to disperse huridity, and to pre-
vent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases.
C.
Portable heaters shall be standard approved units ornplete
with controls.
.
D.
Pay all costs of installation, maintenance, operation and re-
moval, and for fuel consumed.
2.4
TE PORAW 4IISPiCNE SERVICE
A.
Arrange with local telephone service company, Provide direct
line telephone service at the construction site for the use of
personnel and espleyees. Service required:
1. One direct line instruunnt in
Field Office.
2. One direct lire instrument in Field Office of Project
Representative.
3. Other instruments at the option of the Contractor, or as
required by regulations.
B.
Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and rerwval, and
service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by
the party u ho places the call.
2.5
TEMRAW WAMM
A.
Make con motions to existing facilities, provide water for
construction purposes: Owner will pay oasts of water used.
B.
install branch piping with taps located so that water is avail -
able throughout the construction by the use of hoses. Protect
piping and fittings against frwzing.
2.6
TE PORAW SAEIITAW FACILITIES
A.
Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regula-
tions.
I
I
49
01510 -2
• CONTRACr No
G - 2424
B.
Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures.
C.
Existing pluibing facilities shall not be used by construction
personnel.
PART 3 E3aXXTICN
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Comply with applicable requirements specified in Division 15 -
mechanical, and in Division 16 - Electrical.
B.
maintain and operate systems to assure Continuous service.
C.
Modify and extend system as work progress requires.
3.2
R040M
A.
Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their
use is no longer required.
B.
Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or
use of temporary facilities.
C.
Restore peamanent facilities used for temporary services to
.
specified oxditien.
1. Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and
install new lamps.
END CF SEMCN 01510
01510 -3*
0
I
01520 -1
I
CONTRACT ND.
C . 2424
SECTION 01520
- COX, rRUCPION AIDS
PART 1 -- CORAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
Furnish, install and maintain required construction aids,
remove an owpletion of Work.
B.
Related Requirements Specified in other Sections:
1. Summary of Work: Section 01010.
1.2
RD,'lOIRDQMVS CF RM= ATCEW ACCIES
A.
Comply with Federal, State and local codes and regulations.
PART 2 — PFCCE)=S
2.1
MMWJAL.S, MMIAL
A.
Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended
purpose, but mast not violate requirements of applicable codes
and standards.
2.2
OCNSTR =IC N AMS
A.
Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel
and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, stag_
i.ng, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings,
hoists, cranes, diutes and other such facilities and equipment.
1. Refer to respective sections for particular requirements
for each trade.
B.
Maintain all facilities and, equipment in a first -class con -
dition.
2.3
TEMPORAW ENCIMURES
A.
Provide to mrary enclosures to separate work areas from the
areas of existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent pen-
,
etration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent
damage to existing.equiptent, and to protect OAw's employees
and operations from construction work.
I
01520 -1
I
oorrrxncr iao.
,
0-2424
1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and
sheet materials which Imply with structural and fire
.
rating requirements of applicable codes and standards.
a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal
edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to
prevent penetration of dust or moisture.
b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint
both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire-
retardant paint to provide maximum flame spread of
25 when tested under ASTK E84, or as required by
local fire regulations.
PART 3 — EXEKIPICN
3.1 PREPARATICN
A. Consult with Architect, review site conditions and factors
,thich affect construction procedures and construction aids,
inclu:ing adjacent properties and public facilities which may
be affected by execution of the Work.
3.2 Gi1EFAL '
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of
Divisions 2 through 16. ,
B. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of con-
struction, by storage or wczk requirements, and to acoonmo-
date legitimate requirements of owner and other contractors ,
eployed at the site.
3.3 RBIDM ,
A. Coupletely ren ue twporary materials, equipment and services:
1. wiser construction needs can be met by use of permanent
ooastructicn.
2. At ornpletion of the Project.
B. Gran, repair damage caused by installation or by use of tem-
porary facilities.
01520 -2
5-Z
I
I
I
• • CONrRWr ND.
C - 2424
1. Rename foundations and Underground installaticns for
construction aids.
2. Grade the areas of the site affected by tsvporary in-
stallations to required elevations and slopes, and clean
the area.
C. Restore peasant facilities used for tenporary purposes to
specified condition.
01520 -3*
53
• • OONTRACr N0. ,
C - 242•',
SECTION 01530
- BARRIERS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1
OF.SCRIPPICIN
A.
Purnish, install and maintain suitable barriers as required
to prevent public entry, and to protect the Work, existing
facilities, trees and plants fran construction operations;
remove when no longer needed, or at completion of Work.
B.
Belated Requirements Specified in Other Sections:
1. Summary of Worm[: Section 01010.
2. Oonstruction Aids, Enclosures: Section 01520.
3. Signs: Section 01580.
4. Demolition: Section 02110
1.2
RE1=RE1ffS CF RIXXXATOFai AMCIFS
A.
Camply with Pederal, state and local codes and regulations.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1
M MMTAIS, GENERAL
A.
Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended
purpose, but mint not violate requirements of applicable codes
and standards.
2.2
FENCIM
A.
Solid Pence: (Where new building adjoins existing building).
1. Plywood: Exterior type CC face plies, thickr*ss as
appropriate bD framing *_g+t+rene*+ts.
2. Framing: 2 in. x 4 in. rails and 4 in. x 4 in. treated -
wood posts.
3. Paint: Standard grade exterior paint.
01530 -1
SY
' 01530 -2
I
C17NTRACT ND.
C - 2424
'
B.
OperMlesh Fence: Elsewhere at option of Contractor.
1. No. 11 gage, 2 in: mesh, 72 in. high galvanized chain
link fabric, with extension arms and three strands of
galvanized barbed wire.
2. Galvanized steel posts; 1 =1/2 in. line posts and 2 in.
corner posts.
2.3
BARRIERS
A.
Materials to Contractor's option, as appropriate to serve
the required purpose. ,
PART 3 — FXECI7PICN
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Install facilities of a Treat and reasonable uniform appear -
anoe, stnrcturally adequate for the required purposes.
B.
Maintain barriers during entire construction period.
C.
Relocate barriers as required by progress of construction.
3.2
FENCES
'
A.
Prior to the start of work at the Project site, install err
closure fence with suitably locked entrance gates.
1. Locate fence to enclose substantially the entire Project
site, or that portion the Contractor establishes as re-
quired to ex=mpnss the entire Project mnstruction
'
operation.
2. Locate vehicular entrance gates in suitable relation to
construction facilities; and to avoid interference with
traffic on public thoroughfares.
3. Locate pedestrian entrance gates as required to provide
controlled personnel entry, in suitable relation to oc n-
struction parking facilities.
B.
ConstrucUcn cpervesh fence in accordance with industry
standards.
' 01530 -2
I
01530 -3*
56
I
CONTRACT ND.
2424
,
C.
Construct solid fence 8 ft, high: "'
r
1. Paint all surfaces with primes and one coat, color as
selected by Architect.
3.3
TREE ADD PLVC PRCTBMCN
A.
Preserve and protect existing trees and plants at the site
,
which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site.
B.
Consult with Architect, and remove agreed -an roots and bran-
ches which interfere with construction.
1. Sgi1cy qualified true surgeon to remove, and to treat
cuts.
C.
Provide temporary barriers to a height of six feet, around
each, or arohad each group of trees and plants.
D.
Protect mot zones of trees and plants:
1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or panning.
2. Do not store materials or products.
,
3. Prevent du um of refuse or chemically injurious mater-
ials or liquids.
,
4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water.
E.
Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and sub-'
Sequent awhstruction operations, to prevent damage.
F.
Replace, or suitably repair, trees and plants designated to
remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction
cperatiais.
.
3.4
104AML
A.
Completely remove barricades, including foundations, when
aonsttvction has progressed to the point that they are no
lager needed, and when approved by Architect.
,
B.
Clean and repair damage caused by installation, fill and grade
the areas of the site to required elevations and slopes, and
,
clean the area.
END CF SEMCN 01530
'
01530 -3*
56
I
i'
r
r
I
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
.r
r
r
�r
i
' 57
• • COMPACT ND.
C - 2424
SECTICN 01580 - PR3MMT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
��J I
1.1 DESCRIPTICN
A. Furnish, install and maintain project identification sign.
B. Provide temporary on -site infoaoational signs:
1. As required by codes, laws and regulatory agencies.
2. To identify key elements of the construction facilities.
3. To direct traffic.
C. Rotm signs an ornpletion of construction.
D. Allow no other signs to be displayed.
E. Related Requinenents Specified in Other Sections:
1. Summary of Work: Section 01010.
1.2 PROJECT IMMaMPICATICN SIGN
A. One painted sign, of not less than 32 sq. ft. (3 sq. m.)
area, with painted graphic content to include:
1. Title of Project.
2. Name of owner.
3. Names and titles of authorities:
4. Names and titles of:
a. Architect.
5. Prime Contractor.
B. Graphic design, style of lettering, and colors: As designated
by Architect.
C. Erect on the site at a lighted location of high prblic visi-
bility, adjacent to the main entrance to the site, as approved
by Architect.
01580 -1
01580 -2
11
1
1_
•
aoarrm= No.
'
C - 2424
1.3
IINFOFMICNAL S126
r
A.
Painted signs with painted lettering, or standard products.
1. Size of signs and lettering: as required by regulatory
agencies, or as appropriate to the usage.
2. Colors: as required by regulatory agencies, otherwise of
1
uniform colors throughout the Project.
B.
Erect at appropriate locaticos to provide the required infor-
mation.
1.4
9W417Y ASSLTW CE
,
A.
Sign Painter: Professional Experience in the type of work
required.
B.
Finishes, Painting: Adequate to resist weathering and fading
for the scheduled construction period.
PART 2 — PAODLMS
1
2.1
SIGN KuwaiS
A.
Structure and Framing: May be new or used, wood or metal, in
sound condition structurally adequate to the work and suitable
for specified finish.
B.
Sign Surfaces: Exterior softwood plywood with medium density
overlay, standard large sizes to minimize joints.
1
1. Thickness: As required by standards to span across framing
members, to provide even, smooth surface without waves or
buckles.
1 ..
C.
Rough Hardware: Galvanized
D.
Paint: Exterior quality, as specified in Section 09900.
,
1. Use Bulletin colors for graphiCS.
1
2. Colors for structure, framing, sign surfaces and graphics:
As selected by Architect.
1
01580 -2
11
1
1_
11
I
r
1
1
r
1
.1
r
1
1
r
1
i
r
r
�y
0
PART 3 — E7 CMICN
• CONrRACr NJ.
C - 2424
3.1 PF4W= IDENrIFICUICN SIGN
A. Paint all exposed surfaces of supports, framing and sur-
face material; one coat of primer and one coat of exterior
Faint.
B. Paint graphics in the styles, sizes and colors as selected.
3.2 INF%WTICNAL SIGM
A. Paint all exposed surfaces: one coat of pariner and one coat
of exterior paint.
B. Paint graphics in the styles, sizes and colors as selected.
C. Install at a height for optimum visibility, on ground-mounted
poles or attached to temporary structural surfaces.
3.3 MAdIQTl NUCE
A. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition:
repair damages to structure, frmaLng or sign.
B. Relocate informational signs as required by progress of the
work.
3.4 FATAL
A. Arnove signs, &aing, supports and foundations at ompletion
Of project.
END OF SBCTICN 01580
01580 -3*
•
Owrwr No.
'
i
C - 2424
,
SECTION 01590 - FmD OFFICES AMID SHEDS
,
PART 1
-- GENERAL
! 1.1
DESCRIPTION:
,
A.
Furnish, install and maintain tMq=ary field offices during the
•
entire construction period.
B.
Furnish, install and maintain storage and work sheds needed for
Construction.
,
C.
At completion of work, remove field offices, sheds and contents.
D.
Related Rsquxseanents Specified in Other Sections:
,
1. Summary of work: Section 01010.
2. Temporary Electricity: Section 01510.
3. Temporary Telephone Service: Section 01510.
1.2
RMOUIiEMET15 OF FU ATORY AGENCIES:
'
A.
Comply with requirements of Federal, State and local codes and
1.3
revwAtic ns.
OTHER i�p[JII4iSd15:
A.
Prior to installation of offices and sheds, consult with Architect
an location, access and related facilities.
1.4
ROWIRDINTS FOR FAj=LITIFS:
,
A.
Construction:
1. Structurally sound, weathert.ight, with floors raised above
ground.
,
2. Temperature transmission resistance: Compatible with occupancy
and storage requirements.
,
3. At Contractor's option, portable or mobile buildings may be
i
used.
,
a. Mobile harass, when used, shall be modified for office
use.
B.
Contractor's Office and Facilities:
I. Area: Shall be Class "B" Field Office as specified in
Standard Specifications Paragraph 8 -2.2.
01590 -1
r
60
• OuvrRACT Nc).
C - 242•'
2. Windows:
a. Minimum: 3, with a minimum total area of 10% of floor
area.
b. Operable sash and insect screens.
C. Locate to provide views of construction areas.
3. Flunishugs:
' 1. 1b requi.renents of the various trades.
01590 -2
a.
b.
Standard size desks with three drawers, one per occupant.
One drafting table: 39 in. (lm.) x 72 in. (1.0n.) x
36 in. (0.92m.) high, with one equipment drawer.
1) Locate table oriented in relation to the site at
a window with a view of the site.
C.
d.
One metal.. double -door storage cabinet under table.
One plan rack to hold a minimum of six racks of project
drawings.
e.
Standard four—drawer legal -size metal filing cabinet
with locks and keys; one per ooctpant.
f.
Six 1.f. (2a.) of bookshelves.
g.
one swivel arm chair per occupant.
'
h.
i.
Two straight chairs.
One drafting table stool.
j.
One waste basket per desk and table.
k.
One tackboard, 36 in. (0.92) x 30 in. (0.76m.).
4. Services:
a.
Lighting: 50 foot - candles at desk top height.
b.
Exterior lighting at entrance door.
c.
Automatic heating and mechanical cooling equipment to
maintain comfort conditions.
d.
Minimum of four 110 volt duplex electric convenience
outlets, at least am on each wall.
e.
Electric distribution panel: 4Wo circuits minm=,
110 volt, 60 hertz service.
'
f.
Convenient access to drinking water and toilet facilities.
g.
Telephone: one direct line instrument.
5. Other furnishings: Oontractor's option.
6. one
10 in. (250mm.) outdoor-type thermometer.
C. Storage Sheds:
' 1. 1b requi.renents of the various trades.
01590 -2
OCNTRACT NO.
C : 2424
2. Dimensions: Adequate for storage and handling of products.
,
3. Ventilation: Comply with specified and Code requirements for
the products stored.
4. treating: Adequate to maintain tenperatures specified in the
respective sections for the products stored.
,
1.5
USE OF PET44VOW FACILMESS:
A.
Permanent facilities at the site shall not be used for field
,
offi.oes or for storage.
PART 2
— PRCDUCTS
2.1
NA1'IERIAIS, EQUIPMW, F[IIMSHINGS:
A.
May be new or used, but must be serviceable, adequate for the
,
required purpose, and must not violate applicable codes or regula-
3
tions.
— EXECLVICN
,
• PART
3.1
PR TAYOMON:
A.
Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide.surface
drainage.
r
3.2
ISlAISATICN:
A.
Construct temporary field offices and storage sheds on prcuper
foundations, provide contx ctions for utility services.
,
1. Secure portable or nubile buildings when used.
,
2. Provide steps and landings at entrance doors.
B.
Mount thermometer at convenient outside location, not in direct
sunlight.
'
3.3
b%INMD WM AND CIEANM:
A.
Provide periodic maintenance and cleaning for temporary structures,
furnishings, egaipwnt and services.
3.4
REIdOM-
,
A.
Rwam temporary field offices, contents and services at a time
they are no longer needed.
,
01590 -3
i,
6-Z
�i
1
• •
CUNTRACr NO.
C - 2424
1
B. Ravove storage sheds when they are no longer needed.
C. Remove foundations and debris; grade the site to required eleva -.
ticrs and clean the areas.
1
END CF SBLVICN 01590
1
1
�1
,1
1
'1
.1
I
01590 -4*
�3
01600 -1 ,
6y
aCr�24
-
,
j SOMCN 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIP14W
1.1
ORAL:
,
A.
Material and equipment incorporated into the Work:
1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards.
,
2. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as
specifically approved in writing by the Architect.
'
3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products:
a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with the best
'
engineering and shop Practices.
.
b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard
sizes and gages, to be interchangeable.
,
C. Tao or mare items of the same kind shall be identical,
by the acme manufacturer.
d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions.
e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or
'
specified shall be adhered to unless variations are
specifically approved in writing.
'
4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than
that for which it is designed or is specified.
1
S.
Palated Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
:
1. Provisions of the Contract.
,
C.
Related Requirements Specified in Other Secticns:
1. Summary of Work: Section 01010.
,
2. Products under Allamms: Section 01020.
3. Shop Drawings, Product Data I& Samples: Section 01340.
,
4. Cleaning: Section 01710.
,
5. Operating & Maintenance Data: Section 01730.
1.2
REUSE OF E ESTING MATERIAL:
,
A.
Except as specifically indicated or specified, materials and
equipment removed from the existing structure shall not be used
in the completed Work.
'
01600 -1 ,
6y
,� + •
ooMrrsAC. -r w.
C - 2414,
1.3 M41N1UFACTURER'S INSTRIAMMS:
' A. Store Products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with
seals and labels intact and legible.
1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather-
, tight enclosures.
2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required
by manufacturer's instructions.
' 01600 -2
S
A.
When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall
comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and
distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the
'
installation, including two copies to Architect.
1. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the jab site
during installation and until ocupletion.
1
B.
Handle, install, connect, clean, oonditicn and adjust products
in strict accord with ouch instructions and in conformity with
specified requirements.
1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with
manufacturer's instructions, consult with Architect for
further instructions.
2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions.
C.
Perform work in accord with mazufacturerIa instructions. D not
omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless
'
specifically modified or exampted by Contract Documents.
1.4
TRANSPOSTATIM AMID HANMJM:
A.
Arrange deliveries of Products in accord with construction
'
schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions
at the site.
'
1. Deliver Products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's
original containers or packaging, with identifying labels
intact and Legible.
'
2. Lmediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance
with requireents of Contract Documents and approved submittals,
and that Products are properly protected and undamaged.
B.
Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to
prevent soiling or damage to Products or packaging.
1.5
S1ORAM AND PRD=ICN:
' A. Store Products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with
seals and labels intact and legible.
1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather-
, tight enclosures.
2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required
by manufacturer's instructions.
' 01600 -2
S
• CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
B. Exterior Storage: ,
1. Store fabricated products above the ground, an blocking or
skids, prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which
are subject to deterioration with bVervious sheeting coverings,
provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation.
2. Store loose granular materials in a well- drained area on ,
solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter.
C. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection.
Make periodic inspections of stored Products to assure that Pro-
ducts are maintained under specified conditions, and free floe
damage or deterioration.
D.
1.6
A.
S.
C.
Protection After Installation:
1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect
installed Products from damage from traffic and subsequent
construction operations. Remove when no longer needed.
SMSPI'1UTIONS AND PROM= CP'1'IMS:
Products List:
1. Within 30 days after Contract Date, sukrait to Architect a
complete list of major products proposed to be used, with the
name of the manufactures and the installing Subcontractor.
Contractor's Options:
1
1. For Products specified only by reference standard, select ,
any product meeting that standard.
2. For Products specified by naming several products or marunfac-
turers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named,
which ompLies with the specifications.
3. For Products specified by naming one or more Products or
manufacturers and "or equal ", Contractor must submit a request
as for substitutions for any Product or manufacturer not
specifically named.
4. For Products specified by naming only one Product and manu-
facturer, there is no option.
Substitutions:
J
1
1. For a period of 30 days after Contract Data, Architect will '
consider written requests from Contractor for substitution of
Products.
01600 -3 ,
0-J
1
01600 -4
F
i
CONTRACr NO.
C - 2424
'
2. Submit a separate request, on "Substitute Request Ford'
herewith, for each Product, supported with Mete data, with
'
drawings and samples as appropriate, including:
a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution
with that specified.
b. Charges required in other elements of the work because
of the substitution.
C. Effect on the construction schedule.
d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the
Product specified.
e. Any required license fees or royalties.
f. Availability of maintenance service, and source of
'
replacement materials.
3. Architect shall be the judge of the acceptability of the
'
proposed substitution.
D. Contractor's Representation:
'
1. A request for a substitution constitutes a representation
that Contractor:
a. Has investigated the proposed Product and determined
that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that
specified.
'
b. Will provide the sore warranties or bonds for the sub-
stitution as for the Product specified.
C. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitu-
tion into the Work, and make such other changes as may
be sequined to make the Work complete in all respects.
d. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his
responsibility, which may subsequently become apparent.
'
E. Architect will review requests for substitutions with reasonable
promptness, and notify Contractor, in writing, of the decision to
accept or reject the requested substitution.
END OF SELVICN 01600
0-J
1
01600 -4
F
• OONTRRCr NO. '
V - 2424
PROJECT: '
We hereby submit for Vow consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project:
Section Paragraph Specified IMm '
Proposed Substitution:
Attach complete technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable. '
Include complate information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require
for its proper installation.
Fill in Blanks Below: ,
A. Does tlta substitution affect dinereions shown on Drawings?
L Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by
the requested substitution?
C. Whet affect does substitution have on other trades?
O. Diftarences between proposed substitution and specified item?
E. ManufactuWs guarantees of the proposed and specified items ate:
❑ Bute ❑ Different (explain on attachment)
The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality we equivalent or superior to the specified item.
Submitted By:
tea
Firm
Date
Telephone
M
01600 -5•
For Use By Design Consultant:
❑ Accepted ❑ Accepted As Noted
❑ Not Aotxpted ❑ Raceivad Too late
By
Date
Remarks
' B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect
will make an inspection to determine the status of oompletion.
C. Should Architect deterane that the Work is not substantially
complete:
1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing,
giving the reasons therefor.
2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and
send a second written notice of substantial completion to the
Architect.
' 3. Architect will reinspect the Work.
I
01700 -1
II
p
•
'
CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
SBCfICN
01700 - CUMACT CLOSEWr
1.1
GENERAL
A.
Comply with requirements stated in Provisions of the Contract and
in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the
Work.
B.
Related Requirements in Other parts of the Project Manual:
1. Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional administrative
requirements: Provisions of the Contract.
C.
Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections:
1. Partial Owner 0=4wtcy: Section 01010.
2. Allowances: Section x1020.
'
3. Cleaning: Section 01710.
4. Record Documents: Section 01720.
'
S. operating and Maintenance Data: Section 01730.
6. Warranties and Bonds: Section 01740.
7. Closeout Submittals Required of Trades: The respective
sections of Specifications.
'
1.2
SUBSTANPIAL CCMPIEPICN:
A.
When Contractor considers the Work is substantially carplete, he
shall submit to Architect:
1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof,
is substantially complete.
2. A list of items to be completed or corrected.
' B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect
will make an inspection to determine the status of oompletion.
C. Should Architect deterane that the Work is not substantially
complete:
1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing,
giving the reasons therefor.
2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and
send a second written notice of substantial completion to the
Architect.
' 3. Architect will reinspect the Work.
I
01700 -1
II
p
7�
• •
NO.
1
0-2424
1
D.
When Architect concurs that the Work is substantially complete, he
will:
1
1. Prepare a Letter of Substantial Completion, accompanied by
Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as
verified and amended by the Architect.
2. Submit the Letter to Owner and Contractor for their written
acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the
Letter.
1
1.3
FINAL INSPDC'PSCN:
A.
WWn Contractor considers the Pbrk is complete, he shall submit
,
written certification that:
1. Contract.Documnts have been reviewed.
1
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with contract Documents.
3. Work has been ommpleted in accordance with Contract Documents.
'
4. Fquipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the
owner's representative and are operational.
,
5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection.
1
B.
Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of conpleticn
with reasonable pranptnmess after receipt of such certification.
C.
Should Architect consider that the Work is incomplete or defective:
1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing,
listing the inncomplete or defective work.
,
2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated
deficiencies, and surd a second written certification to
Architect that the Work is complete.
3. Architect will reinspect the Work.
D.
Mm the Architect finds that the Work is acceptable under the
Contract Documents, he shall request the G,Ltractor to make close-
out submittals.
,
1.4
IMINSPHCTICN FEES:
A.
Should Architect perform.reinspectio>.s due to failure of the Work
to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the
Contractor:
01700-2
'
7�
i CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
`71
1. Owner will compensate Architect for such additional services.
2. owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the
final payment to the Contractor.
1.5
CONTRACTOR'S CL06EOVf SUBMITTAIS TO ARCHITECT:
A.
Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities:
1. Certificate of occupancy.
2. Certificates of Inspection:
a. Mechanical.
b. Electrical.
B.
Project Record Documents: To requirements of Section 01720.
C.
operating and Maintenance Data. Instructions to Owner's Personnel:
To requirements of Section 01730.
D.
Warranties and Bonds: To requirements of Section 01740.
E.
Keys and Keying Schedule: To requirements of Section 0870 o - Finish
'
Hardware.
F.
Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: To requirements of
General and Supplementary Conditions.
for Operations.
G.
Certificate of Insurance Products and Completed
1.6
FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS:
A.
Submit a final statement of accounting to Architect.
B.
Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum:
1. The original Contract Sum.
2. Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders.
b. Allowances.
C. Deductions for uncorrected Work.
d. Penalties and Bonuses.
e. Deductions for liquidated damages.
f. Deductions for reinspection payments.
g. other adjustments.
3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted.
4. Previous payments.
5. Sun ruining due.
01700 -3
±C
`71
• CONTRACT No
C - 2424
C. Architect will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting approved
adjustmrrts to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by
Change Orders.
1.7 FIML APPLICATION FOR PAYNQ�IPN f:
A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in
accordance with procedures and requ rmnents stated in the Provisions
of the Omtract.
END OF SECTION 01700
01700 -4 *
%.Z
I
01710 -1
f'3
• •
OCNTRAC'T ND.
C - 2424
SECTICN 01710 - CLEANING
PART
1 — GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPPICN:
A.
Execute cleaning, during progress of the Work, and at completion
of the work, as required by General Provisions.
B.
Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
1. the
Provisions of Contract.
C.
Related Requirements Specifier) in other Sections:
1. Summary of Work: Section 01010.
2. Cleaning for specific Products or Work: The Specification
Section for that work.
1.2
DISPOSAL REQUIROCEN15:
A.
Conduct cleaning and oisposal operations to oanply with codes,
ordinances, regulations, and anti - pollution laws.
PART'
2 — PRCCUCTS
2.1
MMIAIS:
A.
Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to
health or property and which will not damage surfaces.
B.
Use only those cleaning materials and methods reoamerd,. by
aanuifacbirer of the surfaoe material to be cleaned.
C.
Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning
material manufacturer.
PART
3 — EXECUrICN
3.1
DURIM CONSTRUMCN:
A.
Execute periodic cleaning to keep the Work, the site and adjacent
properties free fran accumulations of waste materials, rubbish
and wirrgilcm debris, resulting fmn construction operations.
B.
Provide on -site containers for the collection of waste materials,
debris and rubbish.
I
01710 -1
f'3
• CCNrwucr ND.
P:- 2424
C. Imam waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically
and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site.
3.2 DUST CCNPPDL:
A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and
continue cleaning on an as- needed basis until painting is finished.
B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting
from cleanup process will not fall on wet or newly- coated surfaces.
3.3 FIM CLEANING:
A. Eaploy skilled workmen for final cleaning.
B. Pemam grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints,
labels, and other foreign materials from sight - exposed interior
and exterior aurfaoss.
C. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
D. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
E. Ventilating Syste e
1. Clean pemmnent filters and replace disposable filters if
units were operated during construction.
2. Clean ducts, blowers and coils . if units were operated without
filters during ooustnmcticn.
F. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of
the grow ds.
G. Prior to final ompletion, or owner occupancy, Contractor shall
conduct an uvgx cticn of sight - exposed interior and exterior
surfaces, and all work areas, to verify that the entire Work is
clean.
END CF SEMM 01710
01710 -2*
7-r/
I ,
• CONTRACT NO.
2424
SWrICN
01720 - PROJECT REMRD DOCL14DM
1.1
GENERAL:
A.
Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of:
1. Drawings.
2. Project Manual.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract.
S. Architect Field orders or written instructions.
6. Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
7. Field pest records.
B.
Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
. ,
1. Provisions of the Contract.
C.
Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections:
1. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Section 01340.
1.2
MAIIdl'ENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES:
A.
Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart
from dominants used for construction.
1. Provide files andracks for storage of documents.
2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of
samples.
B.
File dominants and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format
of the Uniform Construction Index.
C.
Maintain dominants in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good
order. Do not use record dominants for construction purposes.
D.
Make dominants and samples available at all times for inspection
by Architect.
1.3
MARKING DEVICES:
A.
Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the
color code designated by Architect.
1.4
RECORDING:
A.
Label each dominant "PFCJWr RFAORD" in neat large printed letters.
1 01720 -1
IP S
• C UrRACr NO.
C - 2424
B. Reoord information concurrently with construction progress. `
1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.
C. Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction:
1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish
first floor datum.
2. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities
and appurtenances, referenoed to permanent surface improve- ,
meets.
3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed
in the oo:struction, referenoed to visible and accessible
features of the structure.
4. Field charges of dimension and detail. ,
5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
6. Details not on original contract drawings.
D. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each Section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of
each Product and item of equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
1.5 SUBMnTAL:
A. At Contract Close -out, deliver Record Documents to Architect for
the Owner.
B. Contractor shall reimburse the Architect for drafting costs ■
necessary to prgare as- built drawings, suitable for reproduction.
C. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date.
2. Project title and number. ,
3. ountractcr's name and address.
4. Title and member of each Record Document.
5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative.
END OF SEMON 01720
91720 -2R
LJ
I
I
76 ,
01730-1
1
17
• •
CONTRACCr NO.
C - 2424
SECTION
01730 - OPERATING AND MAINlFNMXE DATA
1.1
GPNERAL:
A.
Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's
maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.
1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this
Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of
Specifications.
B.
Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in
1
the operation of equipment and systems.
C.
Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections:
1. Shop Drawings, Product Data 6 Samples: Section 01340.
2. Contract Closeout: Section 01700.
3. Project Peooni Documents: Section 01720.
4. Warranties & Bonds: Section 01740.
1.2
PO M CF SUBMI'M S:
A.
Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by
owner's personnel.
B.
Fox at:
1. Size: 8-1/2 in. x 11 in.
2. Paper: 20 pound minimum, white, for typed pages.
3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten.
I.
4. Drawings:
a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.
b. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages.
5. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of
operating equipment.
a. Provide typed description of product, and major component
parts of equipment.
b. Provide indexed tabs.
6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title
" OPERATIM AND MAIKPP MCE II191Pf MICNS" . List-
01730-1
1
17
CONTRACT NO.
G - 2A2`
a. Title of Project.
b. Identity of separate structure as applicable.
C. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
C. Binders:
1. Camaercial quality three -ring binders with durable and cleanable
plastic covers.
2. Maximun ring size: 1 inch.
3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related
consistent groupings.
1.3 OONT NP OF MANUAL:
A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in
a systematic order.
1. Contractor, mime of responsible principal, address and tele-
phcne camber.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to
the content of the volume.
3. List, with each prodaot, the name, address and telephone
number of:
a. Subcontractor or installer.
b. Maintenance Contractor, as appropriate.
C. Identify the area of responsibility of each.
d. Local source of supply for parts and replaoewmt.
4. Identify each product by product nave and other identifying
symbols as set forth in Contract Documents.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific
product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installatim
C. Delete references to inapplicable infonnati.on.
C. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly
illustrate:
01730 -2
aorrraAC`r NO.
fo • 2424
•
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents
to assure correct illustration of completed installation.
3. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
D.
Written text, as required to supplement product data for the
particular installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for
different procedures.
•
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
E.
Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
'
1. Provide information for Owner's
sheet personnel, give:
a. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties
or bonds.
1.5
MANUAL FOR MATERTNS AND FINISHES:
A.
Submit two copies of complete manual in final form.
jB.
Content, for architectural products, applied materials and
finishes:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Catalog number, size, composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
C. Infornatien required for re- ordering special - manufactured
pests
-
2. Instructions for care and maintenance.
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning
agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are
detrimental to the product.
c. R,eomuended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C.
Content, for moisture - protection and weather- exposed products:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
1 01730 -3
,I
h9
0
a. Applicab le standards.
b. Chemical con�osition.
C. Details of ,�atalation.
• COWRACr N0.
C - 2424
2. instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective
sections of Specifications.
E. Provide ocmplete information for products specified in:
1. Section 07900: Joint Sealants.
2.
Section 08210:
Wood Doors.
3.
Section
4.
Section 08520:
Aluminum Windows.
5.
Section
6.
Section 09300:
Ceramic Tile.
7.
Section
8.
Section 09665:
Resilient Sheet Flooring.
9.
Section 09680:
Carpeting.
10.
Section 09900:
Painting.
11.
Section 09950:
Wall Covering.
12.
Section 10162:
Toilet OomQartrents.
13.
Section 10800:
Toilet Accessories.
1.6 1W NEIRL FOR EQUIPKW AND SYSTEM:
A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form.
H. content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Deacripti.cn of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting
oondi.tions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
C. Coaplete nomenclature and commercial nmber of all replace-
able parts.
2. Operating procedures:
a. start-up, break -in, routine and naml operating instnnc-
ticns.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency
instructions.
C. Sumer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
01730 -4
I'
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
LJ
I
I
I
k
I
8O
I.
I
CONTRACT NO.
G - 242
3.
Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble - shooting ".
C. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
!
4.
Servicing and lubrication schedule.
a. List of lubricants required.
5.
Manufacturer's painted operating and maintenance instructions.
6.
Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7.
Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly
drawings and diagrams required for maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items reoanmended to be stocked as spare parts.
S.
As- installed diagrams by
control controls manufacturer.
9.
Each Contractor's coordination drawings.
a. As- installed color coded piping diagrams.
10.
Charts of valve tag numLiers, with the location and function
of each valve.
U.
List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's
current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained
in storage.
1
12.
Other data as required under pertinent sections of
specifications.
C. Oontent, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1.
Description of system and component parts.
1
a. Fvncticn, normal operating characteristics , and limiting
conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
C. Complete nomenclature and cahmercial number of replace-
able parts.
2.
Circuit directories of panelboards.
a. Electrical service.
01730 -5
I
0 0 COUrRACr NO
01730 -6
E32-
b. Controls.
C. Connnmirations.
3. As- installed color coded wiring diagrams.
4. Operating procedures:
a. routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
C. Special operating instructions.
5. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine operations.'
b. Guide to "trouble - sooting ".
C. Disassembly, repair and reasserbly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's
current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained
in storage.
S. other data as required under pertinent sections of specifics -
tions.
D.
Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data
beoares apparent during instruction of Owner's persamel.
E.
Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: The
respective sections of Specifications.
F.
Provide complete information for products specified in:
1. Section
2. Section 15403: Plumbing Systems.
3. Section 15600: Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning.
4. Section 16400: Electrical D i str ibut ion
i
5. Section 16500 Lighting
1.7
SIBMI27AL SC HEDO1E:
A.
Submit two copies of preliminary draft of proposed foanats and
outlines of contents prior to start of work.
1. Architect will review draft and return one copy with omnents.
01730 -6
E32-
`,
i • CIONTRACT NO_
C - 2424
'
B.
Submit one copy of completed data in final form fifteen days prior
to final inspection or acceptance.
•
1. Copy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance,
with comments.
C.
Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form
10 days after final inspection or acceptance.
1.8
INS'M=ICN OF CWNER'S PEPSCNNEL:
A.
Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's
designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation,
adjustment and maintenance of all products, ez+,2ne+t and systems.
B.
Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of
instruction.
1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to
explain all aspects of operations and maintenance.
SECTION 01730
RM OF
01730 -7*
IS3
#
# NO
C - 2424
SECTION 01740 - VPJUW PIES AND BONDS
1.1 GENERAL:
A. 0ompile specified warranties and bonds.
B. Cacpile specified service and maintenance contracts.
C. Co- execute submittals when so specified.
D. Review submittals to verify cacplianoe with Contract Documents.
E. Submit to Architect for review and transmittal to Owner.
F. Related Rsquis smarts in Other Parts of the Project Manual:
1. Bid or Proposal Bands: instructions to Bidders.
2. Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond: Pro-
visions of the Contract.
3. Maintenance Bonds: Supplementary Provisions.
4. General Warranty of Construction: Supplementary Provisions
of the Contract.
G. Related Requirements Specified in Other Sections:
1. Contract Closeout: Section 01700.
2. Operating 6 Maintenance Data: Section 01730.
3. Warranties and Bonds required for Specific Products. Each
respective section of Specifications as listed below.
4. Provisions of Warranties 6 Bonds, Duration: The respective
section of specifications which specifies the product.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REpUIREMEM:
A. Assemble warranties, bands and service and maintenance contracts,
executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and
Subcontractors.
B. Number of original signed copies required: Two each.
C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide
complete information for each item.
I. Product or work item.
2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number.
01740 -1
ll
i
1
L.S
1
I
[1
I
I
I
1
11
1
A. Fbr equipment or component parts of equipment put into service
during progress of construction:
1. Submit documents within 10 days after inspection and acceptance.
B. Otherwise make submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial
Completion, prior to final request for payment.
C. For items of work, where acceptance is delayed materially beyond
the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal
within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance
as the start of the warranty period.
01740 -2
186-
• • ODNTRACr ND.
C - 242 '
3. Scope.
4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance
contract.
5. Duration of warranty, bad or service maintenance contract.
6. Provide information for Ow er's personnel:
a. Proper procedure in case of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty
or band.
7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and tele-
phone number.
1.3
FFORNI OF SUFMITM S: '
A.
Prepare in duplicate packets.
1
B.
Format:
1. Size B -1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3 -ring binder.
a. Fbld larger sheets to fit into birders.
2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title
"WRRRANrM AND BONDS ". List:
a. Title of Project.
b. Name of Contractor.
C.
Binders: Commercial quality, three -ring, with durable and clean-
able plastic covers.
1.4
TIME C' SUBMITTALS:
A. Fbr equipment or component parts of equipment put into service
during progress of construction:
1. Submit documents within 10 days after inspection and acceptance.
B. Otherwise make submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial
Completion, prior to final request for payment.
C. For items of work, where acceptance is delayed materially beyond
the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal
within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance
as the start of the warranty period.
01740 -2
186-
• • CDNrRACTND
C - 2424
1.5 StMMZTfALS
REQUIRED:
A. Sutmit warranties, b0n1S,
service and maintenance oontractS aS
specified in the respective sections of Specifications:
1.
Section
2.
Section 07510:
Built -up Roofing.
3.
Section 07900:
Joint Sealing.
4.
Section
5.
Section
6.
Section 15401:
Pluabi:g.
7.
Section 15600:
Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning.
8.
Section 16000:
Electrical.
END OP SECTION 01740
01740 -3*
1
• • CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
SECTION
02010 - SUBSURFACE INVFSTIGATICN
PAW
1 -- GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION: A soil investigation report has been prepared by
'
Action Engineering, 1630 G South Sunkist Street,
Anaheim, California, hereinafter referred to as the
Soil Engineer; a copy of this report may be inspected
at:
Building Department
City of Newport Beach
This report was obtained for the Owner's use in design and is a
part of the Contract Docwneuts; the report and log of borings is
available for Contractor's information but is not a warrant of
subsurface conditions.
1.2
AMITICNAL II TICK: The Contractor should visit the site and
acquaint himself with all existing conditions. Prior to bidding.
Bidders may make their own subsurface investigations to satisfy
themselves as to site and subsurface conditions but such subsurface
investigations shall be performed only under time schedules and
arrangements approved in advance by the Architect.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE: The Soil Engineer may be retained by the Owner
to observe performance of work in connection with excavating,
filling, and grading. Readjust all work performed that does not
meet technical or design requi.rwents but make no deviations from
the Contract Documents without specific and written acceptance of
the Arduitect.
END OF SECTION 02010
FJ
I
I
02010 -1"
13
0
SWrICN 02050 - DENOLITION
twilt4w ea
1.1
A.
B.
1.2
CONTR cr NO. `
C - 2424
PRINCIPAL ITEM OF WORK:
Attention is directed to applicable portions of Division 1 regarding
access to existing and /or Owner occupied portions of facilities.
Ra oval from site and disposition in legal manner of entailed debris
arid/or salvable items which are not to be reinstalled or relocated.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED E[SEr UM2
A. Alteration or dearolition of utilities, irrigation lines, plumbing,
mecihanieal and electrical work will be performed by other pertinent
trades as part of this General Contract.
1.3 I4MATIMS:
A. work shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Division of
Industrial Safety and other Federal, local and State agencies and
Authorities, Regulation and Oodes having jurisdiction.
B. Obtain and pay for permits required to perform the demolition
work as required by agencies and authorities having jurisdiction.
1.4 SURVEY OF EXISTING OCNDMONS: Contractor shall accept the site as
it exists on the first day of work under the contract. It shall
be his respcosibility to visit the site prior to bidding the work
and determine for himself the condition of the site, the exact
nature and amount of work to be done, and features and conditions
that affect his work. Investigate work of other crafts whose work
abuts, adjoins, or is in any manner affected by work under this
heading. Consult drawings and cooperate with other trades to
expedite and coordinate materials and labor to avoid omissions,
delays, and to make completed work conform with contract require-
Rents.
1.5 WORKMN4SHIP: Neatly and aocurately cut existing construction only
to limits necessary to acocnmodate new construction. Perform work
with experienced personnel RL& after erection of suitable pro-
tective systems and at times permitted by the Owner's Respresentative.
legally dispose of debris off -site and don't allow acmimulaticn of
same. Raruve, protect and store designated items for salvage and
rework. Fully coordinate work with Owner's Representative and other
trades to assure completion with least possible delay and/or
interference.
02050 -1
Ci'
I
I H.
C. AnTove concrete curbs, and concrete slabs, as required. Neatly
score concrete with power wheel or saw to limits of demolition and
carefully break cut materials within these scored limits by
suitable means to prevent further damage or spalang.
I
02050 -2
189
• CXWrRACT NJ.
C - 2424
I1.6
PImTFX'TION:
A.
Work which is to remain which is damaged by any cause shall be
repaired, patched or replaced to match adjoining work to Architect's
1
satisfaction at no additional cost to Owner. Place bracing, shoring
and barriers so as to: prevent collapse; undue damage to work which
is to remain; allow for removal of existing and placing of new work;
and cause least interference with owner's occupancy requirements.
B.
Be liable for damage to property of Owner and loss thereof by
theft. Pepair or replace, as case nay require, at Contractor's own
expense, for damaged and stolen property.
C.
7haroughly protect existing paving and concrete work from damage
1
bantling of materials, demolitich of existing work, new construction,
or by any other cause during Progress of reconstruction.
D.
Protect interior and exterior finish and equipment that is not
re m mred during reconstruction and, if damaged during rmeconstruction,
replace with new material, matching existing material in all
1
respects. As -built drawings of existing utilities in the area
shall be checked to determine where precautions are necessary to
protect those utilities which will remain in temporary or permanent
service. Any existing utilities enooumtered not shown on the as-
built drawings shall be reported to the Architect immediately.
PAFC
2 — PFCCU rS
Not applicable.
PART
3 — EXB=CN
'
3.1
GENERAL: This specification consists of demolition and removal of
items indicated on the drawings, specified herein and as directed.
3.2
F 4XMCN: Shall include, but is not limited to, the following
work:
A.
Cutting and patc3ning shall be in accordance with requirements of
Section "CUMNG AND PA7Ci M ".
I H.
C. AnTove concrete curbs, and concrete slabs, as required. Neatly
score concrete with power wheel or saw to limits of demolition and
carefully break cut materials within these scored limits by
suitable means to prevent further damage or spalang.
I
02050 -2
189
I
90
• • aorr:w,cr No.
k: - 2424
D. Asphaltic concrete shall be removed to the limits indicated and/or
required and shall be disposed of off the site.
E. Aamve existinq piping indicated or required (and badcfill to
compaction designated by Soils Engineer). Demolished stub -UPS
shall be terminated at min. V-0" below new finish qrade unless
designated otherwise on the drawings. Lines which connect to
active systems shall be capped, plugged or blind flanged as ,
appropriate.
F. Materials used for pipe terminations and temporary connections shall
be the same as the existing line. Fittings, flanges, etc., shall
be of weight and class suitable for the service in which used.
G. Projections (stud bolts, etc.): shall be cut off below surface so
patczn can oe rinsnTwI s e$ —to an even, uniform surface.
H. E7mposed Reinforcing: Which is to be incorporated into new work shall
c and I t intact; otherwise reinforcing or anchors not
required to remain shall be neatly cut back and removed.
3.3 DIS'POSITICN OF MATERIALS:
A. The following materials, equipment and accessories resulting from
the demolition shall remain the property of Public Works Department
City of Newport Beach. Such items shall be carefully removed by
the Contractor, protected from damage and delivered to warehouse
of Public Works Department, City of Newport Beach, as directed.
1.
2. All other items indicated on the drawings or as directed by
the Owner or Architect.
3.4
OF MkTEYIAIS :
A. Disposition of materials, equipment, and accessories not to be
salvaged shall be off the site and off local site areas, to approved
established dump sites. Burning or other disposal of refuse and
debris and any aocidmantal loss or damage attendant thereto shall
be the Contractor's responsibility and shall in no way involve
the owner.
3.5 cSEwips: Upon completion of demolition and salvage operations as
herein specified, the entire area shall be cleaned of debris in a
manner satisfactory to the Architect in accordance with Section
END OF SECTION 02050 1
02050 -3•
• • CONTRACr No.
C - 2424
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK
PART 3 — EXECUTION
1 3.1 INSTALLATION: Shall be in accordance with Soils Report Sections
300-2, 300 -3 and 308 -3.2.4 of the "Standard Specification For Public
I Works Construction" and the following:
A. Ponding or jettiN shall not be used to consolidate any backfilling.
B. All excavation and grading shall be performed under the inspection
of the Soils Engineer including testing for oompaction as indicated
in Soils Report.
C. Finish grading, backfilli.rg and compaction shall be in accordance
with Soils Report and this Section with compaction not less than
908 as tested in accordance with Section 211. Grades shall be
shaped as to drain water away from structures in all cases.
END OF SECMCN 02200
I
02200 -1*
IP/
PART
1 -- GENERAL
1.1
GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
SCOPE OF WORK: Provide labor, materials, equipment, transportation,
and services to complete installation of grading work indicated,
and/or scheduled on the drawings, to result in a omplete installa-
tion and satisfactory operation and as specified in the "Standard
Specification For Public works Construction" 1976 edition by the
APWA AGC Joint Cooperative Committee, Section 300 and Soils
*Eng.
Deport as prepared by Action and a part of the Contract
Docaents.
PART
2 — PFCDUCTS
2.1
: Shall be in accordance with the Soils Report
by Action Eng. , the "Standard Specification For Public
Forks Construction" and as follows:
A.
Section 200 -2.5.1 of Fine Select Natural Base or inported fill
'
acceptable to Soils Engineer.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
1 3.1 INSTALLATION: Shall be in accordance with Soils Report Sections
300-2, 300 -3 and 308 -3.2.4 of the "Standard Specification For Public
I Works Construction" and the following:
A. Ponding or jettiN shall not be used to consolidate any backfilling.
B. All excavation and grading shall be performed under the inspection
of the Soils Engineer including testing for oompaction as indicated
in Soils Report.
C. Finish grading, backfilli.rg and compaction shall be in accordance
with Soils Report and this Section with compaction not less than
908 as tested in accordance with Section 211. Grades shall be
shaped as to drain water away from structures in all cases.
END OF SECMCN 02200
I
02200 -1*
IP/
• •
OJNTRACt No.
C - 2424
SM —rICN 02222 - STRUC'IURA.L EXCAVATICN, BACKFILL & COMPALMON
PART 1 -- GENFRAL
1.1 GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTICN: The work covered by this section shall include
excavating, backfilling and compacting for building footings.
This work shall be completed in accordance with this specifica-
tion, with architectural and/or structural drawings and the Soils
Report as prepared by Action Engineer as part of the Contract
Documents.
1.3 RELATED WOO SPEICIFIED ELSFP MM;
I
L
I
A. Rough grading and site work necessary to prepare grade beneath
the concrete slabs.
B. Trenching, backfilling and compacting for utility lines.
PART 2 -- PF0DUCTS
2.1 WORTED FILL: Clean non -expansive granular material suitable for ,
compaction subject to acceptance by the Architect.
PART 3 — EXECVTICN
3.1 PRDTECTIVE MEASLMS:
A. Dewaterin : Remove all water and debris from excavations which
would interfere with the construction. Pour concrete while
the excavations are free from loose material or water. Perform
pumping from excavations in such manner as to preclude the
possibility of any portion of the concrete materials being
carried away. Dispose of all water resulting from dewntering
operations in such manner as will not cause damage to public or
private property or constitute a nuisance or menace to the public.
B. Sharing and Cribbing; Provide shoring and cribbing as necessary
to preserve excavations and earth banks.
3.2 EXCAVATICN:
A. Excavate all materials encountered, regardless of their nature, '
to the lines and grades sham and required by Soils Report.
Excavation shall be of adequate size to permit placing and removal
of forms, except for footings which shall be poured neat against
excavated surfaces. Shore and crib excavations if required to
maintain their stability. Protect open excavations against
entrance of surface drainage water. in the event of flooding, all
water and debris shall be re[noved from the excavation by pumping
as specified previously.
02222 -1
i�aoN2RACr
r>v.
C - 2424
B.
Footing excavations shall be carefully inspected by the Soil
Engineer to verify the suitability and indicated bearing capacity
of foundation soils.
C.
All excavations must be inspected and accepted by the Soil Engineer
before any concrete is poured or badcfill placed.
D.
Backfills of all footing excavations shall be compacted in thin
layers by mechanical means. Flooding or jetting of the materials
shall not be permitted unless specifically approved by the project
Soil Engineer.
3.3
GRADES, 124FS & LEVELS: ,
A.
the location and elevations of the structures are indicated on
the drawings, and, unless any inconsistency is brought to the
Architect's attention, in writing, prior to oamencing work, the
Oontractor will be held responsible for the proper location and
elevations of the work of this contract.
B.
The Omtracbor shall employ a licensed Surveyor or Civil Engineer
to lay out the work and establish the necessary marks, bench mark,
batten boards and stakes.
C.
Upon completion of all finish grading operations a licensed Sur-
veyor or Civil Engineer shall give written certification that
,
finish grades are within 1/2" (minus only) of the elevations shown
on the drawings.
3.4
7CPSOIL:
A.
Provide topsoil in planters where indicated on drawings.
3.5
BAOWILLING AND COPS'AMCN:
A.
Backfill and oompact to 908 of maximum dry density as determined
by ASRM D1557, as construction operations permit, but not before
all work to be covered has been inspected and accepted, concrete
has achieved required strength, and debris has been removed from
excavations. Where badcfill is required on both sides of walls,
it shall be placed simultaneously an both sides so that the height
of fill remains approximately equal on both sides. Adequately
shore construction which has not been designed to withstand
eccentric loading.
B.
Compact backfill adjacent to walls, footings and in any other area
not accessible to rolling equipment by use of mechanical tampers.
Consolidation by flooding or jetting will not be permitted.
C.
Excess materials shall be removed from the site, or as directed
by Architect.
02222 -2
Ji3
• C ONTRACr ND.
C - 2424
3.6 PRDTWTIC N OF COMPLETED WORK:
A. Protect all finished areas fran weather damage by whatever means
as required to prevent erosion: of graded areas or sloughing off
slopes.
B. Continued use of prepared subgrades for hauling which will cut or
deform it from required cross - section of elevations will not be
permitted, and the Contract.sball repair and reompact any damage
to prepared subgrade caused by such operations.
C. Prior to acceptance by the Owner, any damaged areas shall be re-
paired at the Contractor's expense.
3.7 TERS:
A.
All laboratory and field test as specified herein after the first
test, if required by City of Newport Beach Department of Building
,
and Safety or requested by Owner, should the first test not meet
the 906 density requirement, shall be made at the Contractor's
expense by an acceptable Soils Engineer and/or acceptable laboratory.
,
B.
one laboratory test to establish maximum density and optimm
moisture content shall be performed on each different type soil
used for fill, backfill or aggregate base course.
C.
The exact location of points where tests are to be taken shall be
determined by a Soils Engineer.
,
D.
A minimum of one field density test shall be performed for each
500 cubic yard used for the fill, backfill, or drainage fills.
Tests shall be perforned in accordance with AS1M D1556.
END CF SECTION 02222
I
I
I
02222 -3"
OONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
SDCrICN 02420 - SURFACE RUN -OFF COLIECPION SYSTEM
PART
1 — GENERAL
1.1
GMERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
SCOPE OF WDRK: Provide labor, materials, equipment, transportation,
and services to complete installation of work indicated, and/or
scheduled on the storm drainage drawings to result in a complete
installation and satisfactory operation and as specified in the
"Standard Specification For Public Works Construction" 1976 edition
by the APWA AGC Joint Cooperative Committee, Section 306.
PART
2 — PRODUCrS
2.1
MATERIAWEQUIP14 ": Shall be in accordance with Section 207 -1 of
the "Standard Specification For Public Works Construction" for
concrete pipe and Section 206 -3 for gratings and frames. Sizes
shall be as indicated on drawings.
A.
Gratings shall be Alhambra Framing Co. Type 2010, galvanized after
formation.
B.
Concrete catch basins and reinforced concrete structures shall
conform to Section "CONCRM ".
'
PART
3 — EXECTIrION
3.1
INSTALIATICN: Shall be in accordance with Section 306 of the
".
'
"Standard Specification For Public Works Construction
A.
Install pipe and works in accordance with manufacturer's instruc-
tions. Do necessary excavation, trenching, and backfilling re-
quired for proper laying of pipe lines. Pipe shall be laid on a
firm subgrade set true to line and grade, with local excavatiuns
made at hubs so that the barrel of the pipe will rest Upon and be
supported throughout its entire length by the subgrade. Backfill
material shall not be placed until the drainage lines and joints
have been approved by the Architect. Backfill in layers not
exceeding 6 inches in thickness. Compact each layer by mechanical
or haul tampers to at least 90 percent of maxim= density. Only
clean earth shall be used in backfilling. Flooding or jetting
will rat be permitted.
END OF SECPICN 02420
02420 -1*
02515 -1*
1
I
96 '
sCONPRACr
NO.
V - 2424
SEMCN 02515 - PORTLAND CEMWr CONCRETE PAVING
r
PART 1
— GENERAL
'
1.1
ORAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
SODPE OF WORK: Provide labor, materials, equipment, transportation,
and services to complete installation of concrete paving, sideway:
and approved work indicated, and/or scheduled on the drawings to
result in a complete installation and satisfactory operation and
,
as specified in the "Standard Specification For Public Works Con-
struction" 1976 edition by the APWA -AOC Joint Cooperative Committee,
Section 303 and local codes and Standard Drawings.
'
PART 2
-- PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
Shall be in accordance with Section 201 of the "Standard Specifica-
tion For Public Works Construction" and as follows:
,
1. Strength of concrete 3000 P.S.I., 3 -1/2" thickness, and 2 - 4"
slump.r
PARP 3
— EXECITPION
3.1
INSPALiATICN: Shall be in accordance with Section 303 -5 of the
"Standard Specification Por Public Works Construction ", City of
Newport Beach Standard Drawings and as indicated on drawings.
Broom finish unless indicated otherwise on drawings.
,
END CF SECTION 02515
1
02515 -1*
1
I
96 '
03300 -1*
P7
i
CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
iSECTION
03300 - C NCRtiTE
PART
1 — GENERAL
1.1
ORAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
SCOPE OF WORK: Provide labor, materials, equipment, transportation,
and services to complete installation of concrete work indicated,
'
and /or scheduled on the drawings to result in a complete instal -
lation and satisfactory operation and as specified in the "Standard
Specification For Public Works Construction" 1976 edition by the
APWh AOC Joint Cooperative Comni.ttee, Section 303.1 and American
Concrete Institute Specification ACI -301.
PART
2 — PRODUCTS
Shall be in Section:: 201
2.1
F+ WTERIAL/EgUIP1+gNT: accordance with of the
"Standard Specification For Public Works Construction" and as
follows:
A.
Strength.of concrete, thicknesses and textures shall be as indicated
on drawings.
B.
Va rBarrier: Clear polyethylene sheet 6 mils thick as manufac-
isqueen Division of Ethyl Corp. or acceptable equal.
C.
Sand Fills: ASM C33 washed material sand of hard strong particles
containing not more than 1% of deleterious material. Fineness
modules 2.60 to 3.15.
PART
3 — EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATICN. Shall be in accordance with Section 303.1 of the
"Standard Specification Fbr Public Works Construction" ACI Speci-
fication 301, and as follows:
A.
Vapor r Barrier: Install in accordance with Soils Report with 2
UiffFs-aiUTa-yer above and below vapor barrier. The widest practical
seamless widths of Vi.sgoeen shall be applied over the sand layer.
Lap film not less than 6 inches, lap in direction of spreading of
concrete; and seams shall be lapped with suitable pressure sensitive
tape. Cut film carefully around pipes and wiring outlets. Apply
'
sand layer over film to prevent damage and aid in curing of slab.
B.
Finishes shall be as indicated on drawings.
END OF SECTION 03300
03300 -1*
P7
0
SBCrICN 03323 - CELLUTAR C NC;REPE FILL
nffl=r.�
1.01
0 C - 2424
.1
d
A.
Scoff: Non - structural concrete underlayment for control of
sound on interior suspended floor construction.
B.
Related Fork Specified Elsewhere:
,
1. Subsurface for application.
2. Flashing.
,
1.02
QUALM ASSURANCE:
,
A.
Qualification: Installation of cellular concrete shall be
by acceptable applicator of the foam manufacturer and a
msnber of the Cellular Concrete Association.
B.
Testing and Inspection: No less than 3 test cylinders
shall be taken fran any one pour for testing by an approved
Testing Lsboratory. One copy of the test reports shall be
,
furnished to: Architect, Contractor, and Local Building
Authority.
1.03
SUEZW=ALS:
A. Manufacturer's Specifications and Materials lists: At '
least 18 days prior to commencing work, furnish to Architect
copies of proposed manufacturer's specification for the
insulating concrete installations indicated, listing specific '
materials proposed. Submittals shall be made in accordance
with Section "SHOP DP IW.S, PRDDUCr DATA, AND SanmRnFS ",
B. Certification: Contractor shall furnish bo the Architect
a letter signed by the Cellular Foam manufacturer, that
concrete conforms to manufacturer's specifications and the
requirements stated herein and that the installation of
components is in carpli.ance with the manufacturer's
specifications and recommendations.
1
CELLULAR C ONCP 'E FILL ,
03323 -1
RB
.r
�r
�r
�r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
1
1
r19
L A
PART 2 -- PRC)DC1✓ PS
2.01 MATERIALS:
• C - 2424
A. 14x'Ll wid Camr nL: MM C 150, Type I or III.
B. Aggrcgntc: ASIM C 332, Group I.
C. water: Clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental
to concrete.
D. Air- Entrainin Agent: As recommended by foam manufacturer,
either 'E st>zell," "Aerofill," or "Foamix."
E. Slip Sheet: No. 15 felt conforming to ASTM D 226 or
waterproof kraft paper conforming to ASJM C 171.
2.02 MIXES:
A. Mix Design
1. Proportions: 658 pounds of cement to 1868 pounds of
sand, 41 gallons of water with air entraining agent
as per foam manufacturer's reccmnerdations for me
cubic yard of cellular concrete, foam time 25 seconds.
Admixtures other than air entraining agents are not
permitted.
2. Dry Density: 110 pcf.
3. Minimum Compressive Strength: 1200 psi 28 days.
B. Mixing and Proportioning: Mix design shall be in accordance
with the directions of the foam manufacturer, and the Pro-
duction of lightweight concrete an the job shall be subject
to inspection and quality control by a representative of
the manufacturer.
C. Design Mix: Before starting work under this Section, this
Contractor shall furnish the Architect his proposed mix
design in writing. Upon completion of the job, and an
request by the Architect. Readymix weighmasters certificates
shall be furnished for each load of concrete in support of
the weights and volumes of materials actually used in the
production of concrete on the jab.
C EIUJIAR CRETE FILL
03323-2
� � r
PART 3 — E}Q:cUfION r
3.01 APPLICATION:
A. Placing and Finishing: Install slip sheet on second floor interior r
office space wood decks to receive cellular concrete. Exterior areas
to receive hot mopped waterproof membrane by Roofing Contractor. r
Scatter nail to hold in place. Place concrete floor fill over the
structural deck to the thickness as detailed on the drawings,
Olinimum 1 -5/8 inches) and screed true to lines and levels as
indicated or required. Float to a uniform level surface and trowel ,
to a smooth hard surface to receive floor coverings as specified.
Ensure that structural supporting members are properly shored to
support wet denisty weight of concrete. Place concrete for any
on section or area in one pour.
B. Cold Weather Placement:
1. Place no conncrete when air temperature is below 30
degrees F.
2. Ntuen air temperatures of 30 degrees to 40 degrees F.
are anticipated for the first 24 to 72 hours following
a pour, use heated mixing water and take such pre -
cautions as are required to prevent concrete from
freezing. Temporary heat which may be required for this
purpose shall be provided under this Section. Follow
manufacturer's recommendations for special mixing and
placing procedures.
3. Frozen materials and'materials containing ice shall not
be used.
4. Place no cmcrete on decks having ice, snow, or frost.
C. Cures: Cure cellular concrete in accordance with approved
5r3nufacturer's specifications. Curing shall be continuous
from initial set of concrete until required strength is
maintained but not less than 3 days in any case. Curing
mediums shall be plastic sheets or curing papers. Liquid
membrane resin curing compounds may be permitted subject to
written acceptance fran manufacturer of surfacing materials.
D. Protection: Permit not traffic on finished surfaces for
72 hours minimum after installation of cellular concrete.
CELLULAR CONCRETE FILI.
03323 -:!
••
1
i
1
r
r
1
1
r
• . C - 2424,
E. Defective Concrete: Cellular concrete which fails to meet
test specification requirements for strength, which is not
level or is not smooth and hard trowelled shall be deered
defective and shall be replaced or repaired at the direct-
ion of the Architect, at this Contractor's expense.
3.02 AA7USP AND CLEAN:
A. Protection: Adequately protect all work from damage by
' subsequent construction operations. Damaged work shall be
refinished or replaced.
B. Clean -Up:
' 1. The Contractor shall at,all times keep the premises
free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish
caused by his employees.
2. Upon ccopletion of work, rubbish and excess materials
are to be removed from the site, leaving the areas
1 acceptably clean.
END CF SECTION
I
I
I
rc) l
CE UJIM CONCRETE FILL
03323 -9*
1 • ,ODNfRACI' N0.
C - 2424
SFL`fICN 05500 - METAL FABRICATICNS ,
PART 1 -- CAL
1.1 GOWAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section. ,
1.2 SCX7PE OF WORK: Provide labor, rmterials, equipment, transporta-
tion, and services to ocaplete installation of Miscellaneous Metal
work indicated, and/or scheduled on the drawings to result in a ,
omplete installation and satisfactory operation and as specified
in the "Standard Specification For Public Works construction" 1976
edition by the AFFA ACC Joint -Coaperative Ootmiittee, Section 304. '
PART 2 — PPCDUCTS
2.1 • Shall be in a000rdance with Section 206 of the
"Standard Specification Fbr Public Works Construction" and -as fol-
lows:
A. Steel lacidsr as indicated on drawings. Galvanize after fabrication '
and then shop prime.
B.. Steel ocnnactors to be as indicated on drawings. I
PART 3 -- E7CO=IC N
3.1 INSTAUATIM: Shall be in accordance with Section 304 of the ,
"Standard Specification For Public Works COMtructinn" and the
following:
A. Steel connectors and ladder to be installed as indicate] on draw- ,
i.ngs.
END C P SWrION 05500 ,
I
05500 -1* ,
1o.Z '
06001 -1
: 1
�3
• •
i
C=TACr NO.
C - 2424
SDCfION 06001 - CARPENM
PART 1
— GENERAL
1.1
GENEPAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
SCOPE OF NARK: Provide labor, transportation,
materials, equipment,
and services to complete installation of work indicated, and/or
scheduled on the drawings to result in a ccaplete installation and
satisfactory operation and as specified in the "Standard Specifica-
tu n For Public Works Constructicn" 1976 edition by the AYM AGC
Joint Cooperative Committee, Section 305 and UBC Chapter 25.
PART 2
-- PAODULTS
2.01
: Shall be in accordance with Section 204 of the
- Standard Specification P1or Public Works Oonstruction ", [$C Chapter
25 and as follows:
A.
Wood Preservative shall be a two application brush coating of
.
pentadnrophamol preservative.
B.
Lumber shall be as indicated on drawings.
C.
Sill Plates: Douglas fir.
D.
Horizontal Framing: "Number 1" Douglas fir or as noted. Set all
rizontat�mamoers with crown side up.
E.
Vertical Framing: "Studs" grade Douglas fir.
F.
Plywood Diaphracgm: "Standard" plywood. Edge blocking as per UBC-
C or as noted.
G.
Metal Connectors: By Siapson Company or approved equal.
H.
Nail' Per UBC -Table 25-P for casoxx or boot nails. All plywood
shall have wt coated or spiral shank ply nails.
Provide double top plate with mUdman 48 inch lap.
'
I.
Fascia, Wood Dry and mber Exterior Boards: Douglas fir. Saw -
ccYxstaea r usn.
J.
Building Paper: 15 pound asphalt impregnated felt.
06001 -1
: 1
�3
ro y ! r
• •
Nu.
C - 2424
/ K.
Interior Woodwork: Woodwork Institute of California "Custom" grade
,
lumber, semi transparent finish or opaque finish as indicated on
drawings.
PART
3 — EXECEITIM
3.1
ItsmuATION: Shall be in accordance with Section 305-2 of the
"Standard Specification For Public Works Construction" and as fol-
,
lows:
A.
Nails shall be cannon. Bailing shall be per Chapter 25 of the
,
Uniform Building code.
Bolt holes in wood shall be 1/32" of 1/16" larger than the nominal
bolt diameter. Bolts shall have standard cut washer under head and
,
nut unless noted otherwise.
Provide 2x solid blocking between joists and rafters at all sup-
ports. Blocking shall be one piece and the full depth of the joist
or rafter.
B.
Termite Control: All lumber (fit Fa3wood) and plywood shall be
i +
pressure treated when in contact with grade or concrete.
C.
Framing:
.
1. Stud walls: UBC- Section 2518(f). All studs to have full
easing on plate.
,
2. Blocking and bridging:
'
a. Stud walls: Per tw- Section 2518(f)9. Note walls with
continuous our studs from bottom to top plate.
,
b. Joists and rafters: Per USC- Section 2506(9), 2518(d)3
and 2518(g)6.
3. Headers: Per tBCSecti.rn 2518(f)7. Set all headers with
,
craw—side up.
4. Firestoppirg: Per IBC - Section 2517(f).
5. Heare: Per iBC- Section 2518(c). Set all b&wo with crows side
UP•
,
+
6. Building paper: Doer tBC- Section 1707(a).
,
<
06001 -2
ro y ! r
06001 -3*
i
,l05
• • ODUrRACT N0.
C - 2424
'
D. Interior Finish Work:
'
1.
Installation in accordance with 1978 edition of WIC "Manual of
Millwork" custom grade.
2.
All joints shall be tight, true and securely fastened. Cbrners
shall be neatly mitered, butted or coped with nails set and
surfaces free of tool marks.
3.
Wood work shall be accurately scribed to fit adjoining sur-
faces.
4.
All work shall be machined,or hand - sanded. Sharp edges and
'
splinters removed; completely prepared for finish.
5.
Full length continuous boards shall be used wherever applicable
or specifically noted.
E. Pitting
and Har►ging of Wood Doors and Windows:
1.
Each door shall be accurately cut, trimmed and fitted to its
respective frame and hardware with due allowances for finishes.
2.
Clearance at the tap, lock and hanging stiles shall not exceed
1/8 inch. Clearance at the bottom shall be adjusted for finish
floor covering scheduled.
3.
tack stile edges shall be beveled.
4.
Doors shall operate freely, but not loosely, without sticking
'
.
or binding. All hardware shall be properly adjusted and
functioning.
'
EM OF SE=ION 06001
06001 -3*
i
,l05
i • CONTRACr No. 1
C - 2424
SUCTION 7210 - BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 — GENERAL ,
1.1 C2S7FZ+AL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section. '
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Duct insulation and other thermal or sound insulation. 1
1.3 SAMPLES AND DATA: Furnish duplicate labeled sanples of insulation
for acceptance by Architect. Furnish manufacturer's erection data. '
All in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PPMUCr DATA AND
SAMPLES".
1.4 PBOU= HANDL G: Shall be in accordance with Section "MTTRM
AND ".
1.5 CIEW -UP: On completion of work remove Debris and clean up area in 1
accordance with Section "CLEAN -UP ".
PART 2 — PRODUCM
2.1 THERGG L AND SOUND INSUTATICN: 1
A. Wall Insulation: "Fiberglas" foil -faced insulation, R11, 3 -1/2 inch 1
tlack, 16 or 2;F-inch by 96 -inch batts ccnfomdng to Federal Speci-
ficaticn HH-I -521 Type III.
B. Roof Insulation: "Fiberglas" foil -faced R19 insulation conform- '
u:g b'�o Federal .Specifi.cation HH -I -521 Tj+pe III.
C. Sound Insulation: "Fiberglas ", unfaced "Friction Fit" Noise Barrier ,
lion, M,-3-1/2- thick, 16 of 24 -inch by full wall height
noise barrier Batts conforming to Federal Specification HH -I -521
Type I. 1
PART 3 — EXECUfICN
3.1 INSUkLLhTION: 1
A. Install insulating batts in stud spaces on all exterior walls, and
perimeter toilet roan walls and divides walls and as indicated on '
Drawings. Fit blanket rightly against adjoining frames. Extend
insulation from floor to ceiling or above as indicated. Avid gaps
or bridges where necessary,-cut and fit snugly around pipes, con-
duits, and outlet boxes, taking care to maintain oontinuous insula- ,
tion over entire wall surface.
07210 -1
L
1
to& '
i
i 1
' to7
ooerrxACr NO.
C - 2424
1. Walls: Cut blankets 3" longer than space 3" longer than space
to be filled and press back insulation at each end so as to
form 1 -1/2" flanges. Should splicing of insulation be neces-
sary, ends shall be fastened as turnouts to a 2" x header placed
between framing members.
2. Roof Insulation: Provide where indicated on drawings, in-
stalled in accordance with manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.
END CF SEMCN 07210
07210 -2*
07510 -1
1
i
1
1
i
jog 1
•
CONTRACT NCO.
'
C - 2424
SE TICK 07510 - BUILTKM ROOFING
,
PART
1 — GENERAL
,
1.1
GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
RELATED WM SPECIFIED E[SENIERL:
'
A.
Sheet Metal Flashing s: These shall be furnished under "Sheet Metal ",
and where built into the plies of the roof, this subcontractor shall
,
assist the sheet metal man in the installation by coordinating the
noppings under and over the metal required in their installation
before and after setting and nailing by the sheet metal man. This
'
portion of work shall be included in the Roofing Subcontractor's
water tightness guarantee.
1.3
STANDARD SPE)CIFICATICNS: Following are standard specifications of
the Flintkote Cca:pany, Inc., published in their manual, except as
modified, and are meant to establish a standard of quality required.
Built -up roofing of equal quality, quantity, numbers of plies and
'
weight, manufactured by Johns - Manville Company or Celotex Barrett
Division are accepted equal.
1.4
BUILT -UP FODFIIT:
'
A.
Apply an AAA-7 -A Built -up roof over plywood sheathing, and AAAA
Base Flashing.
,
1.5
TRADE JURISDICTION: Flashings will be provided under section "Sheet
Metal" This sheet metal work is an integral part of roofing and
'
shall be installed sinmiltaneously with roofing application.
Responsibility of coordinating work of the two trades shall be an
obligation under this section. Determine that roofing, including
metal accessories, is suitable to receive required warranty.
,
1.6
bIYWANSHIP AND INSPECTION: Contractor shall eaploy a roofing ap-
plicator who is officially listed and approved by the manufacturer
of the roofing material. Install work in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's directions for the indicated conditions.
07510 -1
1
i
1
1
i
jog 1
i ,
• QONPRACT NO.
C - 2424
(
Installation shall be inspected and approved by an authorized
representative; responsibility for all notifications and arrange -.
mints with manufacturer for inspection services.
1.7
PREPARATION OF SURFACES:
'
A.
Before starting work, roofing applicator shall inspect existing
roof decks and other surfaces receiving roofing accompanied by
Architect's or owner's representative, and he shall report any un-
satisfactory, conditions to Architect. Absence of any such report
shall constitute Roofing Contractor's acceptance of surfaces and he
will be responsible for a watertight installation.
'
B.
Surfaces shall be well secure8, firm smooth and free from rough
spots and sharp paojecticns. Surfaces shall be dry and swept clean
before roofing or manI ane assembly is applied.
'
C.
Properly grade all inclined surfaces to outlets. Metal fittings
shall be in place ready for roofing applicator to attach his work.
'
1.8
TEST CUTS: The Owner /Architect shall have the option of taking test
cuts of roofing, 4" x 36 ", randomly. No more than one cut per 2,000
square feet shall be taken.
1.9
GUARAMTE: The Roofing Subcontractor shall issue to the owner his
maintenance agreement countersigned by the General Contractor as
joint guarantee to maintain the roof and fleshings in a watertight
condition for a period of two years after a local rainfall of 1.0
inch in 24 hours proves the watertightness of the building.
1.10
CLEAN -UP: TYme Roofing Applicator shall keep the•prenises free frvn
'
accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by his employees.
'
PART
2 — PRODUCTS
2.1
SIMKARY CF MATERIALS PER 100 SQUARE FEET:
A.
Main Plywood Roof: Specification "AAA -7 A"
Sprinkle mopping of H.M.P. asphalt 15 lbs.
W. 40 Flaxine Base Sheet (one layer) 40 lbs.
'
No. 15 Asphalt Felt (3 layers) 45 lbs.
H.M.P. Asphalt Mopping between plies (3 @ 25 lbs. each) 75 lbs.
Flood Coat of H.M.P. asphalt to receive gravel 60 lbs.
whiteGravel surfacing (slag 325 lbs.) 400 lbs.
111
07510 -2
1'°CI
• • CDNrRACr M ,
C - 2424
PART 3 -- EXECVrIGN
3.1 GENERAL: ,
A. Asphalt 'I�auperature: Apply asphalt at an average teuperature of
37 to 450 degrees F. Do not heat to temperature higher than 450 '
degrees F. Pour flood coat from dippers to provide a coating of
uniform thickness.
S.
Fabric: Bonding and flashing fabric of standard brand shall con-
Ito specifications for cotton fabrics asphalt saturated, re-
'
quirement of Federal Specification HH-C-581, or Yellow Jacket Glass
Fabric. ,
'
C.
Sheet Metal Work: Metal flashings and outlet flanges shall be
primed and let before roofing materials are laid.
D.
Outlets: Properly seal felt around drains according to type of
,
drum used. Fill base of ring type drains with Plastic Uaint be-
fore felt is applied. Install ring over felt and tighten while
asphalt is warm.
'
E.
Vent Pi a Flashi : Set flange in hot asphalt man second layer of
V and awl a 4" strip of Reinforcing Fabric mapped solid.
'
Cuat a collar of felt to fit around vents and overlap flanges 6" on
sides and place in asphalt. After felts are applied, form a Plastic
Cement cant around base of vent.
,
F.
Me .Fla s: Provide under Section "SHEET MEXAL" of the design
'
G.
Metal Pan Collar Flashing: Where piping, electrical, or other Taro-
jections extend through roof surface, install flashing collar with
4" collar with 6" flange, except where otherwise indicated. Install
flange on first layer of felt, attach 4" on centers and seal with
,
6" wide strip of fabric. Cut a collar of felt to extend 6" beyond
edge of flame and to fit snug around projection to prevent drippage
through opening and seal with asphalt. After roof has been applied,
'
fill inside of collar with Plastic Cement.
H. _Cant String: Provide a 4" x 4" Fiber Cant Strip in angle of inter- ,
secticns of roof deck and vertical walls or curbs. &I)ed strips in
hot asphalt. Cant strip shall fit flush at ends and to wall sur-
face. '
07510 -3
I
11
II
Ito ,
• • CONTRACr NO.
C - 2424
be hard,
I. Gravel or Sla Surfacin Shall opaque, clean and
roug y dry, gravel shall be 1/4" to 1/2" in size. Slag shall
be 1/4" to 5/8" in size. No pore than 108 fines shall pass a No. 4
'
screen and 28 pass a No. 8 screen.
3.2 APPLICATION OF ROOF: Apply as specified in Flintkote Roofing
'
Specification Manual with nmterials specified hereinbefore.
END of SBC!rICN 07510
i
07510 -4*
1.4
• •
COWRACr M).
1
A.
C - 2424
SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEEP MEDAL
'
PART
1 — GENERAL
ceptance. No fabrication of sheet metal shall be camoy- d until
1.1
GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
,
'
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
Submittals shall be made in accordance with "SHOP DRAWINGS, MDUCP
1.2
RELATED FORK SPECIFIED ECSEHWERE:
,
A.
Built -up roofing.
"SHOP
B.
Sheet items for
,
metal mechanical work.
DATA, AND SAMPLES".
C.
Sheet metal items for electrical work.
'
1.3
F47 2 CM AMID STANDARDS: Sheet metal work shall be fabricated and
measurements required for proper and adequate fabrication and in-
installed in accordance wRth the "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual ",
stallation of the work covered by this section. Exact measurements
are the Contractor's responsibility. Furnish templates for exact
'
A.I.A. File No. 12 -L, of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Con-
location of item to be arbedded in concrete or masonry and any
tractors National Association, Inc. (SMACCNA), unless detailed
,
otherwise. Materials shall be in accordance with the specifications
COOPERATION WrM OTHER TRADES: Coordinate installation of sheet
'
and standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials
metalwork so that related work shall be installed as required.
(ASTM) as hereinafter referred to, latest editions.
,
1.4
SC.EMITTAIS:
1
A.
SShho_ll�ra_w�s�: Submit fully detailed shop drawings of fabricated
iten3i , including reglets and counterflashungs, to the owner for ac-
ceptance. No fabrication of sheet metal shall be camoy- d until
the shop drawings have been approved and returned to the Contractor.
'
Submittals shall be made in accordance with "SHOP DRAWINGS, MDUCP
DATA, AND SAMnM -.
"SHOP
'
B.
Samples: Submit samples in accordance with DRAWINGS, PFCUXT
DATA, AND SAMPLES".
1.5
FIIID M E SUF04WM AND T9411AM: Contractor shall obtain field
'
measurements required for proper and adequate fabrication and in-
stallation of the work covered by this section. Exact measurements
are the Contractor's responsibility. Furnish templates for exact
'
location of item to be arbedded in concrete or masonry and any
setting instructions required for installation work.
1.6
COOPERATION WrM OTHER TRADES: Coordinate installation of sheet
'
metalwork so that related work shall be installed as required.
Coordinate installation of sheet metalwork with roofing applicator
,
07600 -1
lrz �
07600 -2
114
• • oornriucr M.
C - 2424
so that flanges can be mopped in. Sheet metalwork not specified in
other sections of the specifications, but required by the drawings,
shall be furnished and installed under this section.
1.7
PRODUCT HANDLING:
'
A.
Shall be in accordance with Section "MATOUAL AND )IRE "'.
PART
2 — P%7DUGTS
'
2.1
NATERiAL.S:
A.
Galvanized Sheet Metal: Paintable under the standard methods gage
shall be as ted and in no Case less than 26 gage.
B.
Fasteners: Galvanized screws and other fasteners for use with gal-
'
v zed metal.
C.
Solder and Flux: 50 percent lead, 50 percent tin, standard brand
'
solder. Flux ihall be new m>riatic acid.
"Fry ", "Callaway ",
2.2
STANDARD MANUFALMMM FLASHING PRODUM'S: or
"Dur- Red ", counter-flashing or other flashing items in stock pat-
terns, of terse metal conforming substantially to details indicated
'
or required. Gages shall be as indicated, and in no case less than
24 gage.
'
PART
3 — EXECtMCN
3.1
FIkIID M AS[LMEM NP5: Before proceeding with fabrication of sheet
'
metalwork, verify existing field conditions upon which the work of
this section is contingent.
3.2
PkORIQ+D1k1SHIP: Form sheet metalwork in accordance with workmanship
'
standards hereinbefore specified, accurately to dimension and shapes
required. Joints and miters of sheet metal shall be soldered. Hem
free edges. Finish appearance shall be neat and accurate. Se-
'
curely fasten and make weathertight work adjacent to or continuous
with work to be performed under other sections of this specifica-
tion. Molded and broken members shall finish with true, straight,
and sharp lines and angles, and where intersecting each other shall
'
be coped to an accurate fit and securely soldered. Sheet metalwork
shall be formed, fabricated, and installed in the largest practical
sections, adequately provided for expansion and contraction in the
'
completed work, and shall finish free from buckling, water, and
weathertight throughout.
07600 -2
114
• ODWRACT W. '
C - 2424
3.3 SOLDERING: Solder slowly with well heated coppers, joints full '
flowing and made neat and as thin as consistent for the joints so
formed. The materials at joints shall be thoroughly cleaned prior
to soldering. Exposed soldering on finished surfaces shall be '
scraped as th. Dock seam soldering work shall -be made flat and
true to lire, sweated full of solder. Acid fluxed work shall be
thoroughly worked with a soda solution after soldering. '
3.4 MLSCELLANFDUS ITEM: Flashings and other sheet metalwork shall be
foisted of the materials, to the sizes and shapes required and indi-
cated in accordance with the "SMAC A" Sheet Metal Manual as follows:
1
Coping: As detailed an drawings.
3.5 FINISHING: Except where otherwise specified, remove burrs, glaze, '
flux, and spatter resulting frcn soldering and stop work.
ltorcughly wash metal as reocimiaded by the manufacturer and as '
herein specified and wipe dry with clean rags. Do not stop prime
any work under this section. Painting shall be executed under the
Section *PAINTING ". '
3.6 CALKING: Calking materials and application shall canply with the
requirements specified in Section "JOINT SEALING ".
3.7 CLEAN -UP AMID CLEANING: Shall be in accordance with Section "CLEAN-
ING..
1
I
1
07600 -3* '
1
Ily
1
• • CDNTRACP NO.
C - 2424
SECTI(N 07900 -JOINT SEALING
PART 1
— CENEIiAL
1.1
COAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
SODPE: This section contains the specifications for calking through-
out the entire project. The requirements herein specified shall ap-
ply to all Sections of the Specifications requiring calking, unless
specified or required otherwise therein.
1.3
DFFINIT'ICN- The term "Calking" or "Sealant" as us. throughout the
drawings and specifications shall be defined as the materials and
method of filling with an elastic oonpounri the small crevices,
holes, separations, and joints between similar and different materi-
als that cannot be sealed by any other mans to prevent the passage
or penetration of wind, rain, eater and dust; to make joints
weathertight.
'
1.4
CIIZI'IF'ICATICN: Furnish certification to Federal specifications and
all polysulfide materials delivered to the job site shall bear
'
Thiokol Chemical (orp's. "Tested and Approved" seal.
1.5
ACCEPTABLE POLYSUEEME SEALANT MMWAC IURFRS: The products of one
of the following manufacturers shall be provided:
Products Research & Oxmical Corp., Coatings & Sealants Division
Pecora C2uenical Corporation
DAP Incorporated
'
W.R. Grace & Cmpany, Construction Products Division
So neborn Building Products, Division of (ontech, Inc.
1.6
PRODUCT HA DLnG:
A.
Shall conform to Section, "MTMUAL AND EQUIPMW'I.
PART 2 — PRCDUCTS
' 2.1 TYPE SINSLE OmpcNE r POLYSCIIF=E aksm SEALANT: Federal specifi-
cation TT-S -002300 soalant shall be applied by calking gun, putty
knife, or trowel, shall not sag or flow when applied in vertical or
overhead installations, and shall cure to a flexible, firm rubber.
Delivered in original bulk mixing oontainers.
`1
07900 -1
I
07900 -2
►16
1
Li
• •
C)ONTRACr NO.
'
C - 2424
2.2
SII.IODNE GIAZIPG SEALANT: Federal Specification Tr- S- ool543A
General Electric "Silglaze" sealant, delivered in original sealed
ready- to-use cartridges.
2.3
PRIMER. Where required, primers shell be applied by and used as
recamiended by the manufacturer of the sealant.
2.4
FILLER AND BACKING: Joint filler and joint backing, where required
shall be non - absorbent, closed -cell, polyurethane foam, poly-
ethylene foam or butyl, free fron oil or other staining elemerts
and compatible with the sealant used. dakun and other types of
absorptive materials shall not be used, including materials im-
pregnated with solvent or bituminous materials. Filler and backing
material shall be of a oanpreshible nature.
2.5
SEALANT OOLOPS: Standard colors where required to match or con-
trast with adjacent materials shall be as.selected by the Architect.
'
PART 3
— ElO OMCN
3.1
COAL INSM rICNS: Calking sealants and primers shall be applied
'
strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions using a
gam with nozzle of proper size to fit the joint width. Calking shall
be uniformly smooth and free of wrinkles, and unless indicated
'
otherwise, shall be tooled as necessary and left sufficiently con -
vex to result in a flush joint when cured. Where use of a gun is
impractical, or where poured grade sealant is required, suitable
hand tools may be used. Sealant shall be firmly pressed into the
joint to assure complete wetting of the banding surface in order to
obtain uniform adhesion. Sealant shall be applied under sufficient
pressure to completely fill the void space. Sealant shall not be
'
used when it becomes too jelled to be charged in a continuous flow
from the gun or when poured. Modifications of the calking coupound
by addition of li quids, solvents, or powder are not permitted.
3.2
JOINTS IN GENERAL: Surfaces against which primes and calking are
to be applied shall be clean, dry to the touch, free from moisture,
oil, wax, lacquer, paint, loose scale, or other foreign material
that would tend to impair or destroy adhesion. Joints shall be en-
closed on three sides. Where grooves for adequate calking have not
been provided, suitable grooves shall be cleaned out to a depth of
at least 3/8 inch.
3.3
JOINT FILLER AM BACKING: Install as required by tightly packing
the back of joints over 1/2 inch in depth with specified material.
Loose particles of mortar shall be cleaned out just prior to calk-
ing and grooves given a uniform coating of primps. Primer shall
not be applied to exposed finish surface.
,
07900 -2
►16
1
Li
I
.
1
CUMACT NO.
C - 2424
3.4 CALKING A;KXM OPENINGS: Shall include the entire
perimeter of each
opening.
3.5 APPLICATICN: Polyanlfide based sealant shall be used to seal joint
in sheet metal and roofing etc. Silicone glazing sealants shall be
used to seal glazing only.
3.6 PRMIrPICN AMID CLEANING. Areas adjacent to joints to be calked
shall be protected from smearing by the compound. Masking tape may
be used for this purpose if removed within one hour after the joint
is filled. Upon owpletion of calking, remaining smears, stains,
and other soiling resulting therefrom shall be removed and work left
in a clean and neat manner in accordance with Section "CLEANING ".
EM OF SE7CPICN 07900
07900 -3*
1
1117
08210 -1
! !
OOMRACT NO.
'
C - 2424
SWrICN 08210 - WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1
— GENERAL
+ 1.1
GENERAL: The General Provisions,.Supplrmentary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Secticu:.
1.2
WORK SPECIFIED ECSfSdMM:
A.
Entrance Door Allowance: Section 01202.
B.
Finish hardware.
C.
Installation of wood doors and frames.
D.
Painting and finishing.
1.3
SHOP DRMOMS: Submit Stop Drawings indicating dimensions and de-
tails of doors, and frames for Architect's acceptance in accordance
.
with Section "SHOP DdtAWItcS, PFDDU T DATA AND SAMPLES ".
1.4
PACKAGIM AND STCRAGE: Doors shall be protected prior to shipment.
'
Store doors flat, off the floor, prior to installation, in a clean,
dry, and well ventilated room, all in accordance with Section
wMATERIAL AND HQUIPHRaw.
PART 2
— PRDDUCPS
2.1
2.2
SOLID OORE DOORS:
A.
Solid tion Dare Flush Wood Doors: Type and sizes as indi-
cated on Door Schedule on , - /4 inch thick, conforming to
the requirements for "Premiimn Grade" with "Select White" birch
veneer and conforming to requirements of the National Woodwork
Manufacturer's Association Standard (NWKk) I.S.1 -73.
2.3
STIIE AND RAIL DOOR: 1 -3/4 -inch vertical grain stile and rail,
conforming to N*% Industry Standard I.S. -5-73 requirements, Type
620 Door with 2 glazed panels, "Premium" grade. Size as indicated
on Door Schedule on drawings.
2.4
DOOR PRAbMS: Shall be equal to "Pre -Fit Door Frames" aanufactured
by H. S H. Wood Products Co., Galen Grove, California where other-
wise not detailed on Drawings.
1
08210 -1
1�
fig
CONTRPCT M.
E - 2424
2.5 ILUVERS: Where indicated, formed metal, sizes as indicated, francs
and louvers of miniman 20 gage galvanized steel, equivalent to Yodel
242-F, as manufactured by Ventilouver Ckmgmy Inc. shop primed.
Provide screens on inside of exterior door louvers.
END CF SWrIC7N 08210
08210 -2*
1�
COTrRACr W.
C - 242
SECfICN 08520 - AL(Mn M WINDOWS $. Doors
PART 1 — (IMI iAL
1.1 GENERA].: The General Provisions, Supplement xy Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION:
A. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Glass and glazing.
2. Framing of openings.
1.3 SUB IITrAIS:
A. S §�hopp Dr__M—�ss-: Sprit shop Drawings for Architect's acceptance prier
to icatwn in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PFMLJCT
DATA AND SAMPLES ". Show materials, finishes, sizes, profiles, mold-
ings, location of hardware items with reinforcement, methods of
anchoring, assembly and erection.
B. les: Submit sm:ples of frame construction assemblies.
1.4 PFKXX)CT HAWLING:
A. Shall be in accordance with section �TERIAL AND E7QUZPP4EW ".
8. Storage: Chrefully stare window in an upright position protected
�
�eleents, on wood blocking, in a manner to prevent damage or
marring of finish.
C. Protection: Adequately protect all work from damage by subsequent
mina operation. Damaged work shall be refinished or replaced.
1.5
CUAWWEE.
A.
Aluminum windows shall be guaranteed for
tuner.
two years by the mwvxtac-
PART 2
— PACDLMS
2.1
Store Front to be same "Arcadia"
No. 24 sections and
finish as in 2.2 this section. Doors are "mid panel"
narrow stile, concealed overhead
operators and same
finish.
2.2
"GLASWELD" panels under exterior
windows as detailed
to include all fittings and trim.
All exposed aluminum
trim and fittings to be finished
to match window sections.
08520 -1
I
a
�21
CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
23 Northrop Architectural Systems "Arcadia" No. 24 fixed
glass sections to be finished with MARTINZIN PROCESS
Class II Silicone Polyester finish with SOo minimum
silicone resin content exceeding AAA 605.1 specification
PART 3 — E90]=IOy
3.1 PREPARATION:
A. Verify C.bndit cns: Verify at site ca:diticns affecting work of this
Section�o —taro accurate dimensions of openings, levels, and loca-
tion and arrangements of embedded anchorage. Report discrepancies
between Drawings and field dimensions and other irregularities or
improper conditions to Oontractor for correction prim to commencing
work. Cmamencuq work indicates acceptance of conditions and sur-
faces underlaying or adjacent to work of this Section.
3.2 I2SMU ATION:
A. Frame Installation: Install frames set plumb, square, level and
true, and igEGRly anchored in accordance with details on Drawings
and manufacturer's installation instructions.
.! j . �t• Y Y•
A. Protection: Adequately protect all work from damage by subsequent
oonst�rw cn operations. Damaged work shall be refinished or re-
placed.
B. Clean-Up:
1. Shall be in accordance with Section "CLEWING ".
END OF SEMON 08520
08520 -2"
• Cwrmcr No.
C - 2424
SEMCN 08700 - FMSH HARUAM;E
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2 RELATED FLOW SPECIFIED EISEF7FIEFE:
A. Installation of finish hardware.
B. Flood doors. �
C. Toilet partition hardware.
D. Toilet accessories.
E. Cabinet hardware.
1.3 COCffS AMID TMUATICN: Exit doors and doors leading to exits shall
be provided with hardware in full complianoe with applicable local
codes and regulations. Exit doors shall be openable from the in-
side without the use of key or any special knowledge or effort.
1.4 QCII=CATICNS: The finish hardware supplier shall be a duly
authorized or approved distributor or dealer of the manufacturer
Assist the Contractor in duedcing hardware delivered to the job
site and be available when necessary to give instructions to
installers of hardware to insure proper instal a*iref and to make
periodic visits to job site when requested to do so by the Con-
tractor.
1.5 SAMPLES: Submit sarples of hardware as requested by Contractor.
Tag items and indicate manufacturer's name, finish, catalog number
and intended location in the buildings in accordance with Section
"SHOP Dli aWGS, PROVEI T DATA, AND SAMPLES ".
1.6 PAQQMM AMID 2V+RRM: Hardware shall have the required screws,
bolts, and fastenings necessary for its installation packed in the
same package with the hardware including instructions. Each package
shall be legibly marked and adequately labeled. indicating the part
of the work for which it is intended. Each marking shall correspond
to the narber shown on the droved hardware schedule.
08700-1
1,221
11
I
a
1 08700 -2
UL-3
• COWRACr NO.
C - 2424
1.7
DEUVEPY: Deliver hardware, as an obligation under this Section,
to the Contractor at the job site. Deliver hardware when and as
required for preparation of doors and frames to receive hardware
or for installation, in such quantities and at such times as to
maintain normal job progress and prevent delay of the work all
in accordance with Section "MTERML AND EQUIPMENT ".
1.8
TEMIAMM: Furnish templates to standards in accordance with
approved hardware schedule as required to prepare doors and frames
to receive finish hardware. Furnish templates in accordance with
door and door frame manufacturer's production schedule in order not
to delay the progress of the job.
t1.9
HARUAMM SCHEDULE: Submit to the Architect for acceptance sic
copies of ocuplete hardware schedule within ten days after the
selection by Owner. Acceptance of hardware schedules shall not
be construed as certifying its copletenesss, but only that it has
been decked for manufacture and finish. Submit two catalog cuts
of every item used in the hardware schedule for Architect's
a ptanee. Catalog cuts shall be clearly marked and identified.
If this procedure is not adhered to, hardware schedules will be
returned for resulmittal.
A.
Sample Head>n' g for Hardware Schedule: The hardware schedule
receive3�Ar test si6=1 — prepared in the following manner
for the instant clarification of products used:
(SAMPLE HEADING)
Heading 1 - Hardware Set 36
Hager 1 -1/2 pr. Hinges BB1279 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 US26D
Falcon 1 ea. Iocicset X521M HANA -GAIA US26D
VA 1 ea. Closer 2810 -4 Alum.
BBW 1 ea. Stop 8061X US26D
1.10
MATERIAL STANDARDS: Hardware shall be of the best grade, entirely
free fran imperfections in manufacturing and finish. Qualities,
weights and sizes specified herein are the minimum that will be
accepted. Where the exact type, functions, and sizes of hardware
specified are not adaptable to the f+nis}1ed shape or size of the
members requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having as
nearly as practicable the same operation and quality as the type
specified, subject to Architect's acceptance.
I
a
1 08700 -2
UL-3
• • ODNTRAC-r NO.
C - 2424
1.11 SCOPE OF REQUIRDUMS FOR FINISH HARD: 7he' finish hardware
listed herein shall not be construed as a carplete hardware schedule,
but shall only be considered as an indication of the hardware
requirements. Examine the contract docments and provide all
necessary or additional hardware as required but not specifically
scheduled tberein. Such ites of hardware shall be of the same
type, quantity and quality as that scheduled for similar doors or
parts of the buildings for similar purposes.
PART
2 — PRflWCrS
2.1
FINISH: All hardware shall have finish 613 (10B) oil rubbed bronze
finish except in toilets where finish shall be 626 (26D) satin
chromium plated unless indicated dthenwise on schedule. .
1
2.2
BUM: Furnish 1 -1/2 pair each leaf unless otherwise specified.
Size and finish shall be as specified.
2.3
CIoSERS: 7b be as listed. Size per manufacturer's listed chart.
Place all closers as inconspicuously as possible in roam, in
building, etc.
2.4
IDCRS AND IATCIE5: Shall be Baldwin Dock Co. series unless indi-
cated otherwise. Bac strikes with curve lips of sufficient length
to protect trim, maximum extension 1/8 inch beyond trim. Maximum
at pairs of doors, 1/8 inch beyond face.
2.5
IMMC: All locks and cylinders shall be master keyed, and change
keyed. Keying shall be determined after conference with the Architect
and Owner and the keying shall be designated in the hardware schedule
by appropriate set nuoters opposite the respective doors.
2.6
SEIECII'IONS AND ORDERING:
A.
Architect will select finish hardware, then authorize and direct
General contractor to place his written order for such hardware.
Upon receipt of written order, hardware distributor shall furnish
necessary copies of detailed schedules to all parties concerned.
He shall also furnish all necessary blueprint teaplates, and such
other detailed information, relative to installation of this
hardware.
2.7
DISCMANCIES:
A. Shortages and /or incorrect items (based on drawings and specifica-
tions in effect at time of selection of builders' finishing hard-
ware) shall be furnished and/or replaced with correct material by
hardware distributor, at no additional cost to General Contractor.
08700 -3
I
I
ley I
��S 08700 -4
• • -nTAcr
No.
ca
C - 2424
PART
3 -- EXECLMCN
3.1
INSTAIdATICN: Shall be installed under Section "FINISH CARPEWW
".
3.2
HARDKkM SCHEDULE:
A.
Make of Hardware: The following names the OnlY ware
anu-
hare
acttsers whose equipment e for use
Manufacturers
Hardware
locksets and latches Baldwin and Schlage
Hinges Hager
Closers International
Panics Von Duprin
Stops, Push, pulls Builders Brass Works
Kickplates, etc. Builders Brass Works
Thresholds Pedro or Zero
Weatherstrip Reese
Misc. Items Welch, Baldwin,
Glynn Johnson
3.3
FINISH HARUAM oUff P M: Doors indicated on the "Door Schedule"
of the drawings shall be outfitted as follows:
, l,Y DFSCRIPTICN
�
FINISH
Door S
1 -1/2 pr. Butts 2714 4 x 4 NRP
10B
1 Lock 6814 x 5106
PC
1 Threshold 170AD 36" MS £, A
1 Cylinder 20 -001 -1
10R
Doors 6,7,8 9,10 11,12,1S,16
17,18,19,2 ,22,23,24,25,
26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,
34,35,36,37,38,39,40,43,44.
68 pr. Butts 2714 3 -1/2 x 3 -1/2
10B
34 Lock 6814 x 5106
10B
32 Stop 61A
10B
2 Stop (floor) 8061X
261)
iDoors
13,14,41,42
6 pr. Butts A2714 3 -1/2 x 3 -1/2
PC
4 Closers 52
AL
10B
1 Push Plate S6RC 4x16
4 Pull Plate 401 4x16
321)
4 Floor Stop 8061X
32D
4 Kick Plates 6x34
10B
��S 08700 -4
� tab
• • Corn] a, NO
C - 2424
SDCT.oN 08800 - GLASS 6 CLIDIG
AZ
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 GIIMtAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2 RaMAR'ED WOW SPECIFIED IIS3*M*
A. Wood doors and windows.
B. Aluminum windows•
1.3 SLENCTnus:
A. Submit product literature and sargles 6" x 6" in accordance with
Section "SHOP DFpyrMSS, pRoa T DATA, AND SAMPIFS ".
1.4 COODIMATICN: Inspect installation and work of other trades that
affect the work under this Section.
As a minimim req`==e of t, glass and glazing shall
1.5 C� � 5o
comply with the requirements of the Uniform Building Code.
1.6 pRODLCr HANOI NG:
A. Shall be in accordance with Section "MD\TFYJAL AND WJUMENr
labeled showing
B. Each piece to glass installed one Project
�ity thereof; labels shall
the manufacturer's nave and grade or 4
be intact before and after installation.
PART 2 — PF CLCrS
2.1 TE PEEW GIASS: Float tempered glass, 1/4 inch thick, conforming to
Federal Specification M- G- 1403B, manufactured by Ouardian
Industries Corp., Ford Glass DIMS .on or ASG jrxtZtries, Inc.
2.2 WIrDr GLASS: I/i(inch window glass omfaxming to Federal Specifi-
cation m- (x4511 double strength. #41 Solar Grey
PART 3 — EXECUMCN
(EN3tAL: Glass ahll be installed where indicated on drawings, as
required by provisions of the "Safety Standards for Architectural
Glazing Materials (16C FR1201) issued by the Consumer Product
Safety Commission and the glazing stall ODnfc= to applimble
portions of Flat Glass Marketing Association "Glazing Sealing
system Manual" 1974 edition and the Ird form Building Code.
3.1
08800 -1
1
�J
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
11
I
lJ
I
I
a
I
I
06800".2•
#3-7
• •ODNfRACP
NJ.
C - 2424
3.2
EDGSWRK ON GIASS: Exposed edges of glass shall be finished in
the manner best suited for the particular applications of the
types of glass herein specified by either of the following methods:
Clean cut and swiped, clean cut and seamed, flat grand edge,
semi-round polished edge, flat ground and polished edge, semi-
rand polished edge, flat ground and polished edge, or beveled
edge.
3.3
CUICIM: Calking shall conform to the requirements specified in
section "JOM SEALING ".
3.4
SUPPOW: Support glass on two resilient setting blocks at quarter
points from each end. Glass shall not become load bearing.
Resilient blocks affixed to the jamb shall be used to prevent
"walking" of the glass from side to side.
3.5
SHMS: Oentering shims shall be used to maintain uniform
sealant thickness. Glass shall float in the opening and may not
be rigidly bawd. Face clearance from glass to rabbet shall be
1/8 -inch maximum. Where longer dimension exceeds 30 inches, allow
clearance of 3/16 -inch around edge of glass.
3.6
CLEANIM: Upon cmpletioh of the work and prior to acceptance of
the buildtq by the Owner, remove labels from glass; thoroughly
clean glass with non-abrasive materials in accordance with Section
wow
jEND
OF SECTION 08800
06800".2•
#3-7
• CONTRACr No.
C - 2424
SDCPICN 09120 - CEILING; SUSPENSION SYSTEM
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
REEATFD MURK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
indicated on drawings cmplete with matching wall angles and trim,
A.
Lighting fixtures.
S.
Registers and grilles.
i
C.
Gypsum wallboard.
1.3
VERIFICATI(N OF COMMONS: Verify conditions at site affecting
shall be as indicated on the drawings. The system shall be
work of this Section, and obtain accurate dimensions. Report major
discrepancies between drawings and field dimensions to Architect
prior to canneneing work.
1.4
SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drarnu3gs in .acoordannee with Section
"SHOP DM4INGS, PROD[= DATA, AND SAMPIFS" showing materials,
construction, method of anchorage to adjacent construction, and
layouts for suspended ceilings.
1.5
PRMXT HANDLING: Shall oonform to Section "MATERIAL AND EDuma f
1.6
CLEAN -UP AND DISPOSAL: During and upon ampleticn of work rerove
isplenents and equipne:t when no longer rewired. As pertains to
work of this Section, leave building and site in clean approved
condition all in accordance with Section *CLEANING ".
1.7
GIARAN!=: Provide a written guarantee, form as stipulated in
Section "Sf)PPISMF1d1'ARdt PROVISIONS ", for a period of one year.
PAW 2
— PIDDUCIS
A. Exposed Suspended Ceiling System Series 800 exposed system as
indicated on drawings cmplete with matching wall angles and trim,
as manufactured by Chicago Metallic Corp., Lek Products Ooavy,
Flangeklwp Corporation, or acceptable equal conforming to require- -
merits of ASIM C635. Finish shall be high - baked white vinyl enamel.
The exposed suspension system shall support the ceiling assembly
with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of the span. The ceiling pattern
shall be as indicated on the drawings. The system shall be
designed so that the ceiling panels may be removed and replaced
09120 -1
1�8
3.2 Install ceiling suspension system materials by applicators accepted
by material manufacturers in accordance with ASTM 0636, manu-
facturers' standard directions, accepted stop drawings, and as
specified herein. Installation shall meet seismic restraining
requirements of "Aeon mwsded Standards for Seismic Restraint of
Direct-Hung Suspended Oeiling Assemblies" by Oeiling and Interior
Oontractors Associated, November 15, 1972.
3.3 FRAMING AND ISGHTING FI)M3FES AMID IMPOSED IAADS -. Provide additional
hanger wires and framing members as required to support lighting
fixtures and other Loads iiposed on acoustical ceilings without
distortion and with safety factor of at least 4.
• • NO.
C - 2424
lwithout
damage. The design shall also be such that the main and
cross runners can be removed or replaced without deforming runners
or disturbing the balance of the grid.
,suspension parts locked in place to farm a rigid grid capable of
B. Hanger wires shall be galvanized annealed steel wire, minimum 12
gage.
PART' 3 — E7QX.TIPICN
3.1 PREPARATION: Examine building before beginning work to determine
that building is properly enclosed and that structure is in pumper
condition to receive acoustic units and suspension system. verify
that work areas are cleaned and provide uninterrupted areas for
installation work, and "wet" work is cc pleted. Report unsatis-
factory conditions to Architect in writing, and do not proceed until
unsatisfactory cmxLtions have bees corrected.
3.2 Install ceiling suspension system materials by applicators accepted
by material manufacturers in accordance with ASTM 0636, manu-
facturers' standard directions, accepted stop drawings, and as
specified herein. Installation shall meet seismic restraining
requirements of "Aeon mwsded Standards for Seismic Restraint of
Direct-Hung Suspended Oeiling Assemblies" by Oeiling and Interior
Oontractors Associated, November 15, 1972.
3.3 FRAMING AND ISGHTING FI)M3FES AMID IMPOSED IAADS -. Provide additional
hanger wires and framing members as required to support lighting
fixtures and other Loads iiposed on acoustical ceilings without
distortion and with safety factor of at least 4.
a]
09120 -2
,f
I,.�9
3.4 EXPOSED GRID: Install main tees suspended from hanger wires spaced
not over 4 feet apart. Hang in a flat plane level to within 1/8
inch in 12 feet. Unless otherwise shown, provide main tees along
edges of lighting fixtures and diffusers in ceilings. Cmuwct
main tees with rigid spacer bars spaced at maximum 4 foot intervals
between intersecting cross main tee. Construct ceilings with
,suspension parts locked in place to farm a rigid grid capable of
withstanding a lateral force of 100 pounds in tension or aatpression
with joints neat and umi.fom, all exposed joints flush. Install
acoustical units with edges bearing on flanges. Provide wall angles
at vertical surfaces adjoining ceilings unless otherwise shown.
A. Noel kinks or bends shall not be made in hanger wises as a means
of leveling main runners.
hers.
B. Where hanger wires are wrapped through main runners, on screw eyes,
the wine loops shall be tightly wrapped and sharply bent to prevent
any vertical movement of the member.
a]
09120 -2
,f
I,.�9
CONTRAOr NO.
C - 2424
C. Screw eyes shall be fastened to existing construction as indicated
on the drawings.
3.5 OONNECTICNS: Neatly cut and fit acoustical units around fixtures,
diffusers, and abutting construction.
3.6 CSF.ANING: Thoroughly clean surfaoes after installing oeiling
suspension system. hough -up damage to factory applied finishes
with aooeptal,le material or replace where directed. leave in
aomptable conditicn and protect until acceptance of buildup in
accardance with Section "CXEANlNr.
END OF SECTICN 09120
09120 -3*
130
I
I
I
I
�I
i
a
I
i
I
a
i
131
•
COWRACr NO.
C - 2424
1.1 CERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to Work of this Section.
1.2 itSCRIPTICN:
A. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Rough carpentry.
2. Concrete unit masonry.
1.3 OURL.IW ASSLOWCE:
A. Codes and laticns: Lathing and plastering work under this
Section shad comply with the requirements of u foam Building
Code. Where requirements of the specification and the code differ,
the more stringent requirements shall govern.
B. Standards: Lathing and plastering work shall conform to the
applicable requirements as specified in "Plaster/Metal Framing
System/Lath Manual" by the California Lathing and Plastering
Contractors Association, Inc., (CUKA), 1977 and ANSI A 42.2,
and A 42.3, latest edition.
1.4 SuWrl ds:
A. Sample Finishes: Prepare two 24" x 24" samples of finish texture
or acceptance before start of finish coat application. Finish work
shall approximate, in texture, the accepted samples. Samples may be
actual panels of the work on the project, as directed and accepted
by the Architect all in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS,
PRCDUCr DATA AND SAMPLES ".
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Shall be in accordance with Section %MTERIAL AND EDUIPMEW ".
PART 2 — PRCDUMS
2.1 b9dERIALS:
A. Framing Materials: Wood studs as specified in Section "CAIVEMM"
B. Lathing Materials:
1. Metal Lath: Material similar to Davis Pre - Furred Paper Back
Stu000 Netting.
09220 -1
E
0
a)NURACr NO
C - 2424
2. wire Fabric lath: K -Lath Corp. "Aqua lath" Type S -FB or "Gun
Lath Type F-FB" an vertical surfaces and "Gum Lath Type F -FB"
on soffits, or acceptable equal.
3. Corner and Strip Reinforcing Lath: Flat or shaped reinforcing
units, metal or galvanized wire lath types, not less than 2.5
pounds per square yard, outstanding legs minimum of 2" for wire
lath and. 3" for metal lath when formed for angle reinforcing.
Use galvanized metal lath type with galvanized metal lath.
4. Waterproofed Paper Backing: For use with expanded metal or
wire fabric lath, double- ply, self - extinguishing, laminated
paper. underwriters Laboratories flame spread rating of 25
or less, approved for use in school constriction by California
State Fire Marshal. waterproof rating to conform to Class "B"
is of Federal Specification UU-P -1478.
5. Aooessories: Minimum 26 gage galvanized steel for exterior,
unless otherwise shown or specified, manufacturer's standard
items and types indicated except from non -stock items to indi-
cated profiles. Include small -nose garner beads, casing beads,
sill and wall screeds, and expansion screeds, all with expanded
wings.
6. Vinyl beads at outside corners where detailed.
B. Plaster Materials:
1. Portland Cement: ASM C 150, low alkali Type I, maxim an 0.60
percent total alkali computed as sodium oxide.
2. Sand: Washed and from approved scurces, ASTR C 33, for Portland
caue►t plaster and AM C 35 for gypsum plaster, unifoamly
graded finmm course to fine, passing a No. 8 sieve and retained
on a No. 100 sieve. For sand finish plaster, passing No. 20
sieve.
3. Waterproofing Additive: For Portland cement plaster "Suoonem
Red Label" by Super Ooncrete Bmalsions, Ltd., or acceptable
equal.
4. Lime Substitute: Shall be Giboo, Tulsa, Okla., "PIA.ST -R -FAT"
in lieu of hydrated lime.
5. Water: FYsn potable source.
09220 -2
32
i
09220 -3
I
i'33
CDWRACr NO.
C - 2424
2.2 MDUS:
A. Plaster Proportions:
1. Portland Cement Plaster:
a. General:
(1) Lime Substitute: In lieu of hydrated lime use Gibco
"PIAST -I. FAT" as reoannended by manufacturer.
'
(2) Waterproofing Admixture: if Portland cement is used
include in interior and exterior scratch and brown
ocats, proportions as recommended by manufacturer.
(3) Plastic Portland Cement: Use in same proportions
as Portland cement. If used, do not blend with
Portland cement, nor use hydrated lime or water-
proofing admixture.
b. Scratch Coat: 1 -part Portland cement and up to 4-1/2 parts
damp loose sand, by volume.
C. Brown (oat: 1 -part Portland cement and up to 6 -1/2 parts
damp loose sand, by volume.
d. Stucco Finish: Stucco factory prepared Portland cement
sand, and color mix manufactured by Highland Stucco
Cmpany, la Habra Products or Mission Stucco. Color as
selected by Architect.
B. Preparation for Plastering:
1. Protection: Provide waterproof protection under mixing boxes
or mixers, barrels, and wherever mortar is piled on floor
or mortar boards. Cover and protect adjoining work not to be
plastered.
2. Metal Trim: Provide protection and keep metal trims, including
casing beads and expansion _joints, free of plaster.
C. Measuring Ir>�nents: Prrportion and measure ingredients by means
0 ca ttec nixes or containers of such nature that quantities
measured can be readily and accurately checked at any time.
Prcpartioning by shovel measure is not acceptable.
i
09220 -3
I
i'33
iODNTRACr FO. /
C -2424
D. Mixing Plaster: Mix plaster by machine for a minitnm of 3 minutes.
Mrx no mare plaster than can properly be placed within 1/2 hour after
mixing. Thoroughly clean tools and implements used in mixing and
transporting plaster.
PARE 3 — E7EGMON
3.1 IN SPF MCN:
A. Preliminary Inspection and Other Inspections: Make a detailed
inspection o areas and noes to be enclosed ar cornered by this
work and arrange for correcting Peport to Architect, in writing,
unsatisfactorily prepared surfaces. Ascertain that other work
enclosed or concealed by work of this Section has been inspected
and accepted before starting lathing; otherwise, uncover as directed
at no extra cost to Owner. Provide plugs and protectors at all
oonduit and box openings.
B. Examination of Surfaces to be Plastered: Examine construction,
grounds, and aooR; -ies prepared to rive plaster to
insure that finished plaster surfaces will be true to line, level,
plumb, square, curved or as otherwise required without requiring
excessive thickness of plaster.
C. Oooperation With Other Trades: Coordinate installation of lath and plaster ng so that related work shall be installed as required.
3.2 PWARATXCN:
A. Scaffold and Protection: Provide and maintain required scaffolding,
staging. trestles, and planking, including protection of work of
other trades.
B. Protection: Before applied plaster, cover and protect adjacent
finish W faces.
3.3 INSTAUATICN:
A. Installing Exterior lath:
1. General: Typical and Portland cement plaster, unless otherwise
indicated or specified. stretch and apply lath with long
dimension across supports. Make end laps over supports
wherever possible, and stagger so four sheets do not meet at
one corner. Make joints with lap of one full mesh. Start
wall lath one support fran corner and band lath into or
around corners, or apply corner reinforcing. Nail lath to
each support 6" o.c.
09220 -4
134
I
I
LJ
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LI
I
I
09220-5
i
1��
aDrrrRrccr No.
C - 2424
2.
Corner Reinforcing: Except where lath is extended around
corner or angle, apply corner reinforcing wire tied to lath
at 6" o.c. along both edges.
B. Metal Accessories: Secure to lath and backing at 6" o.c., staggered.
Set
true to ine, plumb and level. Securely fasten with wire ties,
galvanized staples, or concrete nails, as applicable. Refer to
Article "Materials" for metal types.
1.
Corner Beads: Provide on external angles of interior plastered
surfaces, including heads and jambs of openings having plastered
reveals, installed in maximum 1 -piece length. Miter, closely
fit and fasten at 12" o.c. on both wings. Make butt splices
with galvanized wire dowels extending into each part.
2.
Casing Beads: Provide where shown, wherever plaster abuts
unplastered surfaces or dissimilar materials, and at exposed
edges of plaster. Sense 6" o.c.
3.
E gxmion and Control Joints: Do not extend lath continuous
through joints. Secure expansion joints to lath at 6" o.c.
on both edges. Provide special types as detailed a,ul required.
4.
Sill Screeds: Type as shown or required, mitered internal
corners and doweled or factory made external. corners.
S.
Rings and Frames: As furnished by other trades, rigidly
secure to framing. Provide accessories and strip reinforcing
as required for plaster omuwctions.
6.
Inserts: Securely weld of bolt inserts furnished by other
trades to studs and furring. Qoordinate with related trades,
and assist all trades to receive their work to studs and
furring.
C. Portland Cement Plaster Application:
1.
Plaster Coats and Types:
a. Exterior Plaster: Scratch and brown coats of Portland
cement plaster on wire fabric lath with backing for
exterior use (galvanized metal lath for horizontal
surfaces) textured or smooth finish coat, as shown on
drawings, indicated total thickness fran face of
supports 7/8 inch.
I
09220-5
i
1��
i
OONTRALT NO.
`r -2424
2. Scratch Ceat: Apply not less than 3/8" thick, aa:pletely
embedding lath, thoroughly scratched in one direction only
and keep at optimum moisture content with fog spray for
24 hours minimum before second coat is applied.
3. Brown Coat: Apply not less than 3/8" thick and keep moist for
3 days and allow to cure for 10 to 14 days.
4. Finish Goat: Apply rat less than 1/8" thick at least 14 days
after application of brown coat. De:pen surface of brown
coat evenly to obtain uniform suction. lay out work of finish
coat to permit oompletion of an entire area or carry work to a
natural breaking point. Work top and bottom of walls
simultaneously with no dry laps, producing uniform finish and
appearance, free of lap and tool marks, crazing, chechi.ng,
or other defects.
a. Exterior: Apply finish coat of pattern and texture or
'
smooth as selected by Architect. Damp rue for 3 days.
S. Curing: Apply fine fog spray of water as scan as plaster coats
are sufficiently set to prevent injury. Do not let plaster
dry out between appliont:icos.
L
D. Machine Applied Plaster: Apply plaster by machine using experienced
and properly eTupped applicator. &ploy only experienced machine
applicator foreman and nozzlemen. Submit written evidence of such
experience for approval. Conform to California Lathing and Plaster-
ing Association standards and recommendations and requirements
herein. Brown (second) coat and base coats an solid backing may
be applied by machine, subject to approval. Scratch (first) coat
of metal lath, and finish coats must be hazel- applied as specified
hereinbefore.
1. Apparatus:
a. Pump: Hquip with air pressure gage and required safety
devices. Maintain material hoses and connections tight
and pressure constant.
b. Hose lengths: Maximum 200 feet for Portland canon plaster.
2. Proportioning:
a. Portland Cement Plaster: Mix shall be as recmuended by
machine mmmfacturer.
i
09220 -6
I
I
13G j r
CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
09220 -7•
37
3. Application: Apply Portland cement plaster brown and base
coats in same number of coats and of same thickness as
specified for hand application. Mix plaster in machine
mixer and transfer to plaster machine. Project plaster by
hose or tube, flexible or rigid, to nozzle and deposit in
final position, manually darhy and straighten and prepare
for finish coats.
3.4 FIELD QUA= COMM:
A. Tests: Furnish and maintain an adequate supply of standard 2" x
—4'r—x-6" slump cones, available at site before any of this work is
started, and at all times until completion of this work.
I
1. Slump Tests: When ordered and at least twice daily make slump
tests, in presence of Architect's representative, both at
mixer and at nozzle, using slump cone method. Maximum allowable
materials slump as follows:
Plaster Type At Mixer At Nozzle
Portland Cement 2 -1/2" to 4" 2" to 3 -1/4"
2. Adjustment of Water: Amount of water may be adjusted at mixer
within allocable slump figures as necessary to compensate for
field conditions of varying heat, humidity, length of hose,
and absorptiveness of surface.
3.5 ADJUST ADD CSF14N:
A. Plaster Patduinq and Repairs: When work under this Contract, except
pan m Teas ee arnpleted, cut out and fill broken or damaged
portions of plaster, repairing same and leaving work in perfect
oocditicn, with angles and Lines clean and sharp, and surfaces
clean and smooth. Cutout cracks, properly prepare and plaster
full and to match adjoining surface. Apply plaster banding agent
to edges to be patched before patching.
B. Clearu�: Clean -up debris caused by application immediately after
particular operation is completed, and by end of each work day.
C. Clean-Up and Disposal: During and upon completion of work, remove
his, implements, equipment and surplus materials when no longer
required. Clean up and remove plaster droppings as pertains to
work of this Section. Leave building and site in clean acceptable
condition, all.in accordance with Section "CLEANIM"
END OF SECTION 09920
09220 -7•
37
D. Codes and and Regulations: Manufacturer's gypsum wallboard materials
systems fbe approved by the local building department.
Where any requirements of the specifications differ from the
requirements of the governing codes and Regulations, the more
stringent shall govern.
1.4 SINNQRTAiS:
A. Product Data: Provide copies of manufacturer's literature, specifi-
c i
atia 6ns,i installation instructions for Architect's acceptance
in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES".
09250 -1
�jg �
•
CONTRACr NO.
C - 2424
SECfICN 09250 - GYPSUM WALIBOARD
PART
1 -- GENERAL
1.1
(ORAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
CESC RIMCN:
A.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1. Rough carpentry.
,
2. Door frammm.
3. Finishing
of gypsum wallboard.
4. Painting.
B.
Coordination: Door and frame work, reinforcing, backwp plates,
and sTitere provided by other trades, where built into this
work shall be coordinated with the work under this Section.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Qualification of Manufacturer: 7 e gypsum wallboard and accessories
shall be the product of a manufacturer supplying it nationally for
a period of 10 years or more.
B.
Qualification of Applicator: Gypsum wallboard and accessories shall
be installed by an applicator approved by manufacturer of the wall-
board system.
C.
Standards: Gypsum Association Recommended Specifications for the
jjil tion and Finishing of Gypsum Board G-A- 216 -75. All standards
and specifications referred to herein shall be the latest date of
adoption.
D. Codes and and Regulations: Manufacturer's gypsum wallboard materials
systems fbe approved by the local building department.
Where any requirements of the specifications differ from the
requirements of the governing codes and Regulations, the more
stringent shall govern.
1.4 SINNQRTAiS:
A. Product Data: Provide copies of manufacturer's literature, specifi-
c i
atia 6ns,i installation instructions for Architect's acceptance
in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES".
09250 -1
�jg �
09250 -2
I
1►3�
aorrrRACT No.
C - 2424
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Shall conform to Section "MATERIALS AND BQUIPMENT ".
B. Materials shall be kept dry. Where necessary to store gypsum board
outside, it shall be stacked off the ground, properly supported
on a level platform and fully protected from the weather. Where
gypsum board is stored inside it may only be on the 1st floor.
C. Gypsum wallboard shall be neatly stacked flat, with care taken
to avoid undue sagging damage to
or edges, ends, and surfaoes.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Manufacturer: Blue Diamond Gypsum Division of Flintkote, National
Gypsum Company, U.S. Gypsum,
or acceptable equal shall be used.
B. Gypsum Wallboard:
I. Regular
Gypsum Wallboard: AS TM C36 gypsum wallboard panels
5/8 Inch, 48 inches wide, with eased or tapered edges as indi-
cated on drawings.
2. Fire - Resistant Gypslm Wallboard: ASiM C36, fire - resistant
gyps=
wallboard panels, 5/8 inch thick, 48 inches wide with eased Cr
tapered edges as indicated on drawings.
C. Accessories:
1. turner Beads: Standard wallboard corner bead manufactured of
galvanized steel with preformed flanges, ANSI -CB or ANSI- CB-PF.
1
2. Edge Trim or Casing Bead: Standard wallboard edge trim manu-
factured of galvanized steel with perforated flanges, ANSI -US,
square nose, size as required for thickness of wallboard.
3. Fasteners: Self drilling, Phillips head sheet metal screws,
designed specifically for the applications of gypsum wallboard
to steel studs. Type and length as required for systems
indicated on the drawings.
4. Aooustical Calking:, Water base or PVA foam, non - bleeding or
staining.
5. Access Panels: Miami -Carey Model H.P. or aoepetable equal size
as indicated on drawings.
09250 -2
I
1►3�
• • CONrRACr NO.
C - 242,
PAIL 3 — EXE=CN
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine surfaces to receive drywall before applying any work. Make
certain framing is plumb and true.
3.2 P3WAPMCN:
A. Field Meas=SMnts: Verify mneasurertennts, lines, grades, locations,
and details of field conditions, and be responsible for correction,
eaufamdty, accuracy, and emeantion of the work of this Section.
3.3 APPLICRTICN:
A. Installation of wallboard: Shall be in accordance with Gypsum
Association Gk-216-7 5 as follows:
1. External earners shall be protected with specific corner bead.
Emposed ends of wallboard and where wallboard abuts other
materials shall be protected with specified edge trim or
casing bead. Apply corner beads and edge trim in strict
acoordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
2. Gypsum wallboard shall be cut by scoring and breaking, or by
sawing, working from the face side. Wallboard shall be in
lengths as long as possible to minin ze the number of joints.
When cutting by scoring, the face paper shall be cut with a
knife. The wallboard shall then be snipped back away from the
cut face. The back paper may be broken by snapping the gypsum
wallboard in the reverse direction:, or the back paper can be
cut. Glut edges and ends of the wallboard shall be smoothed
where necessary, in order to obtain neat jointing when the
wallboard is applied. Cut-cuts for pipes, fixtures, or other
small openings shall be scored on the face and back in outline
before removal, or shall be art out with a saw or other
suitable tool. Where wallboard meets projecting surfaces,
it shall be scribed and neatly art.
3. In general, wallboard shall be applied first to the ceiling
and then to the walls. Wall shall be true and plumb.
Tolerance on %Wua board shall be not more than 1/8 inch
in 10 feet.
4. Wallboard shall be brought into contact, but not forced into
place. Neatly fit ends, edges, and around projecting or
intersecting surfaces. Stagger end joints and joints on
opposite sides of partitions so as to aces on different
framing me nbers.
09250 -3
HO i
09250 -4*
Iwi
• • CONMACT No.
C - 2424
5. vertical and Horizontal Application: Gypsum drywall shall be
applied with the long edge parallel to the framing mmamirs.
Joints parallel to framing mariners - joints shall occur
over framing nwbers. Joints perpendicular to framing
members - joints shall be avoided where possible; where single
layers occur, provide continuous one inch wide 26 gage metal
tape between framing =amber and wallboard to close joint.
a. Nailing - wood framing
(a) Walls - Non -fire Rated: 8'.' o.c.
(b) Walls - Fire Rated: 7" o.c.
Ceilings - Non -fire Rated: 7"
(C) o.c.
(D) Ceilings - Fire Rated: 6" O.c.
09250 -4*
Iwi
6. Acoustical Calking: Acoustical calking shall be provided as
sham where sound insulation is indicated on the drawings.
Calking shall be applied in a continuous bead to avoid
acoustical leakage and around all lights and electrical
outlets.
7. Access Panels: Provide indicated
where or required.
B. Taping and Finishing: Shall be as specified in Section "GYPSUM
W ALIBOARD MISHING" .
C. Wall Penetrations: Penetrations of the gypsum wallboard by piping,
ts, , etc. shall be done in accordance with the drawings
and in such manner as to maintain the sound and vibration control
characteristics inherent in the basic wall or ceiling being penetrated.
3.4 AMUST AND C MAN:
A. Clean -up:
1. The Oontractor shall at all times keep the premises free fram
accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by his employees.
2. Upon completion of work, rubbish and excess materials are to
be removed from the site, leaving the areas acceptably clean,
all in accordance with Section "CTFArmc ".
IIID CF SEMCN 09250
09250 -4*
Iwi
• • CONTRACT M. ,
C - 2424.
SEMCN 09290 - GYPSUM FWJ JX ARD FIHISEIING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 CE2 RAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and r
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2 SCOPE: t
A. Work Included: Unless otherwise noted, provide all gypsum wallboard
joint taping and finishing, fastener treatment, finishing of all
corner and edge trims for gypsum wallboard and coatings for gypsum
wallboard surfaces.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Z
1. Temporary heat for interior work.
2. Temporary Lighting
3. Gypsum Wallboard Materials and Applications.
4. Painting.
1.3 RODUIRERNM Cl' RECUtATf>RSl AGENCIES: r
A. Occupational safety 6 health and pollution regulations: Conform to
the Federal and State requirements for gypsum wallboard finishing
work appli cable to this project.
B. Oodes: Conform to any special local code requirements applicable
to work in this Section. Oonform partiailarly to code requirements
to achieve fire ratings of walls, ceiLings, ceiling -floor and ceiling-
roof assemblies and column and beam protection, Which require joint
taping of gypsum wallboard assemblies, even when finishing is not
required for decorative purposes.
1.4 QUp►I.IFICATV) S: I
A. Manufacturers and materials: Use only products specifically designed
and manufactured for gypsum wallboard joint taping and finishing
and sprayed or hand - applied texture coatings and as arvered herein-
after under Part 2, PRDDUCM.
B. Applicators: Employ only qualified journeymen mechanics in this
work; apprentices may be employed on the work under the direction
of qualified journeyman in accordance with trade regulations.
1.5 PRODUCP HANDLING: t
A. Shall conform to Section - MATEAiAL AND I=II'D¢Nf" .
09290 -1
S
r.
1.8 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Provide copies of manufacturer's literature,
specifications of products used including composition of joint
campamd and installation instructions for Architect's acceptance
in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES"
B. Samples: Prepare two 24" x 24" samples of textures and joint
finish for acceptance by Architect in accordance with Section "SHOP
MMUNGS, PROD1= L14TA AND SAMPIES".
a
09290 -2
I
Jr3
• CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
1.6
WARRANTY:
A.
Furnish a two -year Warranty to the full value of work included in
this Section, warranting the work to be in accordance with the
Specifications. The Warranty shall not apply to those items of
work where defects arise through faulty work by other trades or
for failure in the substrate, including fastener "pops ", nor shall
the Warranty assume liability for claims other than repairing
defects in the gypsum wallboard finishing and texture coatings.
1.7
ENVIF4014ERML CCMITION,S:
A.
l+bisture content of substrate: Do no taping or finishing of gypsum
wallboard surfaces until the moisture content of the substrate is
158 or less.
R.
Temperature: Do no taping or finishing of gypsum wallboard surfaces
until the interior temperature has been maintained at a minimum of
55 degrees F. for a period of at least 24 hours.
C.
Temporary heat: Temporary heat for interior work shall be provided
as specified under Section "TE ORARY UTILITIES". The heat and
method shall be sufficient to allow all coats of taping and finishing
compound to dry to a maximum of 15% moisture within 72 hays.
D.
Ventilation: Coordinate the work so that adequate continuous
ventilation is provided by others, in conjunction with temporary
heat to insure proper drying, setting and acing of taping and
finishing compounds. Do not proceed with joint taping and finishing
until the interior is enclosed adequately to control ventilation
and circulation in conjunction with temporary heat.
E.
Protection for exterior applications: Do not work until conditions
exist whereby gypsum wallboard finishing of exterior installations
will be successful. Before proceeding with the work coordinate
with other trades.
1.8 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Provide copies of manufacturer's literature,
specifications of products used including composition of joint
campamd and installation instructions for Architect's acceptance
in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES"
B. Samples: Prepare two 24" x 24" samples of textures and joint
finish for acceptance by Architect in accordance with Section "SHOP
MMUNGS, PROD1= L14TA AND SAMPIES".
a
09290 -2
I
Jr3
• OON TRACT NO. ,
C - 2424
PART 2 — PF0DUCTS
2.1 TAPE, CCMPC[NDS AND TRIM:
A. Joint tape, Furnish perforated, cross - laminated, tapered edge,
reinforced paper.
S. Taping campaud: Furnish specifically formulated and manufactured
for use in embedding of tape at wallboard joints compatible
with the tape and substrate; do not mix vinyl -base and casein -
base formilations for any one coat.
C. Finishing topping compound: Furnish specifically formulated and
manufactured for use as a finishing capouund; do not mix vinyl -
base and casein -base fonmilations for any one coat.
D. All purpose compound: Furnish specifically designed to serve as
both a taping and a finishing compound compatible with the tape
and substrate.
E. Om xmnd fonm: Furnish compounds for taping and finishing in either
powder or premixed forms, of compatible the mi.cal composition with
previous and successive coats of compound applied joints, fasteners
and trim.
F. Trios: Furnish trims for corners, expansion joints, exposed edges,
edges abutting dissimilar m.,u.erials and where detailed or noted on
the Drawings, specifically designed for such installations, and of
type to meet the requuv m nts of the work in this Section and any
0069 requiirWMts for fire ratings to be achieved by the installation
or system.
2.2 TEMIUM COATING MATERIALS: Furnish specifically formulated for
application to primed gypsum wallboard surfaces properly prepared
to receive 'them, compatible with joint treatment materials; joint
compounds are acceptable when Properly Prepared and applied.
PARE 3 — E)MCt1TION
3.1 CONDITICN OF SEWACES: Conform to the requirenamts for inspection
and testing specified in PART 1 of this Section; do not proceed
until any discovered defects are corrected.
3.2 PICaECTICN: Coordinate the work so that adjacent surfaces are
protected from finishing materials and operations. IN
I
09290 -3
41
i
A. General: Do not proceed with this work until all surfaces are
properly prepared, surfaces are primed or sealed to receive paint
over texture coating, and are acceptable to receive the specified
coatings.
I
�y� 09290 -4
oC rr� NO.
3.3
JOINT TAPING, DRSWAU TRIMS, FASTENER HEADS AND FINISHING',:
A.
Joint taping and finishing: Apply enbeddinq or all purpose
ca:pourd to all joints in gypsum wallboard surfaces that are to
receive further painting, coatings or wallcovering finishes, or
that are required to be taped for fire ratings, code requirements
or sound control. Taping not required on gypsum wallboard surfaces
that are:
1. Above ceilings, behind acoustic tile, in concealed spaces,
behind rigid surface paneling or on base layers of multi -
layer systems, except as required for fire resistance ratings.
2. On draft stops in attic spaces.
3. Under ceramic tile an water resistant board or tile backer
types of gypsum wallboard.
4. Mere tongue and groove edged backer board is installed to
achieve fire resistance ratings for the assembly as installed.
B.
Joint finishing: Achieve with a sufficient number of coats of
ompound, sanded as required, to achieve a monolithic surface
without ridges, protrusions, dents or other visible imperfections
in the finishing system ready to receive specified surface finishes.
C.
Moisture in drying type cagx=ids: Allow coats of taping and
finishing ompounds which achieve their bond, strength, and hard-
ness through drying (as opposed to chemical setting), to dry a
to a maximum of 1S% moisture content before subsequent coats or
finishes are applied.
D.
Attachment and finishing of trims: Provide trims as specified,
detailed and noted on the Drawings and install to best suit the
conditions of the work.
Trims requiring finishing with joint compound shall be filled and
subsequently finished to meet the finish requirements of the gypsum
wallboard joints.
Trims that are adhesively attached with taping ornpounds are
specifically included in this Section.
E.
Fastener heads: Provide exposed fastener heads with sufficient
coats of joint ccapaand and sand as necessary to completely con-
ceal than.
3.4
TEXTURED COATINGS:
A. General: Do not proceed with this work until all surfaces are
properly prepared, surfaces are primed or sealed to receive paint
over texture coating, and are acceptable to receive the specified
coatings.
I
�y� 09290 -4
arRACT
N�.
242 i
S. Finishes: Provide finishes as per sale in Contractor's office.
3.5 CLEAN UP AMID PATCHING: Prior to. application of surface finishes,
clean and repair all surface damage or imperfections caused by the
work in this Section.
Clean up adjacent surfaces which may be damaged by joint carpound
splatter, etc. Leave the surfaces ready to receive final surface
finishes, as specified hereinafter and request final inspection
from the Arthitect, all in acoordanoe with Section "CLFANIM ".
END OF SECPICN 09290
09290 -5*
146
i
i
I
�47
conrrRAC -r No.
4 - 242,1
C. Base: Install tightly, neatly, and accurately, scribing to trim and
ppinths. Install preformed corners. Mitered corners riot acceptable.
3.4 PFUTE TION ARID CLEANING:
A. Protection: Be responsible for ttaintenance and protection of fin-
ished flooring until acceptance by owner.
B. Cleaning: Upon conpletion of this work, remove resulting scraps and
debris, and clean surplus adhesive frvn adjacent work. Resilient
flooring shall be cleaned with a neutral cleaner prior to acceptance
by Owner, all in accordance with Section "CLEANING ".
END OF SBCfICN 09665
09665 -3*
1.5 G[PlW1N1FEs
A. Provide a written wear guarantee for a period of five years in
accordance with "SIIPPIF1+OMMM PRWISMNS ". Guarantee also shall
include restretching and trimming of carpet as necessary during a
one year period, at no extra cost to Owner.
09680 -1
a�a i
• •
CONTRAM NO.
C - 2424
SX.TZN 0%80 - CARPErnc
PART 1
— GENERAL
1.1
G M;IAL: The General Piwis=w, Supplementmy Provision, and
_
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
DFSCRIPTICN:
A.
Related Fork Specified Elsewhere:
1. Carpet Allowance: See Section 01020.
2. Subsurface.
,
3. Resilient flooring and top-set base.
1.3
StdMMVIS:
A.
Submittals shall be in accordance with Section "SHOP DRA nM,
PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMKM -.
B.
Samples: Submit three sales of carpet and padding 27 inches x
18 incises in size, identified by color number, brand name, and marun-
facturer, and samples of tack strip and binding edge. Submit yarn
color palette for selection of oolors from mazwfacturer's standard
color coabinatio ns.
C.
Colors: As selected by Architect. Provide carpeting manufactured
WRi—material caning from one dye lot to maxima feasible extent
in any one housing unit.
1.4
PRODUCT DELIV .R7t, STORAGE AMID MANDLING:
A.
.Mall be in accordance with Section "M'R•MAL AND III; M-.
B.
Carpet shall be delivered to the job site in original mill wrappings
with each roll havim its register mamber properly attached. Mate-
rial stall be stored in an enclosed and dry area protected from
damage and soiling. Noticeable charge in color, as determined by
Architect, is cause for rejection.
1.5 G[PlW1N1FEs
A. Provide a written wear guarantee for a period of five years in
accordance with "SIIPPIF1+OMMM PRWISMNS ". Guarantee also shall
include restretching and trimming of carpet as necessary during a
one year period, at no extra cost to Owner.
09680 -1
a�a i
1 •
I
0
CDNTRACT No.
C - 2424
PART
2 — PF40DOLM
2.1
MATERIALS-
A.
Carpet: Provide carpeting as specified in Section "AUjOW ANCES" as
indicated on drawings. Meet or exceed the following requirements.
Requirements hereinafter specified for carpeting are based on
Solarium Style No. A3 -951 as manufactured by Cabin Crafts Carpets,
and are intended to establish minimum quality of goods. Equivalents
by Lee Carpets, C. H. Masland & Sons, and Roxbury Carpet Omipany
are acceptable equal providing they essentially meet these specifi-
cations and are accepted. Provide in one -piece widths wherever
possible.
Construction Weave - Tufted high clip
Fiber Content - 1008 continuous filament nylon - heat set
Stitches Per Inch - 11.5 stitches per 3 inches
Pile Height - 1 -3/8 inches
Pile Yarn Weight - 24 ounces per square yard
i
Pitch - 3/8 inch gauge
Primary Backing - 9 oz. jute
latex - 34 ozs. per square yard
'
Secondary Backing - 7 oz. jute
B.
Carpet Cushion: 50 oz. "F42)ber -Ease" ounces, by General Felt
Industries Inc., Uniroyal or Omalon are acceptable equal.
C.
Tacking Strip: As manufactured by Foberts COMpany or acceptable
equal.
D.
Binding Edge: For covering exposed edges of carpet, "Nap -lack
29 -12 -M" extruded aluminum binding bar with hmuered finish, manu-
factured by Roberts CRco any, or acceptable equal.
PARr
3 — ERECMCN
3.1
PREPARATION:
A.
General: Delay laying materials until other work in, or immediately
a3jacent to, work area has been Completed.
B.
Clean -Up: Prior to installation, minor floor irregularities shall
be repaired and the floor shall be thoroughly cleaned of grit, dust,
and debris.
09680 -2
flq
• CONTRACr ND.
C - 2424
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. Workmanship: Take careful measurements, examine base surfaces, and
report to Architect in writing any surfaces rot in proper condition
to receive carpet. No requests for carpet or installation extras
will be considered due to measurement or takeoff errors by the
installation Contractor.
1. Supervision and mechanics: Install materials under constant
supervision of an experienced carpeting superintendent, and by ,
skilled carpeting mechanics, capable of producing installation
acceptable to the Architect.
B. Application:. Carpeting shall be laid wall to wall, or as otherwise
indicated on the drawings. Necessary cutting shall be done on the
job and cuts under doors shall be made so that cut edges will lay
at mid -point of thickness of doors when doors are in closed posi-
tion. Carpeting shall be smoothed. Wrinkles will not be tolerated.
Carpeting shall be laid with seams only as indicated on the accepted
layout. Seams in areas other than as indicated will not be accept-
able. No changes in installation shall be acceptable without written
authorization of the Architect or Owner.
C.
Scr_a��: Architect's representative will examine carpet scraps and
igect scraps to be retained by Owner for maintenance work.
3.3
ADJUST AND CLEAN:
,
A.
Cl: C� Thoroughly clean carpet of wedded dirt, dust, or other
sign material and leave in perfect, unblemished condition prior
to acceptance of building. Remove carpet damaged by required clean-
ing, or soil and stains which cannot be removed, and replace with
new material at no extra cost to Owner.
B.
Protection: Restrict traffic over carpeted areas after installa-
tsor�'� m. Provide protection to prevent soiling or damage to carpet.
"CLEAN-
C.
Clean-up and Disposal: Shall be in accordance with Section
ING". During and upon completion of cork of this Section, rerove
implements and equipment when no longer required. As lertains to
work of this section, leave building and site in clean accepted
condition, all in accordance with Section "CLEANIW ".
END OF SEMON 09680
I
1
09680 -3*
11
09900 -1
,J5
mrrrRACi• No.
C - 2424
09900 - PAINTING
SEXMM
PART 1
— GENERAL
1.1
GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED EISEWHERE:
A.
Temporary heat for interior work.
B.
Ymorary lighting.
1
C.
Preparation of surfaces to receive finish under this Section except
for work specified in this section.
D.
Stop prime and finish coats as applicable:
1. Miscellaneous metal.
2. Flashings and sheet metal.
3. Doors.
4. Windows.
1
5. Gypsum wallboard taping and finishing.
E.
Calking.
F.
Re Dval of fixtures, equipment, signs, and hardware as required for
painting work.
1.3
MTRIAIS NOT TO BE PAINTED: Following surfaces are not to receive
painter's finishes:
finish
A.
Work having complete factory other than prime coat.
B.
Aluminum, stainless steel, brass, bronze, and plated finished metals
(not zinc or cadmium).
C.
Finish hardware except prime - coated items, and fusible links, UL
labels, name plates, numbers, and identifying data.
D.
Ceramic tile.
E.
Walking surfaces.
11
09900 -1
,J5
• • OONTRACr NO.
C - 24.4
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS:
A. Applicators: The firm engaged for work under this Section shall,
upon request, furnish in writing, his qualifications attesting
to past satisfactory experience in painting work of not less than
the scope of this project.
Maintain a crew of painters throughout duration of the work who ,
shall be qualified to fully satisfy the requirements of this
Specification.
1.5 PRODUCT HANDIJM:
A. Delivery of Materials: Deliver to site in containers with manu-
facturer's labels intact, describing contents and manufacturer,
brand name, color designation, and instructions for mixing and/or
reducing.
B. Storage: Do not store paint materials in buildings. Porous mate -
reRty containers, and oily rags from building at earl of
each day's work. Store paint materials at a minimum ambient
temperature of 45 0F., in a well ventilated and heated designated
area or area
C. Fire Hazards Safety: Take all necessary precautionary measures to
prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion.
D. Toxic Materials: Where toxic materials, and both toxic and explo-
sive solvents are used, take appropriate precautions, as a regular
procedure, conforming to the manufacturer's recommendations therefor,
and to the requirements of the applicable safety regulatory agencies.
In applying acid etch coating or solutions to metals, concrete,
plaster, and toxic materials to copper, provide ventilation and
take protective measures to conform to the requirements of the
safety regulatory agencies.
1.6 ENVIRONHMAL CONDITIONS: I
A. Weather Conditions: Do no exterior work on unprotected surfaces if
it is raining or moisture from any other source is present, or
expected before applied paints can dry or attain proper cure with-
out damage thereto.
Allow surfaces wetted by rain or other moisture source to dry and ,
to attain temperatures and condition specified hereinafter before
proceeding with work, or continuation of previously started work.
Disregard of wording in this Paragraph may cause Warranty to be
voided.
09900 -2
I
ts� �
Fu
I
i
I
I
I
I
j
0
B. Tenperatures:
0
ODNTRACr NO.
C - 2424
1. General: Except as noted hereinafter, do no painting cork
when temperatures on the surface or of the air in the vicinity
of the painting work are below plus 40 °F. or below those
temperatures recamiended by the manufacturer for the naterial
type used. The minimum temperatures for latex finishes to be
not less than plus 45 °F. for interior work and plus 50 °F. for
exterior work. Disregard of wording in this Paragraph and its
Subparagraphs may cause Warranty to be voided.
2. 7ftWrary heat:
a. Interior work: TeT�orary heat for interior work will be
provided as specified under Section "TEMPORARY FACILITIES ".
b. Exterior work: Should temporary heat be required for
exterior work at or above minimm temperatures specified
hereinabam, provide approved tenporary heat under this
Section or delay work until mina= surface and air tem-
peratures exist for the specified time period. Unless
otherwise specified, maintain temporary heat for exterior
work to achieve temperatures above the specified minimm
for 24 hours before and after paint and finish application.
C. Li : Do not proceed with work under this Section unless a
light�uig level of a minim= of 15 candle -power per square foot is
provided on the surfaces to be painted or finished.
153
D.
Ventilation: Provide adequate continuous ventilation as required
'
for the various specified materials used in the spaces scheduled
but in no case for a time less than that recomrmx ed by the paint
manufacturer for drying.
1
1.7
PRDTDCPICN:
A.
General: Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage
'
caused by this work.
Make good any damage caused by failure to provide suitable protec-
tion, but not any damage caused by other trades.
B.
Drop _Cloths: Provide sufficient drop cloths, shields and protec-
tive equipment to prevent spray or drippings from fouling surfaces
not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within the paint
storage and preparation areas.
C.
Removal of Flammable Rubbish: Place cotton waste, cloths and
'
materials which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal con-
tainers and daily remove from the site.
09900 -3
153
• • ODWRACr N0. ,
C - 2424
D. Removal of Hardware & Miscellaneous items: Coordinate the work
with other trades that they remove electrical outlet and switch
plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, registers, surface
hardware, fittings and fastenings, prior to starting work under
this Section; storage during, and replacement after painting
work will be by other trades.
carefully store, clean and replace these items upon completion of
work in each area. Use no solvent or abrasives to clean hardware
that will remove the permanent lacquer finish normally used on
some of these items.
1.8 TESTING: Materials are subject to such tests as Architect may
direct. Testing Agency, test costs, and test reports in accord-
ance with Section "TESTING LABDRAT= SERVICES" except Owner will
pay test costs.
1.9 EK*WWICN OF SURFACES: Examine surface to be finished under this
Section and see that work of other trades has been left or installed
in satisfactory condition to receive paint, stain or specified '
finishes. Before starting work, notify Architect in writing of
any surfaces' unsatisfactory for prr:,er paint finish. Application
of first coat of any finishing process constitutes acceptance of
surface as pertains to guarantee requirements. This requirement ,
does not relieve Oontractor of responsibility for proper prepara-
tion of surfaces.
1.10 JOB CCNDITIGNS: Apply paint to clean, dry, prepared surfaces only. r
Areas to be repainted shall be cleaned in accordance with paint
manufacturer's printed instructions. Arrange for temporary heat
required for interior painting; refer to Section "TEMPoRAW UTII.I-
T
1.11 PAINTING FORK BY OTHER TRADES: Examine drawings and specifica-
tions, including requirements specified in other sections for
painting work by other trades. Notify Architect in writing of
any conflict between work of this Section and that of other trades ,
and sections, and of any errors, omissions, or impractical require-
ments.
1.12 REWIR12- 5 OF RIDGUTAT0RY AGFNCIIS:
A. Occ,M tional Safety & Health: Conform to State and Federal require-
ments for painting work applicable to this project.
B. Air Pollution Control Regulations: Verify with proper authorities
having jurisdiction over air pollution control the use of any
materials containing organic chemical compounds of which use at ,
the date of installation may be prohibited or restricted by any
regulations then in effect.
09900 -4
i5y �
i • •
CONTRACT NO.
C 2;
1.13 CLEANING AND 70LX H-UP WORK: Make detailed inspection of paint
finishes after painting work is ornpleted, carefully rove spat -
terings of paint material from adjoining work of others (particu-
larly plumbing fixtures, trim, tile, and finish metal surfaces),
and make good any damage thereto that may be caused by such clean-
ing operations. Carefully touch -up any abraded, stained, or other-
wise disfigured painting work, as approved, and leave entire painting
work in first -class condition.
1.14 CLEAN -UP AND DISPOSAL: During and upon completion of work, remove
disused tools and equipment, surplus materials, rubbish, debris,
dust and dirt, and leave areas affected by work of this Section in
clean approved condition.
1.15 EXTRA STOCK:
A. General: For the Owner's maintenance purposes for touch up, furnish
one properly labeled and sealed gallon can of each type of finish
coat of each color taken from the batch mix furnished for the work.
Turn over to Owner at the jobsite and obtain a signed receipt there-
for.
1.16 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Shall conform to Section "MATERIAL AMID EQUIPMENT".
' 1.17 WARRANTY:
A. Furnish a two -year Warranty to the full value of the work included
in this Section, warranting the work to be in accordance with the
"SUPPLEMENTARY PRWISIONS ".
B. The Warranty period shall extend for two years from the date of
substantial completion of the project work.
C. The Warranty shall not apply to these items where defects arise
through faulty work by other trades or for failure of the sub -
strate, nor shall the Warranty assume any liability for claims
other than repairing painting and finishing defects.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 PAINT SYSTEMS: Unless otherwise specified or approved, use paint
products of one manufacturer. Primers, intermediate, and finish
coats in each paint system must be products of same manufacturer,
including thinners and coloring agents, unless otherwise specified.
2.2 NOTIFICATION TO OTHER TRADES: In order to assure compliance with
above requirements for paint systems, notify other trades required
to provide shoirprimed materials of proper primers to be used.
09900 -5
r ►57
B. Upon Starting, Work: Conform to the Field Quality Control require- ,
meats specified hereinafter.
Except as noted hereinafter, starting work under this Section ,
implies acceptance of surfaces.
Unless otherwise specified hereinafter, the following surfaces are
considered, under this Section, as the responsibility of other
trades:
1. Shop prime coats of structural steel, miscellaneous metal, ,
sheet metal, and other shop prime coated metal item, except
for minimal spot touchup painting at field welds and surfaces
abraded during their installation.
2. Gypsum wallboard finishing of joints, moldings and fastenings.
3. The condition of substrates, to be painted or finished under
this Section, which may adversely affect the painting work
except minimal, Mark normally performed by this trade.
09900 -6
156
• •
ODWRACr NO.
C - 2424
Factory or shop - primed work not conforming to this requirement may
,
require stripping and re- priming, if ordered by Architect, at no
extra cost to Owner.
2.3
FACIM MIXING: To maximian extent practicable and unless otherwise
,
approved, factory mix each paint material to color, gloss, and
consistency for application.
,
2.4
MATERIALS: Following materials, except as otherwise specified, are
taken from catalog of Sherwin-Williams Paint Company and are
intended to signify type,ani quality of materials required. Mate-
rials of Sinclair, Dunn Edwards, PPG Industries, or Pratt and Iamr
beet of similar types and equal qualities may be used upon accept-
ance; however, conform to requirments regarding paint systems
specified hereinbefore.
,
PART 3
— EXECUTION
3.1
CONDITION OF SURFACES:
A.
Before Starting Work Under This Section: Conform to the require-
ments for inspection and testing specified in Part 1 of this Section.
Do not proceed until any discovered defects have been corrected and
surfaces are approved as ready to receive the cork under this
Section.
B. Upon Starting, Work: Conform to the Field Quality Control require- ,
meats specified hereinafter.
Except as noted hereinafter, starting work under this Section ,
implies acceptance of surfaces.
Unless otherwise specified hereinafter, the following surfaces are
considered, under this Section, as the responsibility of other
trades:
1. Shop prime coats of structural steel, miscellaneous metal, ,
sheet metal, and other shop prime coated metal item, except
for minimal spot touchup painting at field welds and surfaces
abraded during their installation.
2. Gypsum wallboard finishing of joints, moldings and fastenings.
3. The condition of substrates, to be painted or finished under
this Section, which may adversely affect the painting work
except minimal, Mark normally performed by this trade.
09900 -6
156
be satisfactorily remved, as required to produce aaoeptable finish.
• • COrrraACr M.
Contrastin Colors: Where painting is executed in contrasting
C - 2424
C. Application: Unless otherwise specified, apply materials in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions by brush or roller;
surfaces are sufficient cause for necessitating rncoatinng entire
spray painting is not alloyed without specific approval in each
case. Apply each coat at proper consistency, and free of brush
or roller marks, sags, runs, or any other evidence of poor work-
manship. Avoid lapping paint on glass, hardware, and other surfaces
G.
not to be painted: apply masking as required. Sand between enamel
coats.
of need.
D. Ooverage Rates: In no case exceed paint manufacturer's published
H.
coverage rate based on unthinned material. In event paint is
extended beyond recommended coverage, or "hide" produced is
necessary for proper performance of this work.
inadequate, as determined by Architect, apply one or more additional
3.2
coats as directed at no additional cost to owner. Do not exceed
manufacturer's reommwded amount of thinner. Unless otherwise
New Work General: Prepare surfaces to receive scheduled work
Me
app ved, apply finish coat material as taken from manufacturer's
container.
E. Protection: Protect floors, fixtures, equipment, and like surfaces
by the Painting and Decorating Contractors of America, Seattle,
a—th—Uj7 protective covers and/or drop cloths. Exercise
care to prevent paint from being splattered onto surfaces not to
be painted. Paint or repaint surfaces from which such paint = mt
be satisfactorily remved, as required to produce aaoeptable finish.
�.J
1 09900 -7
I
J157
F.
Contrastin Colors: Where painting is executed in contrasting
colors, cut to meet true lines. Holidays and restrikes in painted
surfaces are sufficient cause for necessitating rncoatinng entire
euriace involved. Mere than one color may be used in any one room.
G.
Barricades: Maintain barricades and wet paint signs for duration
of need.
H.
Scaffolds: Provide and transfer scaffolds, staging and planking
necessary for proper performance of this work.
3.2
PREPAFATICN OF NEW SURFACES:
A.
New Work General: Prepare surfaces to receive scheduled work
Me
er section as hereinafter not forth, and as supplemented
by the Painting and Decorating Contractors of America, Seattle,
Washington Section, "Architectural Specification Manual ", latest
edition, for surface preparation work for surfaces not noted herein.
1. Mildew removal: Scrub with a T.S.P. solution, a bleaching
solution, rinse with potable water and let thoroughly
dry.
�.J
1 09900 -7
I
J157
• • No. i
C - 2424
2. Miscellaneous steel and iron:
a. Steel and iron, general requirements: Surfaces are to be
in a proper condition to receive paint with grease, ,
rust, scale, dirt and dust, removed by other trades
except as hereinafter noted.
Use only prime paints that are compatible with finish
coats.
b. Surfaces stop primed by others: At field welded or
abraded spots, apply a phosphoric acid etch solution and
,
let set for a time reomn ended by the acid etch manufac-
turer, rinse with potable water, and, when thoroughly
dry, immediately apply a prime coat. Nash previously
'
primed surfaces free of any remaining minor areas of oil
and grease.
C. Surfaces not previously stop primed: Remove rust and
scale by wire brushing, sandblasting, or by other methods
and means to clean' ,surface. Remove dust, dirt, oil,
grease; clean surface by solvent wash; apply phosphoric
,
acid solution and let set the time room wxW by the
acid etch manufacturer, rinse off with potable rater and,
when thoroughly dry, immediately apply prime coat.
Any defects stowing in primed surface to be .epaired by
other trades then re -prime over repaired defects.
3. Structural steel: (If required by Finish Schedule)
a. Surfaces shop primed by others: Prepare surface as
specified hereinabove for "Miscellaneous steel and iron ".
Comply further with the Architectural Specification
Manual, latest edition, recommendations, Chapter 3.
,
b. Surfaces not stop primed by others:
(1) Moderate exposure: Prepare surface as specified
hereinabove for "Miscellaneous steel and iron".
Omply further with the Architectural Specification
Manual, latest edition, recommendations.
(2) Corrosive exposure: Sandblast to "Near White"
surface, as defined by ASTM D2200, after steel is
erected. Then remove all residue remaining from
blasting to dust -free condition and follow
immediately with an approved prime coat compatible
,
with finish coats as scheduled hereinafter.
,
09900 -8
158
.
i
b. Anodized aluminum: No work required.
C. Copper to be oxidized: (If required by Finish Schedule)
Remove surface contamination.
Apply oxidizing solution of copper acetate aakl ammonium
chloride and rub on repeatedly for correct effect as
approved by the Architect.
Finally, rinse with clear water and let dry.
' 8. wood products to receive paint finish: Surfaces are to have
been cleaned of dirt aryl contamination by other trades. Wipe
off dust and minor grit prior to prime and subsequent coats.
Spot coat knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer.
Prior to its installation, apply backprime to exterior and
interior woodwork as hereinafter specified.
Fill all nail holes and fine cracks after primer has dried,
• CDNtRACT ND.
I
C - 2424
4.
their frames: Does
trade installing same.
n2L,l doors, winnows and not apply.
5.
Galvanized iron: Remove surface contamination, wash metal
dirt, foot prints, oil or other contamination caused by other
with pho�rc acid or approved solution, (or) apply one coat
Turn over to carpenters an adequate quantity of stain that
of etching type primer.
they may apply one brush coat of stain to jobsite cut ends
6.
Zinc coated steel: Remove surface contamination and prepare
09900-9
surface to paint material manufacturer's instructions for
priming.
7.
Non - ferrous metals:
a. Aluminum: Remove surface contamination by steam, high
pressure water, or solvent weshing. Apply etching type
primer, acid etch, let dry, then immediately prime coat.
b. Anodized aluminum: No work required.
C. Copper to be oxidized: (If required by Finish Schedule)
Remove surface contamination.
Apply oxidizing solution of copper acetate aakl ammonium
chloride and rub on repeatedly for correct effect as
approved by the Architect.
Finally, rinse with clear water and let dry.
' 8. wood products to receive paint finish: Surfaces are to have
been cleaned of dirt aryl contamination by other trades. Wipe
off dust and minor grit prior to prime and subsequent coats.
Spot coat knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer.
Prior to its installation, apply backprime to exterior and
interior woodwork as hereinafter specified.
1159
Fill all nail holes and fine cracks after primer has dried,
then sand filler smooth, level with surface, ready for finish
coats.
Sanding of wood floors, porches and decks to be performed by
trade installing same.
9. Wood products to receive stain finish: Remove dust and grit
prior m prime coat; this rs not to be construed as remving
dirt, foot prints, oil or other contamination caused by other
trades.
Turn over to carpenters an adequate quantity of stain that
they may apply one brush coat of stain to jobsite cut ends
and edges as installation proceeds. After installation by
09900-9
1159
r_2424
If surface defects appear after prime coating, have defects
repaired by and at the expense of the drywall trade; after
defects are corrected, proceed with finish painting again
using primer over repaired areas ,
12. Mechanical and electrical work: Prepare metal surfaces as
specified hereinabove for "Miscellaneous steel and iron" and ,
" Non - ferrous metals" as applicable to type of material
scheduled to be painted.
pa move dirt, grease and oil fmn canvas and cotton insulation
covering. All exposed equipment and ductwork/conduit/piping
to be painted.
3.3 APPLICATION: ,
A. General: Apply paint or finish by methods generally accepted by
Ylne trade to achieve approved finishes. In multiple coat work,
provide each coat of paint of slightly different color than pre-
ceding coat.
09900 -10
16
other trades and before second coat of stain is applied, fill
over all exposed set finish and casing nailheads with matching
color filler after prime coat is applied.
10. Csnent plaster and stucco:
Allow at least 14 days, from installation of the final coat by
other trades, before starting work in this Section unless
otherwise approved by Architect.
Surfaces with excessive shrinkage or structural cracks are to
have cracks repaired by other trades.
Pwove dirt, loose materials, scale, powder and other foreign
matter.
Remove oil and grease by washing with T.S.P. solution, then
rinse with potable water and let thoroughly dry.
For solvent base paints, wash surfaces with a 4% zinc sulphate
solution, rinse with potable water, then let dry.
,
Fill minor isolated hairline cracks with patching plaster and
smooth off to match adjacent surfaces.
,
11. Oypsta�n wallboard: Surfaces are to be crack -free, properly
�stx�� textured where required and left clean by other
trades.
,
Remove any minor subsequent contamination, dust and dirt.
If surface defects appear after prime coating, have defects
repaired by and at the expense of the drywall trade; after
defects are corrected, proceed with finish painting again
using primer over repaired areas ,
12. Mechanical and electrical work: Prepare metal surfaces as
specified hereinabove for "Miscellaneous steel and iron" and ,
" Non - ferrous metals" as applicable to type of material
scheduled to be painted.
pa move dirt, grease and oil fmn canvas and cotton insulation
covering. All exposed equipment and ductwork/conduit/piping
to be painted.
3.3 APPLICATION: ,
A. General: Apply paint or finish by methods generally accepted by
Ylne trade to achieve approved finishes. In multiple coat work,
provide each coat of paint of slightly different color than pre-
ceding coat.
09900 -10
16
I(t
• • CDNlrRACr NO.
C - 2424
Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish.
Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry.
Make sure each coat of finish is dry and hard before a following
coat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state other-
wise.
Tint filler to match stain when clear finishes are specified; work
filler well into grain and, before it has set, working perpendicu-
larly to the grain, wipe the excess from the surface.
3.4 PFXPAPMICTI: Properly prepare, surfaces to receive finishes indi-
cated, scheduled, and specified.
A. Priming and Backpriming Exterior Vkood Products:
1. Fbr surfaces to receive paint finish: Prime and backprime
exterior finish wood products, before their installation by
other trades, with exterior wood prime paint.
After doors are fit to frames, but prior to their installation
by other trades, apply not less than one coat of wood prime
paint and one coat of finish paint to top and bottom of each
door.
2. Fbr surfaces to receive transparent stain finish:
a. Nbod siding, exterior finish lumber, doors, trim and
millwork (stain finish): Backprime with exterior varnish
sealer or with acceptable resin based sealer, or stain as
required.
Prime face, ends, and edges as specified hereinafter for
like work.
After doors are fit to frames, but prior to their instal-
lation by other trades, apply two coats of slightly
pigmented stain or exterior varnish sealer or approved
resin based sealer to top and bottom edges.
B. Priming and Backpriming Interior Vbod Products:
1. For surfaces to receive paint or enamel finish: Prime and
backprime interior finish wood products, before their instal-
lation by other trades, with interior wood prime paint. After
doors are fit to their frames, but prior to their installation
by other trades, apply one coat of interior wood prime paint
and one coat of interior finish paint on top and bottom edges.
09900 -11
s
I(t
•
ODNTRACT NO.
2. For surfaces to receive clear or transparent stain finish: ,
a. wood paneling (Stain finish): Prime exposed face, edges
and ends, with first coat prior to its installation by
other trades.
b. Interior finish lumber, trim and millwork (Stain and
varnish or lacquer finishes): Backprime with resin
sealer or lacquer sealer, as applicable to varnish or
lacquer system specified for finishing, prior to instal- ,
lation by other trades, to surfaces not normally exposed.
Apply first coat of stain and filler specified to exposed
faces, edges and ends prior to installation by other
trades.
After doors are fit to frames and stained and filled,
apply two coats of resin or lacquer sealer, as applicable
to varnish or lacquer system specified for finishing to
top and bottom edges prior to installation of doors by
other trades.
'
C. Filling open -Gain Wood Product Surfaces:
1. Fill open -grain wood product surfaces to produce smooth sur-
faces, as approved, caxealing grain contours for the work to
be painted.
,
D. Finish Film Thickness: Apply coats of primer and intermediate and
coats m rot ess than the wet and dry film thicknesses or
spreading rate for each of the various types of specified materials,
all as set forth in the requirements of the paint manufacturer's
product manual.
3.5 MECHANICAL AND EEBCTRICAL WORK: Check Divisions 15 and 16 of the
,
specifications for painting work specified therein. Under this
Section, provide painting work necessary for mechanical and
electrical work to complete entire project, except for painting
work provided under other sections, or indicated as miscellaneous
painting wrier separate bid item.
A. Painting Work Specified in Divisions 15 and 16: Includes following
items o won
1. Shop priming: Of mechanical and electrical equipment.
2. C1 !: All piping, ductwork, metal hangers, supports,
connections, etc., of rust, scale, oil, grease and other
deleterious matter, ready for painting. Etching galvanized
,
surfaces is not included in Divisions 15 and 16.
09900 -12
f C-�
r
s
CCNTRACT NO.
�
3. in�tin To extent specified. Miscellaneous painting
�Finis�h
0o thapiping, ductwork, conduit, hangers, supports,
connectors, accessories, etc., installed in roan or space indi-
cated as not to be painted shall be included in Bid Item No. 3.
B. Painting Fork Included In This Section: Except as specified above,
provide paint finish for following work.
1. Exterior:
ra.
New mechanical equipment and Musings, including exposed
inside surfaces, all piping, ductwork, conduit, etc., on
exterior of building, except such items having a factory
r
or chemical resistant finish. Etch galvanized surfaces
as specified, prime with primer specified under "MATERIALS"
and paint with two coats of Sash and Trim Enamel at not
rless
than 3 mils dry thickness per mat.
b. New frames and covers: Except where galvanized, prime
trench cover frames and covers and manhole covers indi-
cated on mechanical and electrical drawings, with epoxy
primer as specified, and paint with two ooatL, of Sash and
r Trim Enamel, both sides.
2. Interior:
' a. Piping, ductwork, conduit, grilles, diffusers, panelboard
fronts, etc., exposed in finished rocros or spaces; acid
etch galvanized surfaces as specified, prime unprimed
surfaces with primer specified under "PAINT SCHEDULE ", and
paint with two coats of enamel to match adjacent surfaces,
or a color selected by the Architect where adjacent sur-
faces are unpainted.
r3.6 FIELD QUALITY C NTRM:
r A. Alkali Content Tests: Ffiere paints are to be applied, test con-
crete, masonry, cement asbestos board and plaster surfaces using
litmus paper to test for high alkalinity conditions, in accordance
r with the provisions for high alkalinity tests as set forth in the
Architectural Specification Manual, latest edition.
3.7 PATCHING:
rA. General: :surfaces damaged by other trades and requiring touchup or
re- finishing, after painting and finishing is completed in any one
r roan or area, shall be done under this Section but at the expense
of the trade or trades causing the damage.
r
09900 -13
173
gal.
B. Interior Surfaces:
•
•
'
1. Ferrous Metal:
CONITAOr NO.
1st Coat
(SW)
C. - 2424
,
3.8 T- xterior Surfaces:
,
1.
Ferrous Metal:
(SW)
Match adjacent areaJwith color, sheen
and type product.
,
1st Coat (SW)
B50N2 Kan Kromik Lead Free Iron Oxide
Same as second coat.
Primer
2nd Coat (SW)
B42 Metalatex Acrylic Sari -Gloss Enamel
09900 -14
3rd Coat (SW)
B42 Metalatex Acrylic Seni-Gloss Enamel
'
2.
Galvanized Metal:
1
1st Coat (SW)
B42 Metalatex Acrylic Sari -Gloss Enamel
2nd Goat (SW)
B42 Metalatex Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel
NOTE: This direct to metal system mLst be applied to the
'
surface, immediately
following the cleaning prooess. Clean
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
4.
Wood Doors and Sidin
- Sani -transparent Stain Finish: To be
app i —before ins
tion.
1st Coat
Cuprinol Semi- Transparent Stain
,
2nd Coat
GUprinol Sari - Transparent Litain
S.
Wood Trim: Solid Color Stain Finish:
1st Coat
cuprinol Solid Color Stain
2nd Coat
Cuprinol Solid Color Stain
'
6.
Portland Cement Plaster - Flat Finish:
Ist Coat (SW)
B42 Hi -bevel Acrylic Paint
2nd Coat (SW)
B42 Hi -Level Acrylic Paint
7.
Brick Veneer Masonry
Waterproofing:
,
1st Coat
- Rainguard HD" w/Micro -Iok 75 sq. ft./
gal.
2nd Coat
"Painguard HD" w/Micro -Lok 75 sq. ft./
,
gal.
B. Interior Surfaces:
'
1. Ferrous Metal:
1st Coat
(SW)
B50 N2 Kan Kranik Dead Free Iron Oxide
,
Primer
2nd Coat
(SW)
Match adjacent areaJwith color, sheen
and type product.
,
3rd Coat
(SW)
Same as second coat.
09900 -14
��y
1
CDNIT_AC`r ND
C - 2424
2.
Wood Doors
and Siding
- Semi- transparent Stain Finish:
1st Coat
Cuprinol Semi- transparent Stain
2nd Coat
Cuprinol Semi - transparent Stain
3.
Wood Trim
- Solid Color Stain Finish:
1st Coat
Cuprinol Solid Color Stain
2nd Coat
Cuprinol Solid Color Stain
4.
Wood Windows and Doors - Opaque Finish:
1st Coat
(SW)
B49 W2 Alkyd Enamel Undercoat
2nd Coat
(SW)
F65 Kem Lustral Alkyd Enamel
3rd Coat
(SW)
F65 Kean Lustral Alkyd Enamel
'
5.
Drywall -
Flat Finish:
1st Coat
(SW)
B45 W3 Fast Dri Latex Wall Primes
2nd Coat
(SW)
B45 Qualikote latex Flat Wall Paint in
Beau Dbnde Colors
3rd Coat
(SW)
B45 Qualikote latex Flat Wall Paint in
Beau Monde Colors
'
6.
Drywall -
Semi-Gloss
Finish:
'
1st Coat
2nd Coat
(SW)
(SW)
B45 W3 Fast Dri latex Wall Primes
B82 Hi -Bide Alkyd &kvwl in Beau Monde
Colors
3rd Coat
(SW)
B82 Hi -Hide Alkyd Enamel in Beau Mande
Colors
END OF SECTION 09900
09900 -15*
16�
•
Wn7RACr ND.
,
C - 2424
SECTION 09300 - CERAMIC TILE
'
PART
1 — GENERAL
1.1
ORAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
,
A.
Gypsum wallboard.
B.
Fete.
1.3
PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES: Submit product literature, two samples
of each type and color of tile for color selection and acceptance
,
by Architect in accordance with section "SHOP DRAWIIam, Prax=
DATA, AND SAMP= ". Label samples with name of manufacturer and
color.
'
1.4
MATERIAL SLUMARDS: Ceramic and quarry the shall be quality certi-
fied by the Tile Council of America, Inc., to equal or exceed the
Standard Grade requirements fo American National Standards Institute,
,
Inc. ANSI A137.1. The certification mark of the Tile Council of
America shall appear on each label or carton of tile.
,
1.5
CERT'IFICATE: Furnish a Master Grade Certificate bearing the oerti-
fication of the Tile Council of America, signed by the manufacturer
and contractor and stating type and quantity of material.
,
1.6
PRODWr HANDLING:
A.
Shall conform to Section "MATERIAL. AND EQUIPMERRr ".
,
PART
2 — PRODUCTS
2.1
WALL. TILE: Pc ona Tile, a Division of Amerioan Olean, domestic
,
manufactured, standard quality, glazed surface, machine made, 4 -1/4"
x 4 -1/4" x 5/16 ", "V" back style, base to be 6" high, pattern and
color as selected by Architect ,/Owner.
,
2.2
FLOOR TILE: Mosaic ceramic unglazed tile, 2 inch by 2 inch, natural
clay by Pomona Tile Division of American Olean. Tile patterns and
,
Colors as selected by the Architect.
2.3
DRY -SET POR AND C EMERr MDR=: Mortar shall conform to ANSI A118.1.
,
2.4
CFCM: Conform to ANSI A108.5, manufactured by Upoo Ompany, Tech-
nical Adhesives, or acceptable equal.
'
2.5
Scratch coat for the ceramic tile by this contractor.
09300 -1
l
'
16�
3.4 CIBANING AMID PRMBCTICN: Wipe tile walls clean after grouting and
protect before any other trade has access to the room. Floor tiles
are to be covered with a vaporptoof paper or sheet and kept free
from traffic for three days in accordance with Section "CLEANING ".
' ACID OR ACID CLEANERS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR THE CLEANING OF CERAMIC
TnE.
END OF SECTION 09300
I
CI
1 09300 -2*
1 ,
'167
CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
PART
3 — EXECUTION
3.1
WALL TILE: Tile Council of America, 1977 "Handbook for Ceramic
Tile Installation ", Method W243 -77 and ANSI Specification A108.5
for installation of ceramic tile with dry -set mortar.
3.2
F1WR TILE: Tile Council of America, 1977 "Handbook for Ceramic
'
Tile Installation ", Method F113 -77 and ANSI Specification A108.5
for installation, where indicated, of unglazed mosaic ceramic floor
the with dry -set mortar.
3.3
GENERAL: Center tile on each wall or floor to avoid small unsightly
cuts, but in no case shall there be less than half tiles. Rub cuts
smooth with a fine stone. Set glazed tile with a uniform joint
formed by the projecting lugs on edges of field tile. Firmly imbed
and beat tile into the mortar with finished surfaces brought to
true and level planes. Grout srnww edge tile joints flush with
face of file making a. neatly finished smooth surface. Thoroughly
clean and wash out wall tile joints and saturate with clean water
before grouting. Grout joints with grouting owent mixed with water
to a soft paste consistency and thoroughly force into joints to fill
entire depth.
3.4 CIBANING AMID PRMBCTICN: Wipe tile walls clean after grouting and
protect before any other trade has access to the room. Floor tiles
are to be covered with a vaporptoof paper or sheet and kept free
from traffic for three days in accordance with Section "CLEANING ".
' ACID OR ACID CLEANERS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR THE CLEANING OF CERAMIC
TnE.
END OF SECTION 09300
I
CI
1 09300 -2*
1 ,
'167
(SxTPRAC.T MA.
C - 2424
SOMON 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANELS
PART 1 — ORAL
1.1 GTWERAL:
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IISF :
A. Ceiling suspension systems.
B. Lighting fixtures.
C. Registers and grilles.
D. oypsum wallboard.
1.3 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS: Verify conditions at site affecting
work of this Section, and obtain accurate dimensions. Report major
discrepancies between drawings and field dimensions to Architect
prior to comuencing work.
1.4 SHO1, DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section
"SHOP DRAWINGS, PF40 U= DATA, AMID SAMPLES" showing materials,
construction, method of anchorage to adjacent construction, and
layouts for suspended ceilings.
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING: Shall conform to Section "MATERIAL AND EQUrzpMENr"
1.6 EXTRA ACOUSTICAL UNITS: Provide the Owner as part of the contract
requirements at no additional cost, the following:
A. one full carton of each type, size, finish of acoustical unit
installed throughout the project.
H. Deliver to Cleaner at time of final acceptance of the project. Deliver
to location on site designated by Owner.
C. Each carton shall contain only one type, size, and finish and shall
be labeled indicating type, size, finish, and amount therein: and
locations where units were installed.
1.7 CLEAN-UP AMID DISPOSAL. During and upon oc pletion of work, remove
implarents and equipment wtien no longer required. As pertains to
work of this Section, leave building and site in clean approved
condition in accordance with Section "C1ZANINC ".
1.8 GLPJUWM: Provide a written guarantee, form as stipulated in
Section "SUPPLEMENPARY PROVISIONS ", for a period of one year.
09511 -1
1
[J
[1
I
I
• NNPRACT NO.
C - 2424
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 ACOUSTICAL UNITS:
A.
� 1
B.
All Other Areas: Armstrong "Second Look II" design, mineral fiber,
24 inc— herby 48 lii ch by 5/8 inch thick, regular lay -in units rated
Class A (inoambustible).
C.
Acoustical units shall be of one manufactures only.
PART
3 — EXECUTION
'
3.1
PREPARATICN: Examine building before beginning work to determine
that building is properly enclosed and that structure is in proper
condition to receive acoustic panels. Verify that work areas are
cleaned and provide uninterrupted areas for installation work, and
"wet" work is ocaQleted. Report unsatisfactory conditions to
Architect in writing, and do not proceed until unsatisfactory cmdi-
tions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION: Installation of acoustical materials by applicators
accepted by material manufacturers and in accordance with manufac-
turers' standard directions, accepted shop drawings, and as speci-
fied herein.
3.3
CONNECTIONS: Neatly cut and fit acoustical units around fixtures,
diffusers, and abutting construction.
3.4
CLFMUM: Thoroughly clean surfaces after installing acoustical
panels. Touch -up damage to factory applied finishes with acceptable
material or replace where directed. Leave in acceptable condition
and protect until aooeptanoe of buildiM, all in accordance with
Section "CLEANING ".
END OF SECTION 09511
1
' 09511 -2*
1
it
i CONTRACT NO.
C - 2424
B. Manufacturer, Quality and Patterns; ,
a) Armstrong "Imperial Textured Excel.on"
b) Azrock "Custom Cortina"
c) „GAF "Thru- chip” or "Thru -chip Pastels" '
d) Kentile "Architectural Series"
C. Size 12" x 12 ", Gauge 1/8"
09665 -1 ,
,
SECTION 09665 - RESILIENT SHEEP FLOORING
PART
1 -- GENERAL
'
1.1
GENERAL: The Cameral Provisions, supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
COORDINATION WITH BETE: WORK: Consult with manufacturer of mate-
rials he intends to use for manufacturer's verification or rewne-
mendaturm as to the suitability of primers, underlayments, adhesives,
and resilient sheet flooring to be used on the concrete floor.
1.3
SA[+D? M: Furnish duplicate labeled samples of flooring and base
colors for selection and acceptance by the Architect in accordance
,
with Section "SHOP DRAWnJGS, PRCDUC.T DATA, AND SAMPLES".
1.4
PROL[JCT HAN NG:
,
A.
Shall be in accordance with Section - MTERIAL AND EMIPN4W- .
B.
Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original. labeled
,
unopened containers. Store materials unrolled at not less than
70 degrees F. for at least 24 hours prior to installation.
,
1.5
AIR PCLUMON CONTRCL REGULATIONS : Verify with proper authorities
having jurisdiction over air pollution control, the use of any
materials containing hydrocarbon solvents of which use at the date
of installation may be prohibited or restricted by any regulations
,
then in effect.
1.6
EXTRA FLOORING AND MANUFACMRM'S MAINTFONCE DATA:
,
A.
Extra Flooring: Furnish to Owner, 120 square feet of each color of
flooring used.
,
B.
Maintenance Data: Furnish two copies of manufacturer's printed
instructions A recommendations for maintenance of resilient sheet
flooring, including materials and application methods.
,
PART
2 — PRODUCM
i
2.1
MATERIALS
■
A.
Vinyl Asbestos Tile, colors and patterns as selected
by the architect from manufacturers standards.
'
B. Manufacturer, Quality and Patterns; ,
a) Armstrong "Imperial Textured Excel.on"
b) Azrock "Custom Cortina"
c) „GAF "Thru- chip” or "Thru -chip Pastels" '
d) Kentile "Architectural Series"
C. Size 12" x 12 ", Gauge 1/8"
09665 -1 ,
171
• • CONTRACT ND.
C - 242 -
2.2
BASE MATERIAL: 1/8 -inch gage by 6 inches high, topset vinyl cove
type, conforming to Federal Specification SS -7-40, with preformed
inside and outside corners, and end pieces matching base. Colors
of all as selected by Architect.
2.3
BEVELED EDGING: Thickness to suit abutting floor covering by 1 inch
wide, vinyl conforming to the requirement for the flooring herein
specified.
2.4
PRIMER: .Solvent type specially manufactured to muuznxze moisture
and seal porous or dusty concrete.
'
2.5
UNDERIAYMENT: latex base mastic underlayment equal to Armstrong's
No. S -180, Flinthote's Urderldyment Liquid, or Johns - Manville's
"Latex Underlayment".
'
2.6
ADHESIVE: First quality as manufactured or rec c mieJded by flooring
and base manufacturers.
2.7
CLEANER: First quality as manufactured or recommended by flooring
and base manufacturers.
PART
3 — EXEC TI ICN
3.1
PF"ARATICN: Perform cleaning operation to the extent required to
leave subfloors thoroughly dry, vacuumed clean, and free of grease,
oil, paint, dirt, and other similar undesirable materials. Fill
'
cracks, depressions, joints, or other irregularities in the floor
with specified underlayment. Concrete subfloors on grade shall be
given one coat of specified primer which shall be allowed to dry
'
thoroughly. If the concrete is so porous as to excessively absorb
the primer, a second coat of primer shall be applied and allowed to
dry-
3.2
APPLICATICN CF ADHESIVE: Conform strictly to the adhesive manufac-
turer's printed directions for mixing and applying adhesive. Spread
'
adhesive with notched trowel, only enough adhesive shall be applied
to hold the flooring without rising through joints.
3.3
INSTAL ATICN:
A.
Install flooring in strict accordance with manufacturer's instruc-
tions. Suns shall be sealed. Set resilient sheet flooring true
to line, level, square with corners specified. Install flooring in
a manner to produce smooth and even finished surfaces with flooring
tight- jointed and accurately aligned. Flooring shall be cut to and
around permanent cabinets, fixtures, and other items protruding or
'
passing through floors.
B.
Reducing Edge Strips: Install where edges of flooring adjoins
'
uncovered concrete.
09665 -2
171
aorrrRACr ND.
C - 2424
SWrICN 09950 - WLL OUVERING ,
PART 1 — GENERAL '
1.1 GENERAL: The General Provisions, supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2 OESCRnPICN: '
A. Related Fork specified Elsewhere: ,
1. Alternate to Base Bid: Section 01100.
2. Gypsum wallboard: Section 09250. ,
3. Painting, including priming of building surfaces prior to
application of wall coverings thereon. Section 09900. '
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shall be in accordance with Section "SHOP DRMMM, PRCDOC`f OATH, '
AND .SAMIPl£SS ".
B. Samples: Prior to ordering finish materials, submit three, 12 inch '
square samples of each color and patterns for Architect's selection
and acceptance* labe1e3 with name of manufacturer, proprietary name
or number, and space in which to be used. '
C. Certificate:
1. Deliver to Architect accepted material manufacturer's certi-
ficate stating materials used conform to specified require–
manta and have flame spread not to exceed 30 as determined by
U.L. Inc. Tcamel Test (Subject 723) if applicable. ,
2. Submit to Architect a letter certifying that material used -
is same as that submitted in samples and oonforms with ,
applicable re*dre ants of governing Authorities.
IA PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. shall conform to Section "MA ERIAL AMID EQUn 2W ". ,
B. Delivery of Materials: Deliver hall covering to job in unopened
factory rolls, in widths according to manufacturer's standards; ,
Prnrers and adhesi in unbroken containers; both rolls and
containers plainly marked with manufacturer's name, brand and
identifying label.. No materials other than that accepted by the ,
Architect shall be delivered to job site.
09950 -1
1
1 • • CONTRACT No.
C - 2424
1 1.3 ALTERNATE TO BASE BID:
1
09950 -2
1
173
A.
Provide vinyl wall covering in lieu of painted walls in accordance
1
with Section "ALZEMM!ES ".
PART
2 — PRODUCTS
1
2.1
MATERIAIS:
A.
Vinyl Fabric Wall Covering: Except as otherwise specified, con-
1
forming to Fed. Spec.. OC -E -408, "Wall Covering, Vinyl Gated ",
Type II - Medium Duty, Class 2 - Mildew Resistant, precision
pretrinmied, and conforming to following additional requirements.
1
Pattern and color shall be equal -to "ROroseal" No. 2127 Section 2
"Burlap" off -white as to quality. Refer to drawings for locations.
Stacking Distributor is Boyd Architectural Wallooverings, 4109
1
Airport Way South, Seattle, Washington 98108 - (206) 622 -9442.
1. Flame Spread: Not to exceed 30 as determined by Tunnel Test
1
of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (subject 723).
2. Toxicity: Not to develop toxic or noxious fumes under fire
when tested by U.S. Testing Co. animal inhalation test.
1
3. Solvent and Chemical React.ion: No permanently adverse reac-
tions to mineral oil, turpentine, naphtha, soap, Crisodium
phosphate, acetic acid, hydrogen peroxide, ammonium hydroxide,
'
alcohol, or commercial detergent.
4. Resistance to Staining Agents: No residual stain when properly
1
cleaned after 24 -hour exposure to grease, furniture polish,
urine, butter, fruit juices, lard, liquor, pencil marks, foun-
tain pen ink, lipsticks, mustard, ball point pen ink, shoe
1
polish and like staining substances.
B.
Cork Tackboard: Dodge Cork Conpany, Series B-300 burlap- backed
tackboard, washable surface, 1/4 inch thick, width 73 inches,
1
meeting requirements of Military Specification MIL- C- 15116C Type 1.
Color as selected by Architect.
C.
Primers and Adhesive: As manufactured or recommended by manu-
1
facturer of wall covering.
1. Tackboard Adhesive: Dodge Cork Company Type #1050 coverage,
1
square feeFFer gallon.
1
09950 -2
1
173
OONTRACr No.
C - 2424
PART 3 — S7mCUTICN '
3.1 INSPDCrIGN:
A. Thoroughly inspect surfaces which are to receive wall covering and '
report any defects to Architect for rectification before proceeding
with work. Manufacturer or manufacturer's representative shall '
also inspect wall surfaces and concur with Contractor as to its
acceptability. Do not hang wall covering in presence of moisture.
3.2 PIWARATIC N: '
A. Prime surfaces with adhesive or other primer as re=mTesded and
directed by manufacturer. Sand light spots and spackle low areas to '
eliminate any imperfections. Ascertain wall surfaces to be true,
smooth and free from such defects and imperfections that may show
through 'apparent contour of finished cover surface.
B. Contractor shall make moisture tests on plaster walls prior to '
application of vinyl fabric to determine whether they are
efficiently dry. ,
3.3 INSPALiATIC N:
A. Apply wall covering by experienced workmen acceptable to manufac-
turer and in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Apply adhesive and install wall covering vertically with no hori-
zontal joints. Roll for uniform adhesion, using sufficient
lap and excess material to prevent opening of seams by shrinkage,
and re -roll. Leave work free of blistered areas, or other defects.
VAwre indicated, return covering neatly around edges of panels. ,
C. Apply wall coverings vertically in full widths with minimum panel
width of 18" where joints are required. '
3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN:
A. Cleaning: RemDve excess adhesive and do not allow to dry upon
surface of wall covering. Plash down seams with cleaner recommended
by manufacturer. Upon completion of work, clean wall covering and
remove dirt stains or other foreign substances to satisfaction of ,
Architect.
S. Protection: After installation, protect wall covering during con- ,
struction work, until completion and acceptance of building.
Repair and replace any portions damaged or defective with new
material without additional cost to Canner.
09950 -3
1-7y
1
• • OXIrRACP NO.
C - 2424
C. Clean -Up and Disposal: During and upon crnQletion of work of this
Section, remove materials, inplenents and equipment when no longer
required in acoordance with Section "aXMING ". As pertains to
work of this Section, leave building and site in a clean acceptable
condition.
END OF SELTION 09950
09950 -4*
• qxa
2 '
S 4
SECTION 10001 - MISCELEANEOUS SPECIALTIES
PART 1 — GENERAL
! 1.1 GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTICN:
A. Related kkirk Specified Elsewhere:
1. Sign Allowances: Section 01020.
2. Preparation of openings arid- surfaces.
1.3 SUMM1IMUS:
A. Shop Drawings and Setting Drawings: Submit for acceptance show
details of fabrataon and connections to adjacent work for appli-
cable items in accordanoe with Section "SHOP M WINiGS, P=X)CT DATA,
AND SAMPLES".
1. The suppliers of equipment shall submit to the Contractor set-
ting drawings as required to locate backing plates and anchors.
B. Product Data: Before purchase of any standard manufacturer's items,
subaat OOW eta catalog data and descriptive literature of specified
items in accordance with Section -SHOP DRAWn4GS, PRODUCT DATA, AND
SAMPLES ". Any deviations in equipment design from specification
requirsments shall be identified and fully described.
1.4 PRCOUGT HANDLING: ,
A. Shall be in accordance with Section "MATERIAL AND B=PMENr ".
B. Delivery: Insofar as possible fabricate and finish in the shop and
delivered cayplete to job site ready to set in place. Furnish suf-
ficiently in advance to avoid delay in completion of project.
1. The suppliers of equipment shall submit to the Contractor set -
ging drawings as required to locate backing plates and anchors.
C. Storage: Carefully store materials in an upright position protected
from elements, can wood blocking, in a manner to prevent damage or
marring of finish. '
I
i
10001 -1
176
'
• • ODNTRACT No.
C - 2424
PART
2 — PImDUCPS
2.1
M&TEI2IALS:
A.
Products of only one manufacturer for respective items shall be
used throughout the building for each item of equipment specified
under this section unless otherwise noted on the drawings or
specified hereinafter.
B.
Non- Illuminated Exit Si : At designated areas provide "EXIT"
signs. Color, 5-inch height of letters, and other characteristics
shall be in accordance with Code requirements.
C.
Fire Ext' Sher and Cabinet: Standard Fire Hose Co. Type ABC -5
2A, 1 rated 5 1 Jos. Install on wall hooks and in cabinets as
stoat at Drawings. Cabinets shall be Standard No. 9000/W Style A
Door.
D.
Si nit : Provide allowance for graphics and directional signs on
site to be selected and located by Architect. All in acooWance
with Section "ALLOWANCES".
1. Room signs shall be Vcmar PF101 Type 20 or acceptable equal.
PART
3 — EXFJCCT GN
3.1
PREPARATIC N:
A.
Dimensions upon which work of this section may be contingent shall
be certified at. the job site to insure proper placement and fit of
the equipment in the allotted spaces.
3.2
INSTALI ATIC N:
A.
Install items of building specialties, except as may be modified
under Section "CKM2nRX ". Work shall be set plumb, level, and
true to line and shall present a neat and finished appearance.
Include setting each item in its correct place, fastening it,
building it in, connecting it, or incorporating it into other
portions of the work, as each item may require; and testing and
operating equipment to assure proper functioning.
1. Backing plates and anchors: The work of this section shall
include the fumishing of backing plates, anchors, and fasten-
ers required for installing and anchoring the miscellaneous
equipment specified herein.
I
-1
1W
10001 -2
CC MALT N0.
C - 2424
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN:
A. Protection: Adequately protect all work from damage by subsequent
Z—=W uction operations. Damaged work shall be refinished or
replaced.
B. Clean-Up:
1. The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from
accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by his
employees -
2. Upon coopletion of work, rubbish and excess materials are to be
removed from the site, leaving the areas acceptably clean, all
in accordance with Section "CLEANING ".
M Cr SEM N 10001
10001 -3*
f78
1179
aorrrancT No.
C - 242•;
S=CN 10162 - METAL TOILET PARTITICNS
PART 1
— CAL
1.1
CAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
RELATED VX RK SPDCI= ELSEWHERE:
A.
Plates and backing oaoealed in walls for attaching work of this
Section.
B.
Toilet tissue dispensers and other toilet roan acoessories as
specified in Section.
1.3
VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS: Vbrk shall most job cauditions and
requirements. Verify at job site, accurate dimensions and
incorporate same in slop and erection drawings. Verify cut outs
necessary to recess within compartment partitions, certain toilet
roan accessories provided under Section "TOnZr YOM ACCESSORIES"
and reflect same 1n.ShOp Drawings.
1.4
COORDINATION: 0oordinate work under this Section with other trades
to insure proper installation of the partitions and screens,
including locations of adequate backing.
1.5
PFCUX.T HANDL3 G:
A.
Shall conform to Section 0MAT RIAL AND EQUMENT".
1.6
MAM177MIS: SWmiit shop drawings and product literature in accord-
ance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PFCOUCP DATA, AND SAMPLES".
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1
MUwAmira s: Products of one of the following manufacturers shall
be provided:
Mid -South Manufacturing CYnpwW . . . . . . . . . . . Type B
Global Steel Products . . . Ddmssy
Fiat Formica Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series Duro
Sanymetal Products Company, Inc .. . . . . . . . . . . . Ac`.adoW
2.2
TOILET CCMPAR2Mff TS:
A.
Galvanized- bonderized steel faced and edged,
hung toilet partitions. Sanymetal partitions
described as standard of quality.
B.
Surf : Baked enamel finish in colors or patterns and gloss
�.
sehias selected by Architect.
10162 -1
1179
• •
CONTRACT' NO.
'
C - 2424
C. Doors and Partitions: 1" thick made of two sheets of galvanized,
bonderized, rtes ,not less than 22 gage for doors and panels;
assembled over and cemented under pressure to a dense sound
deadening core insulation. Formed edges shall be sealed and locked
together with continuous interlocking strip mitered and welded at
corners.
D. Pilasters: 1 -1/4" thick of two sheets of not less than 20 gage
steel securely reinforced and finished as .. pecified for doors and
partitions.
E. Hardware: Hardware shall be of brass or bronze, highly polished,
chtcz:ium- plated finish.
1. Doors shall be equipped with controlled action hinge, having
vertical pintle with ballbearing roller operating on adjustable
cam, or hinges may have moving parts of nylon and stainless
steel. Top pivot shall be recessed into edge of door and shall
operate in non - friction bearing. Each door to toilet compart-
ments shall have slide bar latch, combination door strop and latch
keeper, and one coat back and bumper. Toilet paper boxes are
specified in Section *TO]I,kT RCCMK AOCEssoRX S" .
2. Hardware shall be secured with through bolts with sleeve nuts.
PAdr 3 — EXM=CN
3.1 INWAUATICN: Install toilet compartments in accordance with manu-
facturer's printed instructions using factory - trained personnel.
Form and assemble plumb, square, and in true plane with warp,
connections made tight and close fitting, joints accurately
reinforced. Securely fit parts and arrange for ready assembly in
groper position with adjustable type fastenings or other anchorages
to compensate fur irregularities in walls and floors. Anchor
partitions and screens through walls and ceiling to wood framing
and blocking fianished and installed wider other sections. Fas-
teners shall be acceptable theft and vandalproof type. Conceal
evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting of wall, and floor
finish. Maintain uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors from
top to bottom, not exceeding 1/4 inch. Carefully adjust hardware.
Clean finish surfaces and leave free of imperfections.
3.2 CWMn4G: Iaave all parts of work of this Section washed clean and
free fram oil, grease or any other foreign matter, and remove from
job site debris, packaging and excess material resulting fran this
work and leave areas of work broom clean. Fkepair any damage to
walls, ceilings or floors at no additional cost to owner, and to
Architect's satisfaction, all in accordance with Section "aFANIIdG ".
END OF SECTION 10162
10162 -2*
180
fIBI
1
• •
ODNTRACP NO.
o- 2424
S ,0VT(Ny
10800 - 'll,IITT ROOM ACCESSORIES
PART
1 -- GENERAL
1.1
GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to work of this Section.
1.2
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A.
4bilet partitions.
B.
Plumbing.
C.
Carpentry.
D.
Metal backing plates in wood - framed malls.
1.3
SUBMITTALS: Submit catalog sheets or other omprehensive data
clearly showing materials, design, and fabrication. Submit
samples when requested by Architect. Acceptable samples on return
to Contractor may be installed on project. All in accordance with
Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES ".
1.4
SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit setting diagrams for recessed accessories
in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND
SAPSP7.FS„
1.5
PRODUCT HANDLING:
A.
Shall conform to Section "MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ".
'
PART
3 — PRODUCTS
2.1
RECESSED PAPER TOWEL. DISPENSER WASTE RECEPTACLE: Bobrick Model
B -3944, with 18 -8 stainless steel, satin finish.
2.2
STAINLESS STEEL ANGLE FRAME MIRROR: Bobrick Model B -165 -1624
Series framed mirror omplete with concealed wall hanger for theft-
'
proof mounting.
2.3
TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER: Bobrick Model B-288 type, with 18 -8
stainless steel satin finish.
2.4
TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER: Bobrick Model B -221.
2.5
SOAP DISPENSER: Bobrick No. B-11 or approved equal with stainless
steel container.
2.6
GRAB BARS: Bobrick Model B- 62061X48, 1 -1/2 inches diameter, 48
inches long with satin grip, 18 -8 stainless steel.
10800_1
fIBI
Un
• OON RACr NO
G .. 2424
PART 3 — EXECUTICN
3.1 INSTALIATICN: Install locating where indicated and as required,
in accordance with manufacturer's installation requirements;
installed without scratching or otherwise defacing any portion of
the exposed wall surfaces. Necessary screws and attachments shall
be concealed and furnished with the accessories. Install using
vandalpr+oof mounting devices. Fasten to metal partitions with
stainless steel sex bolts; to concrete with screws and expansion
shields; drywall and plaster, metal backing plates welded to studs
tapped to receive machine screws; to plaster faced hardboard
"Molly type" anchors. Use stainless steel machine screws for
connections. Coordinate exact locations of backing plates in
framed walls with related trade.
EM CF SFICTICN 10800
10800 -2•
j • • CONTRACT NO.
Co - 2424
SECTICN 12302 - VKUD CASEKURK
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL: The General Provisions, Supplementary Provisions, and
Division 1 apply to this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION:
A. Related work Specified Elsewhere:
I. Preparation of openings and surfaces.
1.3 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS: Cabinets and storage construction shall
be in accordance with the "Manual of Millwork" 1978 Edition issued
by woodwork Institute of California (WIC) . All cabinets shall bear
WIC Certified Compliance Grade Staff and Certificates.
1.4 SUBMITTALS:
I
12302 -1
I
11F3
A.
Shop Drawings and Setting Dra : Submit for acceptance show
detail o abrication and z�t connections to adjacent cork for appli-
cable items in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA,
AND SWIM" .
1. The suppliers of equipment shall submit to the Oontractor set-
ting drawings :,y required to locate backing plates and anchors.
B.
Product Data: Before purchase of any standard manufacturer's items,
submit catalog data and descriptive literature of speci-
fied item in accordance with Section "SHOP DRA M4M, PRODUCT' DATA,
AND SAMPLES ". Any deviations in equipment design from specification
rmN=e ants shall be identified and fully described.
1.5
PRC)DLTCT' HANDLING:
A.
Shall be in accordance with Section "MATERIAL AND BQUIRWC ".
B.
Delivery: Insofar as possible fabricate and finish in the shop and
delivered complete to job site ready to set in place. Furnish suf-
ficiently in advance to avoid delay in completion of project.
1. The suppliers of equipment shall submit to the Contractor set -
ting drawings as required to locate backing plates and anchors.
C.
Storage Carefully store materials in an upright position protected
from elements, on mood blocking, in a mwuner to prevent damage or
marring of finish.
I
12302 -1
I
11F3
3. Pulls #812 (26D) .
2.2 FABRICATION:
A. Cabinets shall be flush- overlay construction. Premium grade con-
forming to requirements of Chapter 15 and 16 of WIC "Manual of
Millwork ".
PART 3 -- EXE=IAN
3.1 PREPARATION:
A. Dimensions upon which work of this section may be contingent shall
be certified at the job site to insure proper placement and fit of
the equipment in the allotted spaces.
3.2 INSTALd.ATICN:
A. Install items of cabinet and storage indicated on drawings, except l*
as may be modified under Section "CARPER M". Work shall be set i
plumb, level, and true to line and shall present a neat and finished
appearance. Include setting each item in its correct place, fasten-
ing it, building it in, connecting it, or incorporating it into
other portions of the work, as each item nay require; and testing
and operating equipment to assure proper functioning.
12302 -2
1841
•
CONrRACT ND.
C - 2424
PART 2
— PIUCUC'TS
'
2.1
MATERIALS:
A.
Products of only one manufacturer for respective items shall be
used throughout the building for each item of equip ent. specified
under this section unless otherwise noted on the drawings or
specified hereinafter.
B.
Exposed Cabinet lAwber: Grade A Select Oak
C.
Concealed Cabinet and Shelf Ixmiber: Particle- board.
D.
Laminated Plastic: Formica Corp., Wilson Art or Lenin -Art Grade A
Stux1ard So Gblors and Woodgrains conforming to HM U>.-3-75.
Colors and pattern shall be as selected by Architect.
E.
hardware:
1. E]bow Latches 2A14 (Toilets).
2. Cabinet Locks 02067 -7/8 (toilets).
3. Pulls #812 (26D) .
2.2 FABRICATION:
A. Cabinets shall be flush- overlay construction. Premium grade con-
forming to requirements of Chapter 15 and 16 of WIC "Manual of
Millwork ".
PART 3 -- EXE=IAN
3.1 PREPARATION:
A. Dimensions upon which work of this section may be contingent shall
be certified at the job site to insure proper placement and fit of
the equipment in the allotted spaces.
3.2 INSTALd.ATICN:
A. Install items of cabinet and storage indicated on drawings, except l*
as may be modified under Section "CARPER M". Work shall be set i
plumb, level, and true to line and shall present a neat and finished
appearance. Include setting each item in its correct place, fasten-
ing it, building it in, connecting it, or incorporating it into
other portions of the work, as each item nay require; and testing
and operating equipment to assure proper functioning.
12302 -2
1841
i
,i
9
• OONTRACr ND
C - 2424
1. Backing plates and anchors: The work of this section shall
include the furnishing of backing plates, anchors, and fasten-
ers required for installing and anchoring the miscellaneous
equipment specified herein.
3.3 ADJUST AND MEAN:
A. Protection: Adequately protect all work from damage by subsequent
construction operations. Damaged work shall be refinished or
replaced.
B. Cl2jn :
1. The Contractor shall at all times keep the practises free from
accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by his
employees in accordance with Section "CLEANING ".
2. Upon completion of work, rubbish and excess materials are to be
removed from the site, leaving the areas acceptably clean.
END OF SFL CN 12302
12302 -3*
1
+ SECTICN 15010 - GENERAL REQUIREbMUS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
PART 1
-- GENERAL
1.1
GENERAL; The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions,
and Special Conditions of Division 1 apply to work in the
Specification Sections of Division 15.
1.2
SOOPE OF WORK: Provide labor, materials, equipment, transports-
tion, tools, facilities, services, and perform operations required
for the furnishing, delivery, and complete installation of work
indicated, and/or scheduled on the mechanical drawings, and/or
specified in the respective mechanical sections, to result in a
complete installation and satisfactory operation.
1.3
WORK INC3U= IN THIS DIVISICN: Aegiuriarents specified herein
govern applicable portions of mechanical sections. Rhe work of
the Mechanical Division is specified under, but not limited to
the following:
A.
Section - General Requirements for Mechanical Work.
B.
Section - General Materials, Mechanical.
I
C. Section - General Installation, Mechanical.
D. Section - Plumbing Systers.
E. Section - Plumbing Fixtures and Trims. See Mechanical Drawings.
F. Section - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning.
1.4 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: The following related items
of work are included in other sections of these specifications:
A. Electrical Work: Except as specified in this Section.
B. Painting of exposed piping, ductwork, and unfinished portions of
the fixtures and equipment as specified under Section "PAINTING ".
C. Miscellanews Equipmnt: Furnished by O+vrher or Wunder other Sections
R tom' iexaept that roucinng -in for the equipment
shall be made under Section "PLUMBING ".
1.5 COCI S AND RIM7304CES:
A. References to standards, codes, specifications, recd merhdations, `
etc., mean editions in effect as of date of proposal.
15010 -1
rs� �
I
i
I
P
11
I
I
I
I
1 I
'197
• •
B. References to technical societies, trade organizations, govermental
agencies is made in mechanical sections in accordance with following
abbreviations:
AFI
Air Filter Institute
AGA
American Gas Association
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
AMCA
Air Moving and Conditioning Association Incorporated
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
ARI
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
ASHRAE
American society of Heating, Refrigeration, and
Air Conditioning Engineers.
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
AWSC
American Welding Society Code
AWWA
American Water Works Association
FM
Factory Mutual Engineering Association
IBR
Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers
NEMA
National Electrical Manufactures Association
NFC
National Fire Codes
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
SY9CNA
sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National
Association, Inc.
SBI
Steel Boiler Institute
UL
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
NEC
National Electric Code
FED.SPECS.
U. S. Government Specifications and Tests
C. Comply with applicable sections of the latest editions of the
codes and governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
1.6 PERMITS, FEES,
, AND UTILITIES
A. Apply and pay for necessary permits and fees required by any of the
legally constituted public authorities having jurisdiction.
Arrange and pay for any required inspections or examinations
unless specifically otherwise noted.
B. Within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Contract is signed,
apply in writing in the name of the Owner for gas and water services
Pertaining to work under this Division of the Specifications includ-
ing any meters or service connections; pay charges in connection
with same, and deliver to Architect written evidence of certifi-
cation of compliances with these requirements.
C. Arrange and pay charges for sewer connections, and necessary
extensions.
D. Any expense incurred in securing permits, and any fees or
charges paid for by Contractor, shall became a part of this
Contract.
15010 -2
H. Furnish certified foundation and anchor bolt details,
and drawings for approval before concrete is poured.
location, and furnishing of anchor bolts, templates,
and supervision are part of this Section.
templates,
size,
coordination,
C. Furnish and install pipe sleeves and inserts for pipe supports
before concrete is poured. Avoid delaying ooncrete installation
operation by properly coordinating the placing of these items.
0. The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching for
this work. Furnish details of openings required. Furnish and
install pipe sleeves to avoid cutting. Where cutting is necessary
to install mechanical work, do it by a method which will not
damage the structural subject to the approval of the Architect.
Patching shall be of the same materials, workmanship, and finish
as the original work and shall accurately match the surrounding
work in both appearance and its original strength.
15010 -3
I
I
I
I
LJ
I
0 0
1
E.
Excavation, backfilling, and repaving in connection with work
in public streets, under public sidewalks, or elsewhere in
public property is part of this Contract and shall be done as
directed by or under supervision of proper authorities. Refer
to Section EARN01ORK .
I
F.
When drawings or specifications call for grades different than
required by governing codes, provide and install the larger size
or higher grade; but nothing in these drawings or specifications
is to be construed to permit work in violation of governing codes.
1.7
COOPERATIM WITH OTHER TRAMS FUMISH1NG RELATED FORK:
A.
Contractor will establish permanent bench marks and reference
lines at site. Work performed under this Section shall be
layed out accurately fran these bench marks and reference lines.
The drawings indicate the extent and the general location and
arrangement of fixtures and equipment. Mechanical equipment,
fixtures, ductwork, and piping shall be located to avoid interference
with architectural, electrical, or structural features. Locations
for work shall be clerked and coordinated. The drawings are not
intended to be scaled and the Contractor shall refer to architectural
and structural drawings for dimensicnns and limitations of the build-
ing structure and finish and exercise proper judgment for the exe-
cution of the work in the available space allotted.
The Contractor shall over=m building and other trade difficulties
owing to space limitatins or interference whenever encountered.
Work specified and not clearly defined by drawings shall be
installed and arranged in a manner satisfactory to the Architect.
In event changes in indicated location and arrangements are deemed
necessary by Architect, they shall be made by Contractor without
additional charges provided the change is ordered before work is
installed and no extra materials are required.
H. Furnish certified foundation and anchor bolt details,
and drawings for approval before concrete is poured.
location, and furnishing of anchor bolts, templates,
and supervision are part of this Section.
templates,
size,
coordination,
C. Furnish and install pipe sleeves and inserts for pipe supports
before concrete is poured. Avoid delaying ooncrete installation
operation by properly coordinating the placing of these items.
0. The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching for
this work. Furnish details of openings required. Furnish and
install pipe sleeves to avoid cutting. Where cutting is necessary
to install mechanical work, do it by a method which will not
damage the structural subject to the approval of the Architect.
Patching shall be of the same materials, workmanship, and finish
as the original work and shall accurately match the surrounding
work in both appearance and its original strength.
15010 -3
I
I
I
I
LJ
I
1 • •
I
I
I
i
A
�j
,I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
11
1.8 SUBMITTALS, AC�E.S, AND PILING OF ORDERS:
A. Contractor shall submit within thirty (30) calendar days after
the Contract is signed, a list of materials, equipment, appliances,
and fixtures canpletely describing the proposed items. Six (6)
copies of said lists, including brochures, shall be submitted
in accordance with Section "SHOP DRAWINGS, PRDDUCT DATA, AMID
SAI�LES ".
H. Should the Contractor neglect to submit said lists within time
limit above mentioned, or should Architect not accept submitted
items, and Contractor fail to resubmit within fifteen (15) calendar
days others acceptable to Architect, it will be assumed that items
will be furnished in strict accordance with specifications.
C. Orders for materials, equipment, appliances and fixtures shall be
placed within sixty (60) calendar days after the Contract is
signed. Evidence of ordering shall be submitted to the Architect
if requested.
D. Furnish shop drawings, samples, and catalog data on the equipment,
layouts, or systems. The Shop Drawing and Equipment Data list
includes, but is not limited to the following items to complete
the mechanical work. Indicate catalog numbers of the equipment
to be used.
Equipment arrangement drawings to scale, including
equipment, ducts, piping, accessories, to show
clearances for operating and servicing.
Hot water generating equipment, specialties, instruments.
Plumbing fixtures, cuts, trim, and fittings, roughing
dinwlsicns.
Pcof, floor, area and drains.
Schedule of pipe, fittings, valves,
and catalog number.
Special valves of all types.
Supports, hangers, inserts.
Insulation - thermal, acoustic.
Automatic control system.
shooing manufacture
Ventilation, and air conditioning equipment, specialties,
and their control systems.
Fans, including fan characteristics curves.
Wiring diagrams.
Ductwork, dampers, louvers, grilles, registers, diffusers,
and air filters.
Openings, special framing.
Isolation mountings.
Basic materials and methods as specified herein and for
other materials used in the work to be performed under
the mechanical sections.
15010 -4
r,
I
I
I
F
A. Keep an accurate dimensioned record of the as -built locations and
elevations, as referred to approved base datum, of buried
concealed lines, manholes, cleanouts, valves, plugged tees, capped
ends, and of work which is installed differently from that shown
on drawings. Keep this record up- to-date as job progresses and
have it available for inspection at all times. All in accordance
with Section "CCNMAM CirSBOUr" .
As a condition to final acceptance of the work, this record signed
by the Superintendent of the Contractor, shall be delivered to
Architect in neat and legible condition. If in the opinion of
the Architect record is not legible, employ a satisfactory
draftsman to properly perform this work.
1.10 OPERATING
AND PARTS LIST:
;1
f1go
A.
Furnish to Owner in duplicate and in a form suitable for permanent
reference, the following data relative to equipment or devices
having moving parts in normal usage. Instructions shall be sub -
mitted to Architect for acceptance prior to delivery to Owner.
All in accordance with Section "CONTR = CLOSEOUT ".
Operating instructions, including lubrication data, maintenance,
and repair manuals.
Part lists.
!
Sources from which replacements parts can be obtained.
H.
Submit an affidavit signed by owner's Representative who will
operate system that he has fully instructed by Contractor about
operation and maintenance of System.
C.
Demonstrate to Owner's operating personnel the performance of the
major equipment. Total amount of time allocated for operating
and maintenanoe instruction for equipment and systems shall be
not less than two (2) days.
iD.
One additional set of accepted instructions and one set of approved
control diagrams shall be suitably framed behind glass and mounted
as directed by owner. The control diagrams shall be submitted
to Architect for acceptance prior to mounting.
1.11
EID=RICAL WORK:
A.
Under Electrical Section: Conduit for lire and loo voltage wiring
or equipment and devices as indicated on drawings or specified
herein.
15010 -5
;1
f1go
t
f
,i
•
•
B. Air Conditioning Ducts - Concealed Indoor - Supply and FZeturn:
As indicated on the drawings.
PART 3 -- EXECUTICN
3.1 Installation shall confaan to Section " MWAL INSTAUATION,
MECHANICAL ".
END OF SECTICN 15050
15050 -5*
I Jqz
15199 -1
SECTION 15199 - GENERAL INSTALLATION, MECHANICAL
PART
1 — GENERAL
1.1
SCOPE OF WORK: All portions of Section "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
MECHANICAL WORK", Section "GENERAL MATERIALS, MECHANICAL ", and any
addenda etc., issued relating to same are a part of this Section.
This Section specifies the basic methods of installation and test-
ing of the piping and ductwork systems.
PART
2 -- PRODUCTS
Not Applicable.
PART
3 — EXECUTION
3.1
PIPING INSTALLATION-
A.
Locations: Drawings show pipe locations in diagrammatically. In-
spipe lines to ocnform to conditions in building, off - setting
to clear structural members and ducts, and making such other provi-
sions as are necessary to fit piping to building and mechanical
features installed by others.
B.
Escutcheons Plates: Fit pipes passing through walls, floors, and
cell.ing with wa plates of proper size to cover opening around
pipes. Provide chromium plated floor plates, primer coated wall
and ceiling plates.
C.
Fabrication and Installation of Piping: Details of fabrication in
accordance with the applicable drawings. Where specified details
are not finished, follow the general practice established in the
fabrication section of this Code. Using installation procedures
and methods which provide for future easy dismantling and maintenance.
D.
Anchors, Guides, and Hangers: Fabricate and install pipe anchors,
guides and hangers as specified on the applicable drawings; install
in accordance with good practice to provide piping systems which
are self- supporting and not dependent upon -nnnection to equipment
at any point.
E.
Dimensions and Tolerances: Verify in the field dimensions and rout-
ing shaAm on the design drawings, prior to preparation of shop
drawings. Check the structure for possible interference, prior to
making fabrication drawings.
F.
Protection to Fixtures, Materials and Equipment: Close pipe open-
ings with caps or plugs during installation. Tightly cover to pro-
tect fixtures and equipment against dirt, water, chemical, or
mechanical injury. Thoroughly clean upon completion of work, the
fixtures, materials, and equipment in a condition satisfactory to
the Architect.
I Jqz
15199 -1
15199 -2
11q3
G.
Join : Ream out burrs formed by cutting. Do not use bushings
or close nipples.
1. Screwed Joints: Cut threads accurately with axis of threads
corresponding with axis of pipe. Limit number of threads so
not more than 4 threads will show l�yond fittings. Make up
joints in air piping with litharge. Use "Key" graphite brown
paste for filler in making up other screwed joints; or apply
"Teflon" thread tape on male threads.
2. Soldered Joints: Thoroughly clean both the male and female
surfaces to be jointed, apply flux and sweat according to
fitting manufacturer's directions. The joining media to be
as follows:
Cold water and services to 200 degrees maximum; 95 percent
tin - 5 percent lead solder.
Dust seals; 50 percent tin - 50 percent lead solder.
H.
Clearances: Installed piping is not to interfere with the operation
or accessibility of doors or windows; or to encroach on aisles,
passageways, and equipment nor interfere with the servicing or main -
tenance of equipment.
I.
Stress Control: Erect piping in such a manner as to obtain suffi-
cient flexibility and to prevent excessive stresses in materials
and excessive bending moments at joints or connections to equipment
due to thermal expansion. Use full lengths of pipe wherever possible.
Short lengths of pipe with the couplings will not be permitted.
J.
Provision for Insulation: Where pipe lines are to be insulated,
exercise particular care during installation of pipe and fittings,
to insure sufficient clearance is provided to permit application of
insulation, without tutting either pipe line covering or fitting
coverings and to insure that pipe hangers will not rub or compress
insulation.
X.
Valve Locations: Make operating valves and gas cocks accessible,
for operation from floor.
L.
Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipes passing through concrete walls or slabs
with p: a sleeves, of adequate size to permit placing pipe. Mere
pipes pass through floor slabs, sleeves are to be of standard
weight black steel pipe; with top of sleeve projecting 3 inches
above finished floor. Where pipes pass through walls, sleeves are
of standard weight black steel pipe or 20 gage galvanized sheet metal,
with ends flush with wall surfaces.
15199 -2
11q3
i
Pipes passing through sleeves in non -rated walls provide a mastic
and oakum seal in the annular space, to permit movement of pipe
and to prevent entrance of moisture. Where exposed pipes pass
through sleeves in floor slabs, or rated fire walls, calk the
annular space with asbestos wool and paint with calking compound,
striking off compound at top of sleeves to prevent trapping water.
Do not insulate pipes in sleeves. Terminate insulation flush
with each end of sleeves.
M. Flashing for Pipes Through Roof: For pipes passing through floor
or wall merbram waterproofs , provide riser sleeve assenbly
consisting of cast iron sleeve with flashing clanp device, Josam
Manufacturing Conpany, Series 1880. Merever pipes extend through
roof, furnish and install fleshings formed of 4 -pound sheet lead.
On pipes 2 inches and smaller, base flashing shall extend to top
of pipe. Cap with Josam stack flashing fitting, Series No. Y160.
Coordinate installation of flashing with roofing installation, to
permit napping in flanges.
N. Pipe Hangers: Hangers shall support the required loads. Design
supports to permit movement due to expansion and contraction. Were
drawings show details of supports and anchors, conform to details
shown. Where details are not shown, conform to general requirements
specified in subparagraphs below. Fee and Mason, and Grinnell are
acceptable products.
Support horizontal lines of capper tubing with hangers spaced
not more than 8 feet center to center.
Support horizontal cast iron soil pipe with hanger, pipe rest,
or pier, one for each pipe length; locate support close to hub.
2. Hangers: Provide one of the following types of hangers for
Mr�Mital piping. Except as otherwise specified hereinafter,
Clevis type, Grinnell Figure 260.
3. Clamps; Beam clamps, malleable iron, Grinnell Figure 217 for
3 %8-inch hanger rods; forged steel beam clad, Grinnell Figure
217 for 3/8 -inch hanger rods; forged steel beam clauTp, Grinnell
Figure 228 for hanger rod up to 1 -1/2 inches.
I
9 15199 -3
II9v
1. Horizontal Pi
' Support Schedule:
Support horizontal piping
o steel, wrong
t iron and brass as
follows:
Pipe Size
Rod Diameter
Maximum Spacing
Up to 1 -1/4"
3/8"
8'-0"
1 -1/2" and 2"
3/8"
10' -0"
Support horizontal lines of capper tubing with hangers spaced
not more than 8 feet center to center.
Support horizontal cast iron soil pipe with hanger, pipe rest,
or pier, one for each pipe length; locate support close to hub.
2. Hangers: Provide one of the following types of hangers for
Mr�Mital piping. Except as otherwise specified hereinafter,
Clevis type, Grinnell Figure 260.
3. Clamps; Beam clamps, malleable iron, Grinnell Figure 217 for
3 %8-inch hanger rods; forged steel beam clad, Grinnell Figure
217 for 3/8 -inch hanger rods; forged steel beam clauTp, Grinnell
Figure 228 for hanger rod up to 1 -1/2 inches.
I
9 15199 -3
II9v
I
I
I
P
I
jfgs-
15199 -4
4. Pipe Isolators and Covering Protection. Provide pipe isolators
on cold water piping at each hanger or clamp with isolation
material, having metal backing, to isolate sound vibration
and electrolysis: Semco Trisolator. Provide pipe covering
protection of an approved galvanized iron shield, or steel
saddled welded to pipe, to protect insulation at areas of
contact with hangers and supports. Hangers shall not indent
or bear on insulation.
5. Pipe Vibration Isolators: Where non- insulated pipes in which
vibration may occur pass through walls, floors, partitions,
encase pipe within sleeve with one inch thick sheet cork or
other approved material.
6. C er Tubin Su orts: On nninsulated horizontal lines use
brass angers, split ring extension hangers, Fee and Mason,
Figure 307, uninsulated.
On uninsulated vertical lane$ use copper tube straps: Chase
Brass and Capper Company; Style 1019 with two holes for single
tube; 1019 -R for two tubes; 1019 -S with one hold for single
tube.
O. Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Protect pipe placed
underground as specified herein. Give fittings same protective
coating as pipe.
1. Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe: Apply Asphaltum varnish or
similar coating standard with manufacturer of pipe.
2. Galvanized Steel Pipe: Apply tim coats of Koppers Company
"Bitumastic Super Service Black" applied in accordance with
manufacturer's directions.
3. Copper Tubing and Pipe: No coating required.
I
I
I
P
I
jfgs-
15199 -4
,1 • •
3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION:
A. General: Furnish and install equipment conforming to the following
ipR icaf tion requirements.
B. Coordination of Equipment Deliver: Coordinate the delivery and
receipt of equipment at the project site so that erection is made
in proper sequenoe and with a minimum loss of time.
C. Installation of Equipment: Install equipment in aocordance with
the reomm* dations of the manufacturer. Installation of equipment
is subject to the approval of the Architect.
Do not operate any equipment until the representative of the nmu-
facturer has accepted the settings in regard to alignment, strain,
and other factors to prevent damage to the equipment. Take care
to prevent loss or damage of any kind to the equipment being in-
stalled. Install the equipment for proper operation, plumb, level,
true to line and securely anchored.
F. Testing of Equipment: Upon completion of the installation, and
prior to acceptance, by the Architect; subject equipment to operat-
ing tests required by the Architect to demonstrate proper operation
of equipment and controls.
3.3 DU=VDRK INSTALLATION: .
A. Furnish and install duct rums and connections of sizes as indicated
on the drawings. Duct runs to adhere to drawing layouts as closely
as possible; the right is reserved, however, to vary run, shape of
ducts, and offsets during progress of work, if required to meet
structural and other interferences.
1 15199 -5
;1
I 1a;6
D. Positioning of Equipment: Familiarize themselves with, and adhere
to, the proper methods for rigging and setting of equipment. Em-
ploy riggers experienced in moving equipment. Ac=rplish position-
ing of equipment in a manner to prevent marring, scratching,
gouging, or any other damage or deformation. Employ proper car-
riages or slings for hoisting or rolling equipment to prevent
undue stress being applied to any section of the equipment.
Acconplish movement of equipment in a sure, safe manner to prevent
injury to: Personnel, equipment, buildings, structures, equipment
base, or any other objects. Install at stage of construction per-
mitting safe loading and access.
E. Bol" and Securing: After equipment has been aligned, firmly bolt
and/or securei t. secure it in a manner to insure alignment, proper
operation of equipment, stability, and permanency.
F. Testing of Equipment: Upon completion of the installation, and
prior to acceptance, by the Architect; subject equipment to operat-
ing tests required by the Architect to demonstrate proper operation
of equipment and controls.
3.3 DU=VDRK INSTALLATION: .
A. Furnish and install duct rums and connections of sizes as indicated
on the drawings. Duct runs to adhere to drawing layouts as closely
as possible; the right is reserved, however, to vary run, shape of
ducts, and offsets during progress of work, if required to meet
structural and other interferences.
1 15199 -5
;1
I 1a;6
;J
15199 -6
I
197
B.
Construct and support ductwork and plenums in accordance with
ASHRAE and the SMACNA "Duct Manual and Sheet Metal Construction
for Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems ", latest Edition,
recamended practices. Construct ducts of galvanized sheet metal
with galvanized angle iron bracing, riveted or bolted to duct
where required.
C.
Sheet metal work shall be stiffened with 1 -1/2 -inch structural
angle iron where top or side exceeds 48 -inch dimension. Ducts
shall be cross -broken for stiffness. Structural shapes shall be
galvanized.
D.
Balancing or splitter dampers where indicated or required, shall
j
be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel 2 gages heavier
than duct and locked in place by means of indicating quadrants.
E.
Install fusible link type fire dampers where indicated or required
by authorities. Provide suitable access for servicing of these
dampers.
F.
Provide flashing to cover top and side of curb and fit closely
around ducts where they pass through roof, floor, or ceiling
slabs. Cover top edge of base flashing with collar soldered to
duct and turned down over base flashing. Flashings fabricated of
24-gage galvanized iron.
G.
Provide flexible duct connectors to prevent transmission of vibra-
tion through ducts installed on supply and return sides of fans
and air conditioning units, and as shown elsewhere.
H.
Support horizontal ducts with hangers spaced not more than 8 feet
apart, also place hangers at changes in direction. Use strap
hangers for ducts up to 24" wide and angle hangers for ducts over
24" wide.
I.
Fabricate strap hangers of 16 gage galvanized steel minimum by 1"
wide. Extend hangers down both sides of duct and turn under bottom
2" minimum. Fasten hangers to upper and lower sides and bottom of
ducts with sheet metal screws. Angle hangers may be formed by ex-
tending the vertical bracing angles or by rods passing through the
bottom bracing angles.
J.
Securely fasten or support ducts in place at every change of
direction; with strap, angles, or trapeze support of size and
spacing as outlined in the applicable Code.
3.4
TESTING: Testing operations for air and hydronic systems shall
1
conform to the following requirements. Provide gages, meters,
and other instruments; material and labor in oannection with tests.
;J
15199 -6
I
197
Do not paint, insulate, or conceal piping and ducts before testing
and obtaining approval. Concealed piping and ducts may be tested
in sections, as approved provided all sections are tested. Before
testing any system, remove or otherwise protect from damage,
control devices, and other parts which are not designed to with-
stand test pressures indicated.
A. Testing Agency: The Contractor shall procure the services of an
independent air balance and testing agency, that is a member of
the Associated Air Balance Council, approved by the Engineer,
which specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, venti-
lating and air conditioning systems, to balance, adjust, and test
air moving equipment and air distribution or exhaust systems as
herein specified. All work by this agency shall be done under
direct supervision of a qualified Test and Balance Engineer
employed by then. All instruments used by this agency shall be
accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. If
requested, the tests shall be conducted in the presence of the
Mechanical Engineer responsible for the project and/or his
representative.
Air balance and testing shall not begin until system has been
oanpleted and is in full working order. The Contractor shall put
all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and
equipment into full operation and shall continue the operation of
same during each working day of testing and balancing. The Con -
tractor shall submit within 15 days after receipt of contract,
7 copies of sukinttal data for the testing and balancing of the
air conditioning, heating and ventilating systahs. The air
balance agency shall provide proof of having successfully mhr-
pleted at least five projects of similar size and scope, and shall
be certified by the Associated Air Balance Council.
Test and balance agency shall include an extended warranty of 90
days after completion of test and balance work, during which time
the Engineer at his descretion may request a re -check or resetting
of any outlet, supply air fan, or exhaust fan as listed in test
report. The agency shall provide technicians to assist the
Engineer in making any tests he may require during this period of
time.
The Air Conditioning Contractor shall award the test and balance
contract to the approved agency upon receipt of his contract to
proceed with air conditioning installation, to allow the air
balance agency to schedule this work in cooperation with other
trades involved and comply with the ompletion date.
Upon oavletion of the air conditioning system, the air balance
agency shall perform the following tests,, compile the test data
and submit 5 cipies of the complete test data to the Contractor
for forwarding to the Owners, Architects and Engineers for
15199 -7
90
I1fCI
evaluation and approval. The independent air balance agency shall
be certified by the Associated Air Balance Council, and shall
comply with all standards as set forth by this national organization.
B. Air
Balance Test Procedure: The air balance agency shall perform
the
following tests and balance system in accordance with the
following requirements:
1.
Test and adjust blower rpm to design requirements.
2.
Test and record motor full load amperes.
3.
Make pitot tube traverse of main supply ducts and obtain design
cfm at fans.
4.
Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge.
5.
Test and adjust system for design recirculated air, cfm.
6.
Test and adjust system for design cfm outside air.
7.
Test and record entering air temperatures. (db heating and
cooling)
8.
Test and record entering air temperatures. (wb cooling)
9.
Test and record leaving air temperatures. (db heating and
cooling)
10.
Test and record leaving air temperatures. (wb cooling)
11.
Adjust all main supply and return air ducts to proper design
cfm.
12.
Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register to within
10% of design requirements.
13.
Each grille, diffuser, and register shall be identified as to
location and area.
14.
Size, type and manufacture of diffusers, grilles, registers
.
and all tested equipment shall be identified and listed.
Manufacturer's ratings on all equipment shall be used to
make required calculations.
15.
Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles, and registers shall
include required fpm velocity and test resultant velocity,
required cfm and test resultant cfm after adjustments.
16.
All diffusers, grilles and registers shall be adjusted to
minimize drafts in all areas.
15199 -8
i
I1fCI
17. As a part of the work of this contract, the Air Conditioning
Contractor shall make any changes in the pulleys, belts, and
dampers or the addition of dampers required for correct
balance as recommended ended by air balance agency, at no additional
cost to Owner.
C. Plumbing System Tests:
1. Drainage: Plug the entire drainage and venting system open-
ings to permit the entire system to be filled with water to
the level of the highest vent stack above the roof. Hold water
in the system for boo hours before starting inspection. if
leaks appear, make tight, repeat test until joints are tight.
Where a portion of the system is to be tasted, conduct the
test in the same manner as described except install a riser
10 feet above the highest horizontal line tested and fill
with water to maintain sufficient pressure. Maintain the
pressure for one hour.
2. Domestic Water System: Test upon completion of the rough --in
ore setting fixtures, the entire water piping systems
at a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 150 psi at service
connection and proved tight at this pressure for not less
than six hours.
iWhere
a portion of the water piping system is to be concealed
before completion, test this portion separately in the same
manner as described for the entire system.
D. Corrections: Correct defects disclosed by tests or inspection;
replace defective parts when directed. Calking of screwed joints
or peening of welds will not be permitted. Make other adjustments,
repairs, alterations, as required to meet specified test results.
In replacing defective parts use only new materials.
1
Repeat tests after defects have been corrected and parts replaced;
as directed, until pronounced satisfactory.
Bear all costs of repairs and restoration of work of other trades
damaged by the tests or cutting that had to be done in connection
with the tests.
3.5 DISIN=ING OF WATER SYSTEMS: After the entire systems have been
cleaned, disinfect domestic hot and cold water systems as follows:
A. Do not start the disinfection process until fixtures have been
completely connected up and are ready for operation. Provide
the systems to be disinfected with a service cock or valve located
15199 -9
t)l
at the points of connection to existing piping. Inject the dis-
infecting agent into system through these cocks or valves.
B.
Any approved chlorine owpound or chlorine in the form of gas or
liquid, normally used for the chlorination of water systems may
be used as the disinfecting agent. Hypochloride either calcium
or sodium may be obtained in powdered or aqueous form. Use the
commercial "Clorox" or "Durex" or similar products with either
5.25 percent or 16 percent available chlorine to make up a water
solution. For example, 2 gallons of "Clorox" in 50 gallons of
water will usually provide adequate disinfecting for approximately
500 feet of sufficient amount of disinfectant used to produce the
approved chlorine concentration in the system.
'
C.
Connect a hand- operated pump (or other means of injecting the dis-
infecting agent) to the service cork or valve, described herein -
before. The pump must provide a pressure greater than that of the
water supply of the system.
With the system completely full of water and the supply valve
open, proceed to adjust every faucet of the system so that a
trickle of water flows from each. Inject the disinfectant slowly
and continuously at an even rate (not in slugs) until an orthotolidin
test at each outlet shows a chlorine residual concentration of
at least 50 ppm. Close outlets and valves including the valve
connecting to the water supply line and the service cock on the
solution injection connection. Maintain the condition for 24
hours, and the chlorine residual of 50 ppm is to be retained in
the system for this 24 -hour period, or use 200 ppm chlorine for
4 hours. If, after these orthotolidin tests indicate that the
chlorine residual concentration has decreased below 50 ppm, then
the disinfection procedure must be repeated until an approved
result is obtained. Mien the above procedure has been ampleted
to the satisfaction of the Architect, then flush out the entire
system until an orthotolidin test on any outlet shows a residual
of not more than 0.5 ppm.
1
3.6
CLEMING.
A.
Shall be in accordance with Section "CIEMING" and following.
B.
After satisfactory completion of tests, before permanently connect-
ing equipment, strainers and the like, clean equipment thoroughly,
blow the piping for a sufficient length of time as directed to as-
sure interiors are free of foreign matter.
C.
Clean ductwork inside with a vacuum cleaner prior to initial
startup. The Contractor has the option of wiping the interior
of the ducts clean with damp rags.
15199 -10
t)l
f
D.
install filters during preliminary fan operation. Replace dirty
filters at the time of final acceptance of the entire project.
E.
Clean piping, ductwork, and equipment to be insulated thoroughly
to remove rust, plaster, and dirt before insulation is applied.
F.
Clean and polish plumbing fixtures immediately prior to accept-
ance, replace chipped, scratched, or damaged fixtures.
G.
Clean ductwork, piping and equipment exposed to view and/or to
'
be painted in completed structure, by removing rust and dirt by
wire brushing. Recove grease, oil, and similar materials by
wiping with clean rags and suitable solvents. Remove from site
packing cartons, scrap materials, and other n3bbish resulting
F- ar the installation operations. Leave premises in "Broom Clean"
condition.
3.7
ADJUS DEW AND OPERMCN:
A.
Adjust controls for proper operation. Adjust flush valves and
faucets. open and close shut -off and control valves several
times to assure tight closure and proper operation. Take up
padd -ng glands as required.
B.
Furnish the services of a qualified man for a period of not less
than five days, at a time approved by the Owner, to operate the
entire systems, making adjustments, check equipment, instruct
Owner's maintenance personnel, correct any defects or deficiencies,
and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Owner that that the
entire system is operatinq in a satisfactory manner and omplies
with the require ants of the drawings and specifications. Make
arrangements for the presence of any other trades or Contractors
that may be required to complete the work. This operation test
shall be'mmpleted prior to the request for final inspection.
C.• The Contractor, during the guarantee period and as directed by
the Owner, make any additional tests and adjustments, that may be
required and correct any defects or deficiencies arising from the
operation of the system.
3.8 DAMAGE DUE TO rFnuc:
A. Contractor under this Section, shall be responsible for damage to
any part of the premises caused by leaks or breaks in pipe or
equipment furnished and/or installed under this Specification for
a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance of the work by
the Owner.
3.9 PAINMG AND FINISHES:
A. Preparation, priming, and finish painting shall be in accordance
with Section "PAINTING ".
15199 -11
116K .
15199 -12
I C;�n3
B.
The following items and ferrous materials shall be "prime coated ",
or galvanized:
1. Sheet steel or structural steel supports, steel pipe, pipe
hangers or supports, outside air volume and control dampers,
screens and louvers.
C.
The following items shall have the manufacturer's standard finish:
1. Cast iron valves and cast iron bases.
t
2. Supply,
!
return and exhaust air diffusers and attached dampers.
3. Factory finished air conditioning units.
4. Vibration mounts.
D.
Prior to finish painting and final acceptance touch up scratches
or blemishes in prime coats and factory.finishes.
3.10
INSULATION INSTALLATION:
A.
General: Test and clean ductwork, piping, equipment, and accessories
before insulation is applied. Do not apply on piping until after
hydrostatic tests have been made to satisfaction of Architect.
Perform work in accordance with the local code of workmanship and
comply with the best practices of the trade. Conform materials
to the re= miended fire hazard standards of NFPA, 90-A as
determined by Underwriters' Iaboratory Method, NFPA 225; ASTM
E84. Flame spread - Under 25; smoke developed - Under 50.
B.
Lined Duct: Ductwork shall be made airtight by application of
fabr —ic strips saturated with 100 percent solution of lagging
adhesive on joints and seam. Insulation shall be tightly fitted
and shall be applied to duct with liberal application of adhesive
over 100 percent of the area. Thickness of adhesive shall be
extra heavy at all joints and seams and at terminal points of
the insulation. In addition, the insulation shall be secured to
duct with welded pin type mechanical fasteners using minimum
1 -1/4 -inch diameter washers spaced on maximum 16 -inch centers.
After insulation is attached as described above all butt joints,
seams, breaks and teaninal points of the insulation shall be
covered with a heavy coat of uncut adhesive. In each duct, at
the beginning of the duct lining installation, leading edges of
the duct lining shall be completely covered by continuous sheet
metal noising strips. All materials used for sealing ducts or
used for making the duct lining installation shall be approved
by the authorities having jurisdiction.
15199 -12
I C;�n3
1
� �
C. Air Conditionin Ducts: Insulation shall be wrapped tightly on
duct cork wi all circumferential joints butted and longitudinal
joints overlapped a minimum of 2 ". Adhere insulation to metal
with 4" stripes of insulation bonding adhesive at 8" o.c. Ad-
diticnally secure insulation to the bottom of rectangular duct work
over 24" wide with nechanical fasteners at not more than 18" o.c.
On circumferential joints, the 2" flange of the facing shall be
secured using 9116" flare-door staples applied 6" o.c. and taped
with minimum of 3" wide foil reinforced kraft tape. On longitudinal
joints, the overlap shall be secured using 9/16" flare -door
staples applied 6" o.c. and taped with minimum 3" wide foil rein-
forced kraft tape. All pin penetrations or punctures in facing
shall also be taped.
r
In exposed applications cover all joints with 3" wide foil rein-
forced kraft tape.
FIND OF SB=ICN 15199
r
r
r
.r
,I
15199 -13*
/ .Pot/
SECfICN 15401 - PLUMBING SYSTEMS
PART 1 -- ORAL
1.1 RELATED SECPIONS:
3. Furnish and install plumbing fixtures.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 All products shall be acceptable to the Architect and conform to
Section "GENERAL MATERIALS, MECHANICAL," indicated on the
drawings and as specified herein.
2.2 PlilYiB]NG FIXTURES:
As indicated on the drawings.
I
15401 -1
V-5-
A.
All portions of the Sections "GENERAL JU)DL 3324E = FOR MECHANICAL
WW", GENERAL MATERIALS, MECHANICAL", Section "ORAL INSTALLA-
TION, MECHANICAL," and all addenda etc., issued relating to
same are a part of this section. Materials and installation here-
in specified shall take precedence over those specified in Section
GENERAL MATERIALS, MECHANICAL," and Section "GENERAL INSTALLA-
TICN, MECHANICAL'."
1.2
SODPE OF WORK:
A.
The Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, and equipment,
and perform words required for the complete installation of the
plumbing system as indicated on the drawings and/or specified
herein.
1.3
PRINCIPAL ITEMS CF MDRK:
'
A.
Include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Sanitary soil, waste, and vent systems.
2. Domestic hot and cold water systems.
3. Furnish and install plumbing fixtures.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 All products shall be acceptable to the Architect and conform to
Section "GENERAL MATERIALS, MECHANICAL," indicated on the
drawings and as specified herein.
2.2 PlilYiB]NG FIXTURES:
As indicated on the drawings.
I
15401 -1
V-5-
1
Lao&
0 0
C - 2424
PART 3 -- E= ]TICK
3.1 CORAL:
A. Installation of plumbing systems shall ocoform to Section
"GENERAL INSTALLATICN, 1YPOWICAL" and as specified hereinafter.
3.2 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT SYSTEM:
A. Sanitary soil, waste, and vent system from plumbing fixtures in
the building to point of c=mtion with the sewer.
3.3 DOMESTIC HOT AND COI A WATER SYSTEM:
A. Cold water system from meter to and including final connections
to plubing fixtures and equipment, and rough -in to process
equipment as indicated.
H. Hot water system from hot water heater to and including final
connections to plumbing fixtures and equipment requiring hot
water and rough -in to process equipment as indicated.
15401 -2
i
15401 -3
'X�17
3.4
PUMING FIXTURES, FITTINGS, DRAINS, AND TRIM ITEMS:
A.
Furnish and install plumbing fixtures specified and provide rough -
in and final corrections to equipment furnished under other
Sections of the Specifications.
B.
Exposed metal parts shall be chrome plates unless specified
otherwise. Fixtures shall have individual shut -offs. Shut-
offs shall be chrow plated brass if exposed and rough brass
if concealed.
C.
Fill joints between fixtures, walls, floors, or cabinets.
D.
Plumbing fixture. trim and exposed supplies and wastes shall be
brass with polished chrome plated finish unless otherwise specified.
Exposed wastes between trap and wall may be galvanized steel
nipples with polished chrome plates brass casings. Concealed
supplies and wastes may be galvanized steel and concealed *raps
may be rough brass. Wastes shall be separately trapped. Ex-
posed supplies and wastes to wall shall be provided with polished
chrome plates cast brass wall escutcheons. Public restrooms shall
have loose key chrome plated cold water hose bibbs. Exposed fix-
ture bolts shall have bolt caps furnished with fixture.
E.
Wall Hung Fixtures
1. Fixtures specified with hangers shall have hangers securely
'
mounted on a 1/4-inch thick by &-inch wide steel wall plate
which shall extend at least one stud beyond the first
and last fixture mounting points. Plates shall be drilled
and tapped at the time of fixture installations.
2. Wall plates shall be recessed flush with studs and shall
be securely attached to each stud crossed. In wood con-
struction, the plate shall be attached to each stud with
3/8 -inch steel carriage bolts which shall extend through
the center of the stud and be secured in the opposite side
with steel washers and nuts. In steel stud construction,
a 1 -1/2 inch by 18 -inch long furring channel shall be
attached to each notched stud with fillet welds one inch
long on 5-inch centers front and back. Plates shall be
continuous fillet welded at both top and bottom to each
furring channel.
15401 -3
'X�17
3.6 ADJUST AND CXEM
A. Protection: Adequately protect all work from damage by subsequent
oonsttuction operations. Damaged work shall be refinished or re-
placed-
B. Clean -U :
1. The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from
accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by his
employees in accordance with Section "CL EANnW .
2. Upon ompletion of work,,rubbish and ewoess materials are to
be removed front the site, leaving the areas aooeptably clean.
END OF SECTIM 15401
15401 -4*
I
B
i , • 0
SECTZCN 15600 - HEATING, VENTIIATING, AND AIR ODNDZTICNING SYSTEMS
PART 1 — ORAL
11
1.01
RELATED SECTICNSE,
"GUWAL
A.
All :portions of the Section REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL
WORK ", Section "GENERAL MATERIALS, VOCRANICAL ", Section "GENERAL
INSTALLATICN, MECHANICAL", and any addenda etc., issued relating to
same are a part of this Section. Materials and installation herein
specified shall take precedence over those specified in Section
"ORAL MATERIALS, MECHANICAL" and Section "GENERAL INSTALLATICK,
MECHANICAL ".
1.02
SCOPE OF WORK:
A.
The Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, and equipment, and
perform work required for the complete installation of the heating,
ventilating, and air oonditianing systems as indicated on the
drawings and/or specified herein.
1.03
PRINCIPAL ITEM CF WORK:
'
A.
Principal items of work included but are not limited to the
following:
1. Air Distribution Systems.
2. Wwast and Ventilation System.
i3.
TwWature Control Systems.
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
"GENERAL
A.
Besides submittal requirements called for in Section
F=UIF04W 8 FOR MECHANICAL WORK", the Contractor shall furnish the
'
following submittals as specified hereinafter.
1. Temperature Control System:
a. Shop Drawings shall be submitted for the Architect's ac-
oeptance as specified under Section "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR MECHANICAL WORK" and shall include a detailed drawing
of the tenWature control system shaving interlocks with
mechanical equipment, list of materials being furnished,
and a detailed description of the control sequence.
b. Operating Instructions and Layouts: Operating instruc-
ticns shall be provided as specified in section "CE,TtAL
REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK" and shall include dia-
'
grammatic layouts of the te:gerature control system.
15600 -1
11
L
I
I
taro
15600 -2
Layouts shall show control equipment and the function of
each control system shall be indicated. A sequence of
operation shall be furnished to facilitate control system
analysis.
1.05 GUARANTEE:
A. Besides guarantee called for in Section "GENERAL RE=RDZNTS FOR
MECHANICAL NOW and as specified hereinafter.
1. Temperature Control System: 'Ilia Ocntractor shall regulate and
adjust the control system, thermostats, and other equipment
1
provided. He shall place them in complete operating condition
subject to the acceptance by the Architect and Owner. Provide
1
service and parts guarantee for one year from date of in-
stallaticn, acceptance, without charcy, to the Owner. The Con-
tractor shall, after ompletion of the original installation,
provide a service contract proposal incidental to the proper
maintenance of the temperature control system for the first
'
year.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.01 BQUIPMEW:
'
A. Air Conditioner:
1. As indicated on the drawings.
i
i
1
2. Controls shall be pre-wired and shall include all necessary
high and law pressure cutouts and overload protection. Itm
casing shall be galvanized steel, insulated, with substantial
finish for outdoor installation. Panels shall be removable to
provide aooess for servicing.. Casing shall have provision at
bottom of unit for disposing of moisture and condensate.
L
I
I
taro
15600 -2
I
1 ,
• •
C. Diffusers and Grilles:
1.
Provide the indicated air quantity, throw,
and spread without
drafts at sound levels not greater than
35 dba.
2.
Ceiling diffusers shall be Anemostat-Controlair, Model FM)-S
surface mounted, multiple core construction
with integral
volume control damper.
3.
Ceilin4 return air and exhaust air grilles, shall be Anemostat-
perforated face.
4.
Not used.
'
5•
Supply air wall registers shall
be Anemostat - Waterloo
Model X25HO /OBD, removable core,
with opposed blade
volume damper.
'
6. Return air and exhaust air wall grilles shall be Anenostat
Controlair, X25HO /OBD, removable core.
7. All diffusers, registers, and grilles shall have white baked
' enamel finish.
8. Installation shall be air tight complete with gaskets.
D. Exhaust Fans:
' 1. Furnish and install fans of type, size and capacity as shown
on the drawings.
2.2 MATERIALS:
' A. All products shall be acceptable to the Architect and comfonn to
Section "ORAL MATERIALS, MECHANICAL ". Indicated on the drawings
'
and as specified herein.
B. Drain.piping; See Plumbing Section.
C. Ductwork: Shall be galvanized sheet steel and shall be constructed,
anstal and supported in ccnformance with the latest ASIRzAE
/SMACNA guide. Provide sheet metal cover for equipment
Platform on roof.
D. Insulation on exposed supply air ducts shall be 1j" thick dual density
duct liner with vinyl coated exposed surface.
Q
15600 -3
i
t it
J
LJ
1
1 15600 -4
IQ-
E.
Insulating on concealed supply air ducts shall be wrapped with 1"
'
thick, 3/4 lb. density fiberglass.
PART
3 — EXECUTICN
3.1
GENERAL:
A.
Provide ventilation and air conditioning systems complete conforming
to Section "GENERAL INSTALLATION, MECHANICAL" and as specified herein -
after.
3.2
AIR DISTRIBUTICN SYSTEM:
A.
Provide air distribution systems complete from and including
package air conditioner units to the conditioned spaces and return
air systems from the conditioned spaces to the units as indicated
on the drawings.
3.3
EXRAUST AIR SYSTEMS:
A.
Provide exhaust systems as indicated on the drawings. Fan assembly
shall be complete with vibration isolators, internally mounted.
disconnect switch.
3.4
TEMPERATURE CLNTROL SYSTEM:
A.
General: Furnish and install a complete temperature control system
ink uding thermostats required to maintain the ootditi.ons herein
and/or indicated on the drawings.
J
LJ
1
1 15600 -4
IQ-
!I
'213
3.5
INSTALdATICN:
A.
General:
1. All equipment shall be installed at locations indicated on the
'
drawings and as specified herein.
2. Assembly and installation of equipment shall be in strict
accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
3. Equipment shall be securely anchored in place. Care shall be
exercised to correctly orient equipment before securing in
place.
B.
Equipment Mounting:. All equipment with moving parts such as fans,
it �umdling units, etc., shall be mounted on vibration supports
'
suitable for the purpose of minimizing noise and vibration transmission
unless otherwise specified and in addition, shall be isolated
from external connections; such as piping, ducts, raceways, etc., by
means of flexible connectors, vibration absorbers or other approved
means.
C.
Framing: All rectangular or special shaped openings in walls,
'
partitions, roofs, ceilings, etc., including plaster, stucco or
similar materials shall be framed by means of plaster frames,
casing beads, or metal angle members as required. The intent of
'
this paragraph is to prohibit cutting and patching in new construction
'
and to provide smooth even termination of wall, floor and ceiling
finishes as well as to provide a fastening means for grilles, diffusers,
etc., when not specifically called for to be provided under other
sections of the specifications. Lintels shall be of size and shape
to prevent excessive deflection.
D.
Cutting, Fitting and Patching: Fach respective Contractor shall do
all cuttimm— milling of mnasonzy, steel, wood or ion work and
all fitting necessary for the proper installation of all apparatus
and materials included in these specifications or governed thereby.
No cutting or drilling of the structure, of any kind shall be done
without first obtaining permission from the Architect. All cutting
'
and drilling shall be done under the supervision of the General
Contractor in strict accordance with instructions furnished by the
Architect.
3.6
CLEANING, TESTING AND PREPARATION FOR START UP:
A.
All equipment shall be cleaned of all foreign material in accordance
with Section "CLEANING ".
B.
All equipment shall be lubricated and placed in proper working order.
Drives on rotating equip =t shall be checked for proper rotation and
'
alignment. V -belt drives shall be checked and adjusted for proper
15600 -5
!I
'213
tension. All fans shall be operated for at least 24 hours so that
' the initial stretch of the V -belt drives will take place before
testing. Mm the belts have stretched, the fan drives shall be
realigned and adjusted for tightness to make sure that excess
slippage is eliminated. All drives shall be set for the reommended
' speeds. All sheaves and bearing blocks shall be checked for any
loose screws or nuts.
C. Mie -rye equipment required a charge of material, it shall be filled
by the Contractor with material reccammnded by the equipment
manufacturer.
A. All controls and safety devices shall be checked to determine that
they are in place and properly installed.
' E. Were equipment is intended to contain fluids, it shall be filled
and tested for leaks as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
F. Equipient shall be operated for a reasonable time to determine any
undue vibraticn, heating of parts, or other improper operation.
END OF SBCrXN 15600
1
`1
1
fl
1
' 15600 -6*
F -)H
Line voltage wiring for equipment and devices as indicated
on drawings or specified herein.
Furnishing and installing disconnect switches, hand -off auto
switches, time clocks, etc., and when specifically indicated
on drawings, furnishing such devices.
' Responsibility for asking for clarification of discrepancies
between mechanical and electrical work, from the Architect prior
to proceeding with the work.
B. Under Mechanical sections: Low voltage wiring for equipment
and devices as indic- on drawings or specified herein.
Furnishing and installing additional wiring, conduit, and
electrical devices required due to substitution of mechanical
equipment. Additional work required of Electrical due to
substitutions shall be paid under this Section.
Responsibility for asking for clarification of discrepancies
between mechanical and electrical work, from the Architect prior
to proceeding with the work.
Responsibility for proper operation of automatic electric oontrols
and equipment, and of electric power driven equipment furnished
under this Division of the Specifications, is specified in these
Mechanical Sections of the Specifications.
1.12 G MRANTEE:
A. Guarantee equipment furnished under this Section of the specifics-
, tirns for a period of one year from the date of acceptance
against defective workmanship and material, and improper installations.
Upon notification of failure, Contractor will remedy any defects
without cost to Owner.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
Not applicable.
PART 3 — Ei=ICN
3.1 WEATHERPROOFING:
A. Equipment, piping, ductwork, temperature orntrols, or other items
furnished and /or installed in Division 15, in a location exposed
to the weather elements, shall be completely weatherproofed in a
manner approved by the Architect. Exposed equipment shall be
weatherproofed by the equipment manufacturer.
' 15010 -6
�' S
I
iAP
• 0
,�
3.2
SAFETY PRWISICNS:
A.
Belts, gears, chains, pulleys, couplings, projecting setscrews,
keys, and other rotating or reciprocating parts shall be encased
or properly guarded. Ward rails, etc., required for the safe
operation and maintenance of the equipment shall be provides.
3.3
CBJE=ICNABLE NOISE:
A.
Equipment to operate without objectionable noise below maximum
sound power level per unit, db re -10 -13 watts for the octave
band center frequency (Hertz) as follows:
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
106 104 97 95 90 87 85 80
B.
Minor deviations shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
If such objectionable noise should be produced or transmitted to
occupied portions of the buildings by apparatus or ducts, make
necessary changes and additions, accepted by the Architect without
'
additional cost to the owner.
3.4
EXAVATICN AND BACKFn L:
A.
Perform excavation and backfill for mechanical systems under
Division 15 with materials and methods of installation as
specified in Division 2, "S17E WORK".
3.5
CORICSICN PREVENTION:
A.
Each joint betnaeen cuprous, ferrous, and aluminum materials shall
be made by means of approved nylon insulating couplings. Contact
surfaces of dissimilar metals shall be separated by nonconducting
coating or sheet. Materials that will be exposed to water or
other conductive fluid shall be selected so that electrolytic
action will not occur tarter normal conditions. Approved rust -and-
scale- inhibiting omgmunds in proportions reommended by the manu-
facture- shall be mixed into the water used to fill circulating
water systems. Submit analysis of compounds to be used for
investigation and approval of the Architect.
3.6
INITIAL ILMRICATICN, AOXISPING, AND FILLING SYSTEM:
A.
General: Before operating any mechanical systems, bearings shall
&emu ricated and belts, pulleys, and other moving parts shall be
checked for alignment and tolerances in accordance with the manu-
facturer's operation! instructions. Piping and liquid systems
shall be flushed out and filled with the operating fluids.
15010 -7
I
iAP
r
0
B. After Tests: Valves and other parts of the work shall be
ad7us�ted for quiet operation. Strainers shall be cleaned
out by removing and washing the basket or screen. Vibrations
and noise shall be suppressed.
3.7 SUBSTPLV'PICN OF EQUIPPIINr:
A. Men any change in equipment fran that specified or shown results
in an additional design or construction cost, such cost shall
be borne by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION 15010
15010 -8*
1117
D. Domestic Cold Water System Inside Buildings Below Ground:
Shall be type "K" hard drawn copper tubing and wrought copper
fittings.
E. Condensate Drain Lines: Shall be Type "M" hard drawn copper
tubing and wrought copper fittings.
15050 -1
i :;�fs
SECTION 15050 - GENERAL MATERIALS, MECHANICAL
PART 1
— GENERAL
1.1
SCOPE OF WORK: All portions of the Section "GENERAL ROQUIMEMS
FOR MECHANICAL WORK ", and any addenda, etc., issue relating to same
are a part of this Section. Provide new standard manufactured
materials and equipment, suitable for required use. This Section
specifies the type, purpose, quality control, and materials for
installation.
1.2
REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS: Pipe shall conform to current editions
of the following standard specifications:
A.
Cast -Iron Soil Pipe:
1. Service Weight (Class B) ASTM A74.
B.
P.V.C. Water Pipe: Outside service line.
C.
Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A120.
D.
Copper Tube: Type L, Type K, Type M, ASTM B88.
PART 2
— PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPE AMID FITTINGS:
A.
Soil Waste and Vent System Lhder Buildin Structures:
Shall be servwe vies t cast iron, P P1Pe ittu:gs with
neoprene sleeve gaskets (no -hub) with stainless steel bands. Extra
strength vitrified clay pipe and fittings with wedge -lock joints
from V-0" outside the building.
H.
Soil. Waste. Vent S12t:eM: Shall be service weight
cast iron, plain a pipe and fittings with neoprene sleeve gaskets
( "No -HUB ") with stainless steel bands. 2 -1/2 inch and smaller may
be galvanized Schedule 40 steel, ASTM A120, with cast iron screwed
drainage fittings.
C.
Domestic Hot and Cold Water Systems: inside building above
ground - shall be Type "L" hard drawn copper tubing and
wrought copper fittings.
D. Domestic Cold Water System Inside Buildings Below Ground:
Shall be type "K" hard drawn copper tubing and wrought copper
fittings.
E. Condensate Drain Lines: Shall be Type "M" hard drawn copper
tubing and wrought copper fittings.
15050 -1
i :;�fs
0 0 C - 2424
ra 9
F.
Roof and Overflow drain Downspouts and Leaders; Shall be
service weight, coated, cast iron hubless pipe and fittings'
with stainless steel mechanical compressor couplings
2.2
UNIONS, FLANGES AND GASKEIE: unions 2" and smaller shall be 150
pound screwed black malleable iron with bronze to ix on seat ASTM A338.
Flanges 2 -1/2" and larger shall be 150 pound forged steel raised
face weld neck AM A181 GR I with 1/16" thick oanpressed asbestos
gasket, Johns- Manville JM60 and carbon steel bolts, ASTM A307.
2.3
MATERIALS FOR JOINM:
A.
Thread "Tyte- Unyte" for general use and Acorn No. 3500
OO C ew
B.
Solder:
1. Water Piping: Kniler "Streamline" No. 95.
2.4
aamcOTS: cleanouts on cast iron soil pipe shall be iron body
with extra -heavy bronze plugs screwed into calking ferrules.
For steel pipe, cleanouts shall be extra-heavy bronze plugs, and
for vitrified clay pipe, vitrified clay plugs. Where cleanouts
occur in finished interior walls provide plates and frames for flush
mounting. Exposed parts of floor cleanouts in finished roans shall
be diamxid thread, nonslip polished nickel bronze, and in
unfinished roams and outside paved areas, cast iron. Floor cleancuts
shall have adjustable watertight top. Cleanouts shall be equal
to the fallowing.
A.
Interior:
1. Plastered wall type for cast iron pipe: Smith No. 4765 prime
coated.
2. Tile wall type for cast iron pipe: Smith No. 4760 stainless
steel.
3. Wall type for steel pipe: Smith No. 4470.
4. Floor level type in finished mans: Smith No. 4023.
2.5
VALVES: Valves shall be crane Company of following numbers (except
as noted) or equivalent by comparator chart of approved manufacturer.
All valves shall be gate type unless otherwise noted or specified.
Valves shall be chain operated when so indicated.
A.
Gate Valves - 2 -1/2" and Smaller:
1. Water: No. 428 or Nibco No. T-12.
15050 -2
ra 9
B. Glove Valves:
1. 2 -1/2" and Smaller: No. 7 with No. 6 Disc or Niboo No.
T- 235 -YW, and No. 17 or Niboo No. T- 335 -Yw.
i
2.6
SPECIALTIES:
A.
Hosebibbs:
1. Inside: Acorn 8121 with vacuum breaker chrome plated.
2. Outside Free Standing: Acorn 8131 with vacuum breaker on
8" high, 3/4" brass pipe riser set in concrete or roof anchoring
device.
B.
Relief Valves:
1. Relief Valves 2 -1/2" and Smaller: Farris Engineering Corporation
Type 1875, or approved equal, with male inlet, female side
outlet, bronze, portable, pop - safety type.
2.7
AOCESS BOXES AND PANELS: Access'bmaes in outside areas for
general service are open bottom concrete bones with concrete or
cast iron frames and covers.
A.
Access Panels in Walls: Smith No. 4765 AM for plastered walls.
MeM access door and frame of suitable size.
"H"
B.
Access Panels in Plaster Ceil' Style Milcor steel access
door with pruning and screwdriver operated latch.
tC.
Access Panels in Tile Walls: Smith No. 4762 AM cover and frame
of suitable size for purpose intended, but in no case shall the
opening be less than 8" x 8 ".
2.8
SANITARY VENT FIASIINCS: Semoo Figure 1100 -3 or Figure 1100 -5
with one piece lead flashing, counter- flashing'sdseve and
vandalproof vent top.
2.9
FLOOR, WALL, AND CEILTNG PLATES: Beaton and Cadaell No. 10
polished chrame plated steel flange with locking device.
15050 -3
i
i
-c+
2.10
SCIUND AND FSF,CTRDLYSIS ISOLATION: Semco "Trisolators" of size
as required.
2.11
DIELECTRIC UNICNS: Maloney Company nut type or flange type union with
insulators and gasket to suit service requirements.
2.12
SHEET METAL: .Galvanized iron or steel coating shall be as a miniman
1.25 ounces per square foot, and shall conform to specifications
for_zino-coated galvanized iron or steel sheets, AS'iM A93.
Stainless steel shall be iron chranium bearing sheet metal, ASI1 A167:
2.13
FLEXIBLE DUCT CCNNWrICNS: Vent Fabrics, Inc., flexible connections
of asbestos or glass fabric to prevent transmission of vibration
through ducts shall be installed on supply and return sides of fans
and air conditioning units, and as shown elsewhere. Cloth used for
flexible connections shall be of proper weight (minimum 20-ounce),
,
and strength for service required, and shall be flame resistant.
Connections exposed to weather ele mots shall be o mpletely
weatherproofed. Flexible oamuecticos shall be .a minimum of 6
incises long (exposed fabric) .
2.14
FIRE DAMPERS: Dampers shall be an approved type conplying with the
construction requirements as specified in NFPA Pamphlet No. 9A.
Fire dampers shall be U.L. listed and located where shave, and as
required in accordance with Factory Manual Handbook of Industrial
Loss Prevention, Chapter 5. As a minimum, dampers shall be 14
gage steel maltiblade parallel type installed in 10 gage steel
sleeves. Blades shall not be larger than 8- inches in height.
Dampers shall be provided with fusible links and catches.
Access doors shall be provided at each damper.
2.15
VOLLM DAMPERS: Dampers shall be constructed of sheet m_tal..two
gages minunum heavier than the ducts to which they are attached.
Pods shall be 3J8 -inch cold drawn steel and bearings shall be
precision machined bronze, sleeve type. Dampers shall be installed
as indicated or as required for volume control of air balancing.
Dampers shall be multi -leaf, opposed blade type with a maximum
blade width of 12 inches. Two or more blades shall be used when
the blade width is more than 12 inches. Blades shall pivot on
r
center for balanced operation. Damper regulators shall be provided
for fixed dampers and shall be Farr Trim -Lok Model 100 or 109, set
out to clear insulation thickness.
2.16
INSULAmm: insulation shall be Owens- Corning Fiberglas or
acceptable equal as follows.
A.
Plumbing Interior Domestic Hot Water Lines:
As indicated on the drawings.
�i
15050 -4
i
-c+
Professional & •chnical Building • Contract No. 02424
ISECTION_ 16010___ELECTRICAL. GENERAL_ PROVISIONS
work called for in detail on plans or by reference in
specifications and incidental to work and necessary for the
complete installation and proper operation of the
Part 1.UU - General
work described herein, or
i.Ul SCOPE OF WORD::
The work of this division shall include all labor,
materials and equipment required for the electrical
herewith,
installation for the project as shown on the plans and as
y
hereinafter specified, including all requested extras
plans or
authorized by the Owner and /or his representative and
The following brief
except as otherwise distinctly specified herein, shall be
the intent shall be construed to mean that all conduit and
complete and ready for use.
systems required
wiring systems, equipment and fixtures shall be complete
1.02 INTENT:
work called for in detail on plans or by reference in
specifications and incidental to work and necessary for the
complete installation and proper operation of the
Mention herein or indication on the drawings of articles,
work described herein, or
materials, operations or methods requires that the
Contractor provide each item mentioned or indicated, of a
herewith,
quality subject to qualifications noted; perform each
operation prescribed according to conditions stated or to
Utility company service charges.
the best practice of the trade; provide therefor all
plans or
necessary labor, equipment and incidentals. Furthermore,
The following brief
the intent shall be construed to mean that all conduit and
denotes
systems required
wiring systems, equipment and fixtures shall be complete
and left in operating condition unless specifically shown
or indicated in either the plans or specifications.
D.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED:
The principal items of work to be furnished and installed
switches and feeders for power and lighting.
under this Contract and division are listed and shall not
be considered as a complete list of work. All items of
work called for in detail on plans or by reference in
specifications and incidental to work and necessary for the
complete installation and proper operation of the
electrical
work described herein, or
reasonably implied in
connection
herewith,
shall be furnished as if called for in
Utility company service charges.
detail on
plans or
specifications.
The following brief
description
denotes
systems required
and items of wort: as
indicated.
D.
A.
Service equipment conduits, wires and metering
facilities to comply with utility company requirements.
H.
Utility company service charges.
C.
Lighting and power branch circuit wiring including
outlets, devices, equipment and materials required for
a complete installation.
D.
Switchboards, panelboards, starters, contactors, time
switches and feeders for power and lighting.
Electrical
- General Provisions 16010 - 1
Protessional & •chnical Building • Contract No. 02424
E. Lighting fixtures complete with all supports, lamps and
tubes.
Electrical - General Provisions 16010 - 2 `
3
F.
Line voltage wiring and connections to electrical
1.05 REFERENCE SYMBOLS:
equipment furnished under other sections. Provide
cordance with the legend shown on the Electrical Drawings.
outlets, _junction boxes, switches and other devices to
1.06 CODES AND STANDARDS:
make a complete installation.
G.
Telephone service conduit. Conduits, raceways.
the responsibility of the successful bidder to bid in
terminal boards cabinets and outlets for telephone
the above mentioned rules, even though the work, is not
system. Comply with Telephone Company requirements.
shown on the drawings or mentioned in the specifications.
H.
Connection of electrically operated equipment furnished
shall apply. Nothing in the plans or specifications is
by others.
deemed as authority to violate any ordinance. Violations
I.
Emergency light units.
J.
Excavation, backfill and concrete work required to
construction shall comply with the following:
complete items in this Section.
K.
Shop drawings, equipment data and record drawings.
L.
Cleaning, patching and repairing.
M.
Tests inspections.
and
N.
Perform all miscellaneous work required for the
completion of electrical work.
1.04 WORK
NOT INCLUDED:
1
A.
Public telephone wiring or instruments.
Electrical - General Provisions 16010 - 2 `
3
B. Low voltage control wiring.
1.05 REFERENCE SYMBOLS:
Electrical plan and diagram reference symbols are in ac-
cordance with the legend shown on the Electrical Drawings.
1.06 CODES AND STANDARDS:
All work and material shall be in full accordance with all
applicable codes and governing authorities. It shall be
the responsibility of the successful bidder to bid in
accordance with these rules, and thereafter to comply with
the above mentioned rules, even though the work, is not
shown on the drawings or mentioned in the specifications.
Due to conflict between requirements, the most restrictive
shall apply. Nothing in the plans or specifications is
deemed as authority to violate any ordinance. Violations
shown on the plans shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect before any work is done. As a minimi.im,
construction shall comply with the following:
Electrical - General Provisions 16010 - 2 `
3
iI Professional & •chnical Building • Contract No. C2424
A.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
National Electrical Code (NEC) 1978 Edition
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
California Administrative Code, Title 8, Chapter 4,
Subchapter 5
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)
IH
1.09 TEMPORARY POWER:
Temporary power shall be provided as indicated in Section
01510 of these Specifications.
i.10 PERMANENT POWER:
The Contractor shall apply for service and coordinate
"turn -on" power.
Electrical - General Provisions 16010 -
1.07 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS:
The Contractor shall apply and pay for all necessary
permits and licenses as required for the execution of his
work and shall arrange and pay for all required tests and
inspections and give all notices required by laws, rules
and regulations and ordinances pertaining to the electrical
installation.
1.08 DRAWINGS:
A. The structural, architectural, electrical and
mechanical drawings form a part of the wort: to be done
under this section, and the work shall be executed in
accordance with these drawings and any detail scale
drawing which may be furnished by the Architect during
the progress of the work.
B. The Contractor shall visit the site and verify the
exact conditions relating to his work and shall obtain
such information as may be necessary to present a
conclusive bid. No allowance shall be made for any
extra expense due to failure of the Contractor to male
such a visit.
C. The Contractor shall carefully examine each of the
electrical, mechanical, structural and architectural
drawings and the site. By submitting a proposal for
the work included in this contract, the Contractor
shall be deemed to have made such study and examination
and that he is familiar with and accepts all conditions
on the job site.
IH
1.09 TEMPORARY POWER:
Temporary power shall be provided as indicated in Section
01510 of these Specifications.
i.10 PERMANENT POWER:
The Contractor shall apply for service and coordinate
"turn -on" power.
Electrical - General Provisions 16010 -
i
I.
Professional & ochnical Building . Contract No. 02424
1.11 COORDINATION:
Coordinate construction with other crafts and provide
required line voltage connection to electrical equipment
installed by others. Review drawings of other trades to
insure construction of complete and operable systems.
1.12 CLEANING:
Cleaning shall be done as the work. progresses and the
premises shall be kept as clean as practicable. At the
completion of work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean
all fixtures, apparatus and equipment. All dirt and
rubbish shall be removed and dirt, paint, or grease spots
on walls, ceilings, floors or other equipment shall be
cleaned. At completion, the premises shall be left in
first class condition. All scratched or damaged materials
shall be replaced or refinished to the satisfaction of the
Architect.
1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS:
The Contractor shall obtain from the Architect, and keep
available an up -to -date two sets of accurately dimensioned
blueprints showing all work that is installed differently
than shown on the original drawings. At completion and
before acceptance of the wort: by the Engineer, record
drawings shall be signed and dated by the Electrical
Contractor. The following information shall be shown:
A. All conduit runs and circuits actually installed.
B. Indicate on prints all change orders made during
construction.
C. Locate by dimensions underground conduits, pullboxes,
etc.
1.14 GUARANTEE:
The Contractor shall guarantee in writing all work under
this contract to be free from defects of workmanship and
materials (except lamp bulbs and tubes). The entire
electrical installation under this contract shall be
complete and guaranteed against defective materials and /or
improper workmanship, for a period of one (1) year from the
date of final acceptance and during the period covered by
this guarantee, replacements and repairs shall be made at
no cost to the Owner.
Electrical - General Provisions
16010 - 4
,I
1.16 TESTS:
A. The Contractor shall make all tests required by
authorities having jurisdiction. Additional tests as
deemed necessary by the Architect shall be made
including the continuity of wiring, improper grounds,
short circuits, and the operation of all equipment
furnished and installed to demonstrate that they are
properly installed and function in the manner required.
B. Failures shall be corrected in a manner satisfactory to
the Architect. The Contractor shall furnish all
necessary testing equipment and pay all costs of tests
including all replacement parts and labor necessary due
to damage resulting from damaged equipment or from test
and correction of faulty installation.
1.17 LOCATIONS OR EQUIPMENT AND OUTLETS:
A. The general arrangement of panelboards, outlets, and
other equipment, as shown on the plans, is diagrammatic
and approximately correct as to locations. Where minor
changes are required because of structural conditions
or for the convenience of the Owner, such changes shall
be made without additional expense to the Owner. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the accurate
location of all panelboards, outlets, etc., with
respect to equipment, doors, partitions, cabinets and
the finished work of others.
B. The Contractor shall check work under this section for
interference with work under other contracts, and shall
cooperate in locating equipment so as to avoid all such
interferences, and shall organize this work to
harmonize with the work of other trades, so that all
work may proceed as expeditiously as possible.
Electrical - General Provisions 16010 - 5
(o
Professional 8 <�chnical building • Contract No. 02424
1.15 WORKMANSHIP:
A. The Contractor shall personally, or through an
authorized representative, constantly supervise the
work, and shall insofar as possible keep the same
foreman and workmen on the job from commencement to
completion. The workmanship of the entire job must be
in every way first class, and only experienced and
competent workmen will be allowed on the job. The
Owner reserves the right to ask for the withdrawl of
any workman who does not do satisfactory work.
B. The contractor shall cooperate with all other trades
and avoid conflicts in locating outlets and materials.
All electrical work shall be scheduled to correspond
with the general construction of the building.
,I
1.16 TESTS:
A. The Contractor shall make all tests required by
authorities having jurisdiction. Additional tests as
deemed necessary by the Architect shall be made
including the continuity of wiring, improper grounds,
short circuits, and the operation of all equipment
furnished and installed to demonstrate that they are
properly installed and function in the manner required.
B. Failures shall be corrected in a manner satisfactory to
the Architect. The Contractor shall furnish all
necessary testing equipment and pay all costs of tests
including all replacement parts and labor necessary due
to damage resulting from damaged equipment or from test
and correction of faulty installation.
1.17 LOCATIONS OR EQUIPMENT AND OUTLETS:
A. The general arrangement of panelboards, outlets, and
other equipment, as shown on the plans, is diagrammatic
and approximately correct as to locations. Where minor
changes are required because of structural conditions
or for the convenience of the Owner, such changes shall
be made without additional expense to the Owner. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the accurate
location of all panelboards, outlets, etc., with
respect to equipment, doors, partitions, cabinets and
the finished work of others.
B. The Contractor shall check work under this section for
interference with work under other contracts, and shall
cooperate in locating equipment so as to avoid all such
interferences, and shall organize this work to
harmonize with the work of other trades, so that all
work may proceed as expeditiously as possible.
Electrical - General Provisions 16010 - 5
(o
Professional 8< �hnical Building • Contract No. C2424
Coordinate the wort:: of installing built. -in work.
attaching items to building, and cutting and patching.
1.16 SAFETY:
A. The Contractor shall be solely and completely
responsible for condition of the premises on which the
work is performed and for safety of all persons and
property on the site during performance of the
contract. This requirement shall not be limited to
normal working hours, but shall apply continuously.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall conform with all
governing safety regulations.
1.19 START -UP:
The Contractor shall provide an electrician during the
start -up of all motors and electrical equipment who is
familiar with the installation and will verify that all
work is properly installed and in proper working order.
The Electrical Contractor shall instruct the Owner's
personnel in the operation of each item of equipment and
the location of all equipment and controls. The Electrical
Contractor shall be responsible for the operation of all
switchboards, motor control centers and equipment.
Part_2_00___Pr9ducts
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. All electrical equipment and materials supplied by the
Contractor for the electrical wort: herein specified
shall be new and suited for the intended installation.
All equipment shall comply with the requirements of the
Underwriters' Laboratories and bear the label of
approval. Where subject to such approval they shall
comply with the ANSI, IEEE, and NEMA standards. The
Architect reserves the right to reject any materials,
which in his opinion, are not in compliance with this
specification, either before or after installation.
All electrical equipment and materials shall be of the
type or make specified and no substitution will be
approved without prior written approval of the
Architect. All similar materials shall be made by the
same manufacturer.
B. Materials and equipment that are described by catalog
number indicate quality and type. Items so named shall
comply as to details, layout and schedules as indicated
on plans.
,1
# 7 Electrical - General Provisions 1601,. - 6
stating the reasons for substitution and the amount to
be deducted or added to the bid if the substitution is
allowed. The Architect may accept or reject any of the
alternate items.
2.03 SUBMITTALS:
Professional 8<orchnical Building Contract No. C2424
1
•
C. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premise,-
•
all materials condemned by the Architect, whether or
for all items of equipment and six sets of brochures of
not they are incorporated in the wort,. The Electrical
Contractor shall promptly replace and re- execute his
own work:, in accordance with the contract, without
expense to the Owner, and shall bear the expense of
put into manufacture until these drawings are approved.
making good all work of other contractors damaged by
such removal or replacement.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS:
materials, finishes, ratings and dimensions.
A. The Base Bid shall include material as specified
without exception_
B. For any proposed substitution, complete descriptive,
Where current limiting fuse devices are specified,
technical and cost comparison data and test reports
shall be submitted for approval. No substitute items
shall be furnished or installed without written
protect equipment.
approval at the time of contract signing. The
C.
Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any additional
engineering charges and for any charges for changes in
the wort: of other trades resulting from substitutions.
Proposed substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Form,
stating the reasons for substitution and the amount to
be deducted or added to the bid if the substitution is
allowed. The Architect may accept or reject any of the
alternate items.
2.03 SUBMITTALS:
A.
The Contractor shall submit to the Architect, for
written approval, sir, sets of detailed shop drawings
•
for all items of equipment and six sets of brochures of
all light fixtures. No equipment shall be ordered or
put into manufacture until these drawings are approved.
The shop drawings shall be pictorial and shall indicate
materials, finishes, ratings and dimensions.
B.
Where current limiting fuse devices are specified,
submit technical data to indicate fuses adequately
protect equipment.
C.
The Contractor shall check, correct and indicate
approval of shop drawings prior to submission to the
Architect. The Contractor shall verify dimensions of
equipment and be satisfied as to correctness prior to
submission for approval. If the shop drawings show
variations from the contract requirements, the Contrac-
tor shall make specific mention of such variations in
order that suitable action may be taken. The Contrac-
tor will not be relieved of the responsibility for
executing the wort; in accordance with the Contract,
even though the shop drawings have been approved.
1
END OF SECTION 16010
�as
Electrical
- General Provisions 16010 - 7*
I
Professional & Ochnical Building Contract No. C2424
SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL - BASIC MAI "ERIALS; AND METHODS
I
Part 1.00 - General
1.01 DESCRIPTION
All basic electrical materials required for a complete and
operable electrical system shall be furnished and installed
by the Contractor.
1.42 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Materials shall be new and delivered in unopened
containers as packed by the manufacturer.
B. Where an approval standard exists, materials shall be
approved by a testing laboratory recognized by the code
enforcing authority. The materials or the packaging
shall bear the approval label or printed or stamped
endorsement.
C. Materials shall be manufactured in accordance with the
following standards or specifications as applicable.
1. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY, INC.
#50 Cabinets and Boxes
01 Flexible Steel Conduit
#6 Rigid Metallic Conduit
#651 Rigid Non - Metallic Conduit
#797 Electrical Metallic 'Tubing
#514 Outlet Bores and Fittings
#363 h:nife Switches
#20 Snap Switches
#486 Wire Connectors
#83 Thermoplastic - insulated Wire
#870 Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters
2. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION:
I
,1
I
*WC-5 Thermoplastic - insulated Wire
#WD -1 General Purpose Wiring Devices
#TC -6 Underground Plastic Utilities Duct
#OS -1 Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes
1.03 WATERPROOFING:
All electrical work on exterior of building wall, roof,
etc., or wort: piercing any waterproofed areas, shall be
installed in an approved manner. All work piercing roof
shall be flashed and sealed, using a flanged sheet metal
roof ,jack.
t cy Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 1
1 I Professional & &chnical Building • Contract No. C2424
heavy - weight type, Schedule #40, Underwriters approved,
complete with P.V.C. fittings. Connections, bending,
cutting and installation shall be as recommended by the
Imanufacturer.
2.02 FITTINGS AND BOXES:
Part_ 2.00
- Products
knockout type or
2.01 CONDUIT:
cast iron
A.
Conduit shall comply with the requirements of the
shall
Underwriters' Laboratories and shall be delivered to
sherardized. All
the site in standard lengths with each length bearing
shall be of proper code size
for the number of
the manufacturers' trademark or stamp and the UL label
wires or
conduits passing through or
of approval. Where conduit is mentioned in this
in, but
specification, this shall be interpreted as rigid,
less than 4" square
standard weight steel conduit. Electrical metallic
tubing, polyvinyl - chloride, or flexible metallic
conduit shall be used only where specified herein or
noted on the drawings.
B.
Rigid steel conduit shall be zinc coated on the
exterior and may be zinc or enamel on the interior.
Couplings and locknuts, etc., shall be hot - dipped
galvanized or sherardized. All couplings, etc., shall
be of the threaded type only.
C.
Bushings for standard weight rigid steel conduit shall
be non - metallic for 1" and smaller. For conduits 1 -1i4"
and larger, insulated metallic bushings shall be used.
D.
Electrical metallic tubing shall be galvanized or
sherardized. Couplings and connectors shall be
galvanized or cadmium plated and shall be of the water-
,
tight compression type. No set screw fittings will be
accepted.
E.
Flexible metallic conduit shall be hot- dipped
galvanized steel and shall have all fittings hot - dipped
galvanized or sherardized.
F.
Neoprene jacketed flexible metallic conduit and
connectors shall be used in all moist or weatherproof
applications.
G.
Polyvinyl- chloride (P.V.C.) conduit shall be rigid
heavy - weight type, Schedule #40, Underwriters approved,
complete with P.V.C. fittings. Connections, bending,
cutting and installation shall be as recommended by the
Imanufacturer.
2.02 FITTINGS AND BOXES:
Iunless specifically noted as smaller on the drawings.
O Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 2
A. Outlet
boxes shall be pressed steel
knockout type or
cast iron
with drilled, tapped and
plugged holes, and
shall
be hot - dipped galvanized or
sherardized. All
boxes
shall be of proper code size
for the number of
wires or
conduits passing through or
terminating there-
in, but
in no case shall any box be
less than 4" square
Iunless specifically noted as smaller on the drawings.
O Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 2
Professional & Ochnical Building i Contract No. C2424
31 Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 -
Covers shall be of the type most suitable for the
fixtures or devices used at the outlets, and shall
for the various outlets shall be as follows:
finish flush with plaster or other finished surface.
1.
Approved factory made knockout seals shall be used in
all boxes where knockouts are not intact. Poxes in
1 -1/2" deep, equipped with plaster ring and fixture
concrete shall be a type which will allow the placing
of conduit without displacing the reinforcing bars.
P. Outlet boxes shall be used as pullboxes wherever
installed.
possible, and or pullboxes shall be installed
'
,junction
only as required by the drawings or specifications, or
as directed.
31 Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 -
C. Unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings,
bones
for the various outlets shall be as follows:
D. All outlet boxes shall be accurately placed and
1.
For light outlet boxes use minimum of 4" square,
conduit. The plaster ring shall be set flush with the
1 -1/2" deep, equipped with plaster ring and fixture
finished surface of the ceiling or wall. Hangers shall
supporting device as required by the unit
Hangers for lighting fixture outlets shall have
installed.
adjustable studs.
'
E. Where carpeting occurs, all floor boxes shall be
2
For wall switch outlets, use 4" boxes with single
F. Pullboxes shall be sized as indicated on the drawings
or two gang plaster rings for one or two switches
required by the governing code.
and solid gang boxes with gang plaster rings for
more than two switches, unless noted otherwise on
the drawings.
3.
For convenience outlets, use 4" boxes with single
gang plaster ring.
4.
For public telephone outlets, use 4" square boxes
with single gang plaster rings.
S.
For outlets not specified, use bores and mounting
heights as directed.
31 Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 -
6. Cast iron floor boxes shall be watertight.
adjustable flanged round units.
D. All outlet boxes shall be accurately placed and
securely fastened to the structure independent of the
conduit. The plaster ring shall be set flush with the
finished surface of the ceiling or wall. Hangers shall
be used to support outlet bons in all ceilings.
Hangers for lighting fixture outlets shall have
adjustable studs.
'
E. Where carpeting occurs, all floor boxes shall be
complete with carpet flanges.
F. Pullboxes shall be sized as indicated on the drawings
and in no case of less size or material thickness than
required by the governing code.
31 Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 -
2.03 WIRE AND CABLE:
A. All wire and cable shall be standard copper rated for
not less than 600 volts and shall bear the Underwriters
Label. It shall be of recent manufacture and delivered
to the job site in original unbroken packages or reels.
Minimum wire size shall be No. 12, except for control
and communications. Conductors shall be type THWN, or
THHN. Conductors in conduits on roof or where exposed
to the sun shall be type THWN. Wire installed within
fluorescent fixtures shall be type AVA or THHN.
Aluminum conductors shall not be installed.
B. No. a and larger sizes shall be stranded.
C. Wiring at panelboards, switchboards and terminal
cabinets shall be neatly formed. laced and tagged. All
connections shall be made without strain.
D. Conductor splices and taps of #10 AWG and smaller shall
be made with spring connectors such as "Scotchlok" by
3M. Conductor splices of #8 AWG and larger shall be
made with splitbolt connectors such as Burndy "Servit ".
E. Uninsulated fittings shall be double wrapped with
"Scotch" #33 all- weather vinyl plastic electrical tape.
F. Oil or grease shall not be used when pulling conductors
Approved cable lubricants only shall be used.
G. Tighten pressure type lug terminations, and then
retighten 24 hours later.
H. Feeders and mains shall be tagged in the main
switchboard.
2.04 WIRING DEVICES:
A. Wall switches for incandescent and fluorescent loads
shall be A.C. rated, 15 amp, 120/277 volts, Hubbell No.
1201 -I, R.H. & H. No. 1891 -I, or approved equal.
Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 4
Professional
°v. �hnical Building Contract. No.
C2424
1.
General purpose sheet steel pullboxes shall
be
�
installed only in dry protected locations and
have
removable screw covers.
2.
Weatherproof sheet steel pullboxes shall
be
fabricated of code gauge hot -dip galvanized
steel
with a gasketed weather -tight cover of
same
material.
3.
Cast metal pullboxes shall be furnished
with
gasketed screw cover and necessary drilled
and
tapped conduit entries.
2.03 WIRE AND CABLE:
A. All wire and cable shall be standard copper rated for
not less than 600 volts and shall bear the Underwriters
Label. It shall be of recent manufacture and delivered
to the job site in original unbroken packages or reels.
Minimum wire size shall be No. 12, except for control
and communications. Conductors shall be type THWN, or
THHN. Conductors in conduits on roof or where exposed
to the sun shall be type THWN. Wire installed within
fluorescent fixtures shall be type AVA or THHN.
Aluminum conductors shall not be installed.
B. No. a and larger sizes shall be stranded.
C. Wiring at panelboards, switchboards and terminal
cabinets shall be neatly formed. laced and tagged. All
connections shall be made without strain.
D. Conductor splices and taps of #10 AWG and smaller shall
be made with spring connectors such as "Scotchlok" by
3M. Conductor splices of #8 AWG and larger shall be
made with splitbolt connectors such as Burndy "Servit ".
E. Uninsulated fittings shall be double wrapped with
"Scotch" #33 all- weather vinyl plastic electrical tape.
F. Oil or grease shall not be used when pulling conductors
Approved cable lubricants only shall be used.
G. Tighten pressure type lug terminations, and then
retighten 24 hours later.
H. Feeders and mains shall be tagged in the main
switchboard.
2.04 WIRING DEVICES:
A. Wall switches for incandescent and fluorescent loads
shall be A.C. rated, 15 amp, 120/277 volts, Hubbell No.
1201 -I, R.H. & H. No. 1891 -I, or approved equal.
Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 4
Professional & 0chnical Buil.dinq Contract No. C2424
I
The Contractor shall excavate all trenches for installation
of electrical. work. Backfill material shall be free of
large stones and debris and shall be compacted to at least
90% maximum density. The Contractor shall provide shoring
during excavation to comply with the requirements of the
California Industrial Safety Orders and adequate to confine
the earth under the structure.
I
c..Asctrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 5
133
B. Wall receptacles shall be duplex, 3 wire grounding, 15
amp,125 volts, specification grade, Hubbell No. 5262 -I,
A. H. & H. No. 5262 -I or approved equal.
C. Cover plates shall be plastic, color to match wall .
color scheme. Cover plates in rest rooms shall. be
0.(.)40 stainless steel. Cover plates in unfinished
areas shall be galvanized steel.
2.05
TIME SWITCHES:
Time switches controlling outside lights shall be Astro-
Dial type with skip -a -day features and spring wound carry-
over. Time switches shall be Paragon, Intermatic or T'ork.
2.06
NAMEPLATES:
Provide nameplates on all panels, switchboards and motor
control centers. Nameplates shall be engraved micarta
(white on black) attached with mechanical fasteners. All
circuit breakers and other devices in switchboards and
motor control centers shall be identified. Provide
nameplate indicating the load controlled on all
switchboards controlling remotely located equipment.
Part
3.00 --Execution
3.01
TRENCHING:
A. Trenching shall be dug to provide for a minimum of 18"
cover of earth over conduits containing less than 600
volt circuits. Buried depth shall be measured after
final grading and landscaping.
B. A 4" or greater concrete slab over the underground duct
shall be considered adequate in meeting this
requirement.
C. Where power and comunications share a common trench, a
minimum separation of 12" shall be maintained.
3.02
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL:
The Contractor shall excavate all trenches for installation
of electrical. work. Backfill material shall be free of
large stones and debris and shall be compacted to at least
90% maximum density. The Contractor shall provide shoring
during excavation to comply with the requirements of the
California Industrial Safety Orders and adequate to confine
the earth under the structure.
I
c..Asctrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 5
133
above furred ceilings and in stud walls.
D. Flexible steel conduit may be used only in wood stud
partitions, movable partitions, and where indicated on
drawings and in other locations as permitted by code
and with approval of the Engineer. Flexible metallic
conduit shall be used for short motor connections and
connections to recessed fixtures. Sealtite flexible
conduit used for final connections to motors and in
wet, damp or outdoor areas where drawings indicate the
use of flexible conduit. The flexible steel conduit
and all fittings shall be galvanized and shall give a
positive continuity to ground.
E. P.V.G. heavy wall, Schedule #40 conduit shall be used
where placed underground, in concrete, in brick or
masonry construction. When installed under slabs on
grade, the conduits separated by a minimum of 3"
between identical systems and 12" between power and
signal system. Rigid steel conduit (concrete encased)
shall be used for all bends and risers. Contractor
shall have the option of using P.V.C. coated steel
risers in lieu of concrete encased risers. Branch
circuit runs of P.V.C. conduit runs (not feeder runs)
shall be installed below floor slabs without concrete
encasement.
3y Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 6
Professional & Or_hnica.l building • Contract No. 02424
3.03 CONDUIT" INSTALLATION:
A. The sizes of the conduits for the various circuits
shall be as indicated on the drawings and as required
by code for the size and number of conductors to be
pulled therein. Open ends shall be capped with
approved manufactured conduit seals as soon as
installed and kept capped until ready to pull
conductors. Where running thread connections are
necessary, only approved manufactured conduit unions
shall be used. No bends or offsets will be permitted
unless absolutely necessary. Conduits to be concealed
except as noted otherwise.
B. Rigid steel conduit to be used where subject to
mechanical injury such as exposed conduit in mechanical
or work rooms. Rigid steel conduit may be used in
concrete, brick or masonry wall. Conduits installed in
wet or exposed locations in concrete shall have threads
.
filled with red lead. Rigid steel conduit shall be used
for all overhead feeders larger than 2" trade size.
C. Electrical metallic tubing up to and including 2" may
be only used where exposed to view at least 8' above
the floor and not subject to mechanical damage. EMT
may also be used in dry concealed locations such as
above furred ceilings and in stud walls.
D. Flexible steel conduit may be used only in wood stud
partitions, movable partitions, and where indicated on
drawings and in other locations as permitted by code
and with approval of the Engineer. Flexible metallic
conduit shall be used for short motor connections and
connections to recessed fixtures. Sealtite flexible
conduit used for final connections to motors and in
wet, damp or outdoor areas where drawings indicate the
use of flexible conduit. The flexible steel conduit
and all fittings shall be galvanized and shall give a
positive continuity to ground.
E. P.V.G. heavy wall, Schedule #40 conduit shall be used
where placed underground, in concrete, in brick or
masonry construction. When installed under slabs on
grade, the conduits separated by a minimum of 3"
between identical systems and 12" between power and
signal system. Rigid steel conduit (concrete encased)
shall be used for all bends and risers. Contractor
shall have the option of using P.V.C. coated steel
risers in lieu of concrete encased risers. Branch
circuit runs of P.V.C. conduit runs (not feeder runs)
shall be installed below floor slabs without concrete
encasement.
3y Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 6
IProfessional
&111&chnical Building •
Contract No. C2424
t35- Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 7
F.
All underground runs (except P.V.C. branch runs under
slab) shall be encased with a minimum envelope of
concrete. Risers and bends at both ends of any non-
'
metallic conduit shall be rigid steel of same .size.
Conduits shall be securely fastened in place so that
absolutely no shifting will occur during placing of
concrete encasement. All runs of non - metallic conduit
shall have proper size ground wire installed therein as
required and all boxes, cabinets, etc., shall be
properly grounded with this ground wire.
G.
Conduit shall be concealed, unless otherwise indicated.
All conduit runs exposed to view shall be installed
parallel, or at right angles to structural members,
walls or lines of the building.
H.
Conduits throughout the work shall be securely and
rigidly supported and fastened in place with supports
spaced not more than 101 apart, and with a support
provided not more that 3' from any outlet or bend.
I.
Conduit over metal channel, lath and plaster ceilings
shall be securely tied to the furring channels with 7116
gauge galvanized wire ties spaced not over 4' apart.
J.
Conduit placed against concrete above ground shall be
fastened to the concrete with pipe straps or one -screw
conduit clamps attached to the concrete by means to
expansion screw anchors and screws.
K.
Conduits which are installed at this time and left
empty for future use shall have a 1/8" diameter
polyvinyl rope left in place for future use.
L.
Where conduits larger that 1 -1/2" are installed,
support with pipe clamps either suspended from
structure with a rod at least 3/8" diameter with
adjustable end and pipe rings, or mounted on wall from
Unistrut supports. Attachment inserts in concrete or
"Red Heads" shields. Where two or more conduits 1 -1/2"
or larger are suspended from structure, use trapeze
type hanger from rods. Contractor shall-not use
"caddy" clips for suspension of conduit.
M.
Branch circuit conduits turned up from floor into
interior non - masonry partitions or to equipment not
adjacent to exterior or masonry wall shall terminate in
flush cqupling_at_floor and then e>:tend into_eartition
ar_to eguipment_
N.
Rigid or electrical metallic tubing shall not be
strapped or fastened to equipment subject to vibration
or mounted on shock absorbing bases. Refer to
I
paragraphs pertaining to vibration.
t35- Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 7
Professional &rchnical Building • Contract No. C2424
O. Insulating bushings of the molded canvas bakelite type
shall be used For conduits containing #4 AWG wire or
larger where entering pullboxes, junction boxes,
cabinets and similar enclosures.
P. Expansion and deflection fittings with binding jumpers
shall be used where two rigidly supported conduits may
move in relation to each other, such as expansion or
seismic joint crossings.
0. From each panel which is flush mounted in a wall, stub
from top of panel a minimum of two 3/4" conduits to the
nearest ceiling space or other accessible locations and
cap for future use.
R. Independently support conduit rising from floor for
motor connection if over 24" above floor. Support
shall not be to a motor or duct work which may transmit
vibrations.
S. Re -route conduit where necessary to clear structural
and mechanical obstructions.
T. Where storm drains, sewer lines and other gravity lines
are to be crossed by conduits, elevations of conduits
shall be put at a proper depth so that there will be no
conflict with storm drains, sewer lines, etc. It shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove and
reconstruct the conduit runs as required, and all costs
in connections with such removal and relocation shall
be borne by the Contractor.
3.04 CHASES, SLEEVES, CUTTING AND PATCHING:
The Contractor shall be responsible for proper locations
and sixes of all required openings, sleeves, cutting holes
in the building structure to accomodate his work. The
requirements for sleeves, chases, etc., information shall
be given in advance to the General Contractor. If the
Electrical Contractor neglects to furnish these
requirements and delays the construction, the additional
cost shall be paid for by the Electrical Contractor. When
cutting is required to install electrical equipment, it
shall be done by methods which will not damage the
structure. All cutting shall be subject to prior approval
by the Architect. Any damaged finished surfaces shall be
repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect.
3.05 GROUNDING:
The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete
grounding system in accordance with the National Electrical
Code, the State of California and all local authorities
I
having jurisdiction.
3,m
Electrical - basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 8
IProfessional & 0chnical building • Contract. No. C2424
A. The grounding system shall consist of connection to
underground metallic cold water pipe not less than 10'
long effectively grounded and Ufer ground. Ground
clamps shall be approved types. The interior metallic
cold water piping system shall always be bonded to the
service- equipment ground.
IEND OF SECTION 16050
i
Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 4*
V7
B.
Where non - metallic conduit is installed, a green
insulated copper ground wire sized in accordance with
the code shall be installed. Conduit size shall be
increased to conform to the code.
C.
Each panelboard, switchboard, pullbox or any other
enclosure in which more than one ground wire is
terimnated shall be equipped with a ground bus secured
to the interior of the enclosure. The ground bus shall
have separate lugs for each ground conductor.
D.
Continuity of ground shall be maintained throughout the
system. The contractor shall exercise every precaution
to obtain good contact at all conduit connections,
panel bores, pullboxes, etc., Where it is not possible
to obtain good contact, bonding shall be provided.
•
E.
The maximum resistance to ground shall not exceed 5
ohms. Where the measured resistance to ground is more
than 5 ohms, additional and /or longer ground rods shall
be installed.
IEND OF SECTION 16050
i
Electrical - Basic Materials and Methods 16050 - 4*
V7
prior to request for final inspection.
D. Contractor shall contact the serving utility prior to
the bid and obtain the utility company charges and all
requirements including pull bores, serving points and
material to be furnished by the Contractor, and verify
serving locations.
Professional €ochnical Building Contract No. 02424
SECTION 16400 - ELECTRI,CAL - SERVICE AND DISTRIBU11ON
Part 1.00 --General
approved by a testing laboratory recognized by the code
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
enforcing authority and bear the approval of that
A. All service and distribution equipment specified on the
Drawings shall be furnished and installed by the
Contractor.
B. The service and metering facilities shall conform to
i
the utility company requirements.
C. Contractor shall apply for the service in the name of
#198 Fuses
the Owner and request and obtain service connection
prior to request for final inspection.
D. Contractor shall contact the serving utility prior to
the bid and obtain the utility company charges and all
requirements including pull bores, serving points and
material to be furnished by the Contractor, and verify
serving locations.
#FU -1 Low Voltage Fuses
#AB -1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers
#PB -1 Panelboards
#PB -2 Dead -front Distribution Switchboards
3. SERVING ELECTRICAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS
II
Electrical - Service and Distribution 16400 - 1
�38
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. All service and distribution equipment shall be
approved by a testing laboratory recognized by the code
enforcing authority and bear the approval of that
laboratory.
B. Equipment shall be manufactured in accordance with the
following standards or specifications as applicable.
1. UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, INC.
#67 Panelboards
#198 Fuses
#414 Meter Sockets
#489 Circuit Breakers
#506 Specialty Transformers
#869 Service Equipment
#891 Dead -front Switchboards
2. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION
#FU -1 Low Voltage Fuses
#AB -1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers
#PB -1 Panelboards
#PB -2 Dead -front Distribution Switchboards
3. SERVING ELECTRICAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS
II
Electrical - Service and Distribution 16400 - 1
�38
Professional & &hnical building Contract No. C2424
1.07, SUBMITTALS:
Manufacturer's shop drawings for each panelboard, load-
, center and switchboard shall be submitted to the Architect
for approval before equipment manufacturing in accordance
with Section 16010 of these Specifications.
1.o4 DELIVERY AND SCHEDULE:
The Contractor shall be responsible for placing properly
timed purchases and submitting Shop Drawings to comply with
the Construction Schedule.
' �
Fart_2_Ot�___Prad��cts
2,01 MAIN
SWITCHBOARD:
tA.
The main switchboard shall be dead front, dead rear,
line bussed, with circuit breakers and fusible switches
as noted on the plans. All bus shall be hard -drawn
copper with silver - plated joints.
B.
The switchboard shall contain all metering provisions
and comply with utility requirements.
C.
The bus shall be braced for a minimum of 50,000 amperes
symetrical. Provide "Lock -off" device for each circuit
breaker and fused switch. Each section shall be
equipped with a ground bus. Provide engraved
nameplates for each device in the switchboard.
D.
The main switchboard shall be as manufactured by
General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse, Gould ITE,
RS & E, or GTE Sylvania.
2.02 MOTOR
CONTROL CENTERS:
A.
Motor control centers shall be NEMA Class II Type B
with control wires brought to terminal blocks and with
all interconnecting control wiring factory installed.
B.
Control wire shall be No. 14 copper stranded. All
control wire shall be tagged at each terminal. or
'
connection. All bus shall be copper. Pilot lights,
push buttons, selector switches, etc., shall be heavy
duty oil tight. Pilot lights shall be transformer
type. All devices shall be identified with engraved
nameplates.
C. Motor control centers shall be of the same manufacturer
as the main switchboard.
Electrical - Service and Distribution 16400 2
Vol
I
i
I
LJ
I1
I
1
I
Professional 846chnical Buildina • Contract No. C2424
D. Where contactors, relays and /or time switches are
installed in panelboards, they shall be installed in
separate barriered sections under separate lockable
doors.
2.03 PANELBOARDS:
A. Distribution panelboards shall be as specified on the
Drawings.
B. A circuit schedule directory shall be prepared and
installed an each panelboard or loadcenter.
C. Panelboards shall be provided with the number of full,
3/4" nominal, circuit spaces shown on the Drawing.
Freestanding switchboards shall be full - bussed to
permit installation of future devices.
D. All panelboards shall be of the same manufacturer and
keyed alike.
E. Panelboards shall be identified with engraved
nameplates indicating the panel, designation, voltage
and phases.
2.05 GROUNDING
A. The service shall be ground connected by BOTH the
following methods:
1. To a rigid metallic cold water pipe of 3/4" minimum
in accordance with Section 250 -81 of N.E.C. or by
an alternate method of Section 250 -83 of N.E.C.
Wire size is shown on the Drawings.
2. To concrete encased electrode in accordance with
Section 250 -61(c) of the N.E.C.
B. The total resistance, measured from the main service to
ground shall not exceed 5 OHMS under dry ground
conditions (i.e., no rain for previous month).
C. The neutral of secondary windings of power transformers
shall be grounded.
D. Non - metallic conduit power runs shall contain a green
grounding conductor per Table 250 -45 of N.E.C.
E. Flexible metallic conduit power runs shall contain the
green grounding conductor as in paragraph "D" above
when required by code enforcing authorities.
END OF SECTION 16400
Uft> Electrical - Service and Distribution 16400 - 3*
1
Pro+essional 8 *chnical building •
Contract
No. 02424
SECTTUN_1Q5�i0_�_ELECiRICAL__ LIGHTING
i
Rart_1_OC >___ General
Contractor shall coordinate with the supplier to insure
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
proper fit, clearances and completeness of parts
required for installation.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All lighting fixtures specified on
the Drawings shall
be furnished and installed by the Contractor.
Lighting
fixtures shall be complete with all
supports,
spacers,
aligners, plaster rings, canopies
and all
necessary
Where manufacturer and model number are specified, no
auxiliaries. All fixtures of one type
shall
be of one
manufacturer and of identical finish
and appearance.
specifications as applicable:
1. UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC:
#57 Electric Lighting Fixtures
#924 Emergency Lighting Equipment
0935 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts
2. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION:
#FA -1 Outdoor Floodlighting Equipment.
#LE-1 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
Catalog pages or drawings shall be submitted in accordance
with Section 01340 of these Specifications to the Architect
or his designated representative of each light fixture for
approval before purchase ordering.
Electrical - Lighting 16501) 1
B.
Lighting fixtures furnished by others shall be
installed and wired by the Contractor. The supplier
will deliver the fixtures to the job site. The
Contractor shall coordinate with the supplier to insure
proper fit, clearances and completeness of parts
required for installation.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Lighting fixture assemblies shall be approved by a
testing laboratory recognized by the code enforcing
authority and bear the approved label of that
laboratory.
P.
Where manufacturer and model number are specified, no
substitutions are permitted unless approved by the
Architect in accordance with the general provisions of
these Specifications.
C.
Licht fixture assemblies shall be manufactured in
accordance with the following standards or
specifications as applicable:
1. UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC:
#57 Electric Lighting Fixtures
#924 Emergency Lighting Equipment
0935 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts
2. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION:
#FA -1 Outdoor Floodlighting Equipment.
#LE-1 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
Catalog pages or drawings shall be submitted in accordance
with Section 01340 of these Specifications to the Architect
or his designated representative of each light fixture for
approval before purchase ordering.
Electrical - Lighting 16501) 1
Professional &0chnical Building Contract No. 02424
Diffusers shall be acrylic prismatic in compliance with
1.04 DELIVERY AND SCHEDULE
A. Requests for catalog sheet submittals and then purchase
acrylate. The thickness shall be .110 -inch nominal.
ordering of fixtures shall be made immediately after
Fixtures subjected to outdoor weather yet protected
Contract execution to insure timely delivery of
from direct rain shall be "Approved for Damp Location."
fixtures to comply with the construction schedule.
D.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for placing
properly timed purchases to comply with the
materials (wood, acoustic tiles, etc.) shall be
manufacturer's delivery schedule. Within two weeks of
construction contract execution, the Architect shall be
notified if a manufacturer is unable to make deliveries
(minimum) from the combustible material.
to comply with the construction schedule.
E.
1.05 GUARANTEE:
i
A. The quality, integrity and proper performance of
specified "LPF" (Low Power Factor).
lighting fixtures shall be guaranteed for one year from
Electrical
date of installation at job site. This includes
integrity of housing diffuser, ballast and wiring.
B. Lamp burn -outs shall be guaranteed as follows, with
time period starting at date of substantial completion:
1
1. Incandescent One month
2. Fluorescent One year
3. Metal Halide One year
4. Mercury Vapor One year
5. High Pressure Sodium One year
part �_00___Products
2.01 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES
A. Fluorescent light fixtures shall contain "P" rated
ballast with "A" sound rating: except that slim line
instant start ballast shall be "B" sound rated. Any
ballast emitting noticeable noise shall be replaced.
Ballast shall have a two year unconditional warranty.
B.
Diffusers shall be acrylic prismatic in compliance with
IES- NEMA -SPI ,.joint specifications for clear methylmeth-
acrylate. The thickness shall be .110 -inch nominal.
C.
Fixtures subjected to outdoor weather yet protected
from direct rain shall be "Approved for Damp Location."
D.
Fixtures installed on the surface of combustible
materials (wood, acoustic tiles, etc.) shall be
approved for direct attachment or be spaced one inch
(minimum) from the combustible material.
E.
Power factor shall be a minimum of 0,90 unless
i
specified "LPF" (Low Power Factor).
�y2
Electrical
- Lighting 16500 - 2
Professional & Ochnical Building • Contract No. C2424
F. All ballasts shall be energy savings type.
G. All ballasts shall be ETL approved C.B.M. certifi.ed as
manufactured by General Electric, Advance or Jefferson.
2.02 INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES:
A. Fixtures subjected to outdoor weather, yet protected
from direct rain shall be "Approved for Damp Location."
and shall be securely gasketed when a diffuser is Used
to prevent entrance of insects and windblown dirt.
B. Recessed fixtures shall be designed and marked for
compliance with NEC /UL requirements.
1. Recessed fixtures installed in insulated ceilings
and elsewhere, where the insulation will be in
direct contact with the fixture, shall be rated
DC -IC.
2. Recessed fixtures installed in ceilings where the
insulation is kept 3" minimum away from the fixture
shall be thermally protected.
3. Recessed fixtures installed in suspended ceilings
shall be in compliance with the U.L. and N.E.C.
requirements.
2.03 EMERGENCY LIGHT UNITS:
Emergancy_Light_Units shall be fully automatic with all
solid state components and sealed 10 year guarantee
maintenance free battery. The unit shall be wall Mounted
and permanently wired per the N.E.C.
2.04 LAMPS:
A. Lamps and their specified color rendition shall be
installed in the respective light fixtures. Lamps
shall be ordered with the proper base (medium, mogul,
etc.) to properly fit respective fixtures.
B. Fluorescent lamps shall be cool white.
'
C. Fluorescent lamps shall be energy saving type,
D. High pressure sodium lamps shall have the proper base
and configuration for the fixture being furnished and
shall have the proper electrical characteristics for
the ballast being furnished.
E. Reflector lamps shall be PAR -38 of R -40 as required,
unless otherwise specified in fixture schedule.
i,
JN3
Electrical - Lighting I6500 - 3
' D. Where recessed incandescent fixtures are installed in
suspended ceilings, the insulation shall be kept a
minimum of 3" from the fixture.
END OF SECTION 16500
i
4 Li Electrical - Lighting 16500 - 4*
Professional chnical Building • Contract No. C2424
F.
Lamps shall be new of wattage indicated and shall, bs as
manufactured by General Electric, Sylvania or
Westinghouse.
Part_ 3_00___
Execution
3.01 RECESSED FIXTURES:
A.
Recessed fixtures where shown to have attached pullbox
shall have a 4" pullbox permanently attached to the
plaster ring so that it is accessible when the fixture
is removed. The fixture shall bear Underwriters' label
of approval for the wattage indicated. Connection
between fixture and pullbom to have flexible conduit
and 2 #14 AWG "AF" wires. The flexible conduit to be
sufficient length so that when the fixture is dropped,
the pullbox is readily accessible.
B.
Recessed fixtures must all have Underwriters'
Laboratory approval for recessed installation with
plaster frame and attached pullbox. Lamp enclosure,
reflectors and finish wiring shall not be installed
until plastering is completed. Finish trim shall not
be installed until finish painting of the adjacent
surface is completed.
C.
Where recessed fixtures are shown to mount in a
suspended "tee" ceiling, the electrical Contractor
shall install two clips on each end of the fixture for
securing to the "tee" cross runner and shall connect
two 12- gauge, fixture- hanger wires to the fixture
housing at 12" from each end of the housing. The two
12- gauge, fixture- hanger wires shall be furnished,
installed and connected to the superstructure above the
suspended ceiling.
' D. Where recessed incandescent fixtures are installed in
suspended ceilings, the insulation shall be kept a
minimum of 3" from the fixture.
END OF SECTION 16500
i
4 Li Electrical - Lighting 16500 - 4*
1
1
:1
1
i
1
1
1
C
5 _ Electrical - lelephone 16740 - 1*
Professional & chnical building Contract No. (2424
i 1
SECTION _1o74U___ELEC7RICAL TELEPHONE
A.
The Contactor shall provide required conduit -only and pull
rope for the public telephone system. This shall include the
main feeder from the main equipment terminal to the property
line, sub - feeders between satellite terminals and the main
1
equipment terminal.
B.
For accessible ceilings <i.e. removable the "T" -bar) install
stub -up conduit from telephone outlet to ceiling space. For
1
inaccessible ceilings (i.e., permanently secured) install
conduit from telephone outlets to satellite terminal board.
Refer to Drawings for conduit size.
1
C.
Telephone outlets shall consist of a 4 -inch square 1 -gang
switch ring and telephone cover place - s/e inch hole.
1
D.
Coordinate work with the telephone company, and install
required pull ropes in conduit.
'
END
OF SECTION 16740
1
1
:1
1
i
1
1
1
C
5 _ Electrical - lelephone 16740 - 1*
END OF SECTION 16900
l_J
I
1 '
U) Electrical - Heating & Cooling 16800 - 1*
Professional & *chnical Building . Contract No. C2424
SECTION_ 1.6800__ ELECTRICAL __HEATING_?; COOLING
Part
1.00 - General
i
-------------------
1.01
Heating and cooling equipment shall be furnished and in-
stalled by the Mechanical Contractor.
1.02
The Electrical Contractor shall review mechanical drawings
to insure installation of required electrical construction
for a complete and operable system,
1.03
Where specified on the Drawings, the Electrical Contractor
shall furnish and install certain equipment.
1.04
The Electrical Contractor shall inspect the equipment of
the ,Mechanical Contractor to verify circuiting of the
proper voltage, phase, and amperage. Incorrect equipment
shall be brought to the attention of the Mechanical
Engineer.
Part
_2_O0___Wiring
2.01
All line voltage (Class 1) conduit and wiring shall be
installed and connected by the Electrical Contractor.
2.02
Low voltage (Class 2) conduit only shall be installed by
the Electrical Contractor. A pull rope or wire shall be
provided.
END OF SECTION 16900
l_J
I
1 '
U) Electrical - Heating & Cooling 16800 - 1*
, sv
7�z. ..............
LF�
51
1E.
- ---------
t P-
_. ,.
..
{.� ...
MS
�LL
psi. �
-.
�
�
, e
z j� s�_a '
s
`
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PR 1.1
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT NO. 2424
PROPOSAL
To the Honorable City Council
City of Newport. Beach
3300 Newport Boulevard
P.O. Box 176B
Newport Beach, California 92663 -3884
Gentlemen:
The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read
the Notice Inviting Bids, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby agrees
to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services to do all the work
required to complete Contract No. 2424 in accordance with the Special Provisions, the Plans
(Drawing No. B- 5104 -5, consisting of 35 sheets), the City's Standard Special Provisions and
Drawings for Public Works Construction, the Standard Specificat ons Standard S ecifica-
tions for Public Works Construction, 982 Edition and 1983 Supplement t e roduct Speci-
fications; and reference sped ications; and that he will take in full payment therefor the
following lump sum prices for each item, complete in place, to wit:
ITEM QUANTITY EM DESCRIPTION D TO AL
NO. PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE
BASE BID
1. Lump Sum Construct professional and technical
building, complete in place, for the
lump sum price of:
Dollars
and
Cents
OPTIONAL BID ITEMS
2. Lump Sum Delete 20' x 24' bridge connecting the
second floor of Professional and
Technical Building with existing two -
story building to the south. Deduct
the lump sum price of:
,eti.¢ce��ceoi Dollars
and
Cents
$ 7-7—%20
$ 7,,,,,)0
:Y
PR 1 .2
ITEM QUANTITY
PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS
PRICE
3. Lump Sum
Substitute "Pella" aluminum -clad fixed
windows for windows specified in Sec-
tion 08520 of Product Specifications,
in locations specified in Section 01100-
1.26 of the Product Specifications, for
the additive or deductive (strike out
one) lump sum price of:
Additive
�J� P- Dollars
(strike out one)
and
Cents
$ —
4. Lump Sum
Substitute HY -TEE 420 Series window/
entrance units for those specifica-
tions in.Section 08520 of Product
Specifications, in locations speci-
fied in Section 01100 -1.2C of the
Product Specifications, for the
additive or deductive (strike out
one) lump sum price of:
Additive
Dollars
- Oednet+"
(strike out one)
and
Cents
$-Z.42— 6¢d °�
TOTAL BID PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS AND FIGURES FOR BASE BID (ITEM 1 ONLY)
CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE N0. 431712
DATE January 5, 1984
BIDDER'S TELEPHONE N0. (714) -895 -5077
Dollars
and
Cents
TOTAL BID $ o� v
WEEGER BROS., INC. A JOINT VENTURE
Bids Name
Paul A. WEEGER 1 Pr ent
Authorized Sign Title
15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
Huntington Beach, Calif. 9264-9
Bidder's Address
E
Page 3
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)
The undersigned certifies that he has used bid(s) of the following listed
subcontractors) in making up his bid,and that the subcontractor(s) listed
will be used for the work for which they bid, subject to the approval of the
Engineer and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Specifications.
No change of subcontractor may be made except with the prior approval of the
Engineer and as provided by State law.
Item of Work Subcontractor Address
1. PILING
2. STRUCTURAL STEEL
3. ROOFING
fill
4. GLASS & GLAZING ` %��1 Z)
5. PLASTER
6. GYPSUM WALLBOARD J
7. CERAMIC TILE
B, ACOUSTICAL
9. RESILIENT FLOORING
10. PAINTING
11. PLUMBING /-7//
12. BEAT, VENT & AIR COND.
13. ELECTRICAL
,
aul A We'eger eside'1-�-
Authorized Sign re Title-
:
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT NO. 2424
December 28, 1983
NOTICE TO BIDDERS:
BIDDERS shall propose to complete Contract No. 2424 in accordance with contract
documents, the Proposal, the Specifications and as modified by Addendum No. 2.
1. Change Bid Item no. 1 of the Proposal as follows:
ELECTRICAL: Increase electrical service and subfeed the existing
computer building as outlined in the attached four
8 -1/2 x 11 drawings.
r
Please execute and date this Addendum No. 2 and attach to your bid proposal.
NO BID PROPOSAL WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THIS ADDENDUM BEING EXECUTED AND
ATTACHED THERETO.
Raimar W. Schuller
Building Director
714/640 -2130
I have carefully examined Addendum No. 2, and hereby consent to its being made
a part of our proposal.
WEEDER BROS., INC. A JOINT VENTURE
(Bidder.''s. Name)
(Authorized Signature) 1 A. Weeger, President
Date January 5, 1984 15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
(Bidder's Address)
(714)895 -5077 Huntington Beach, Calif. 92649
(Telephone No.)
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING
CONTRACT NO. 2424
December 23, 1983
NOTICE TO BIDDERS:
BIDDERS shall propose to complete Contract No. 2424 in accordance with contract
documents, the Proposal, the Specifications and as modified by Addendum No. 1.
1. Change Bid Item No. 1 of the Proposal as follows:
a. Structural: Change 20 TJI45 joist spacing from 24" O.C. to
16" O.C. on roof framing plan on Sheet S -2 between
grid lines O and O4 and Q and
b. Clarification: Section 08800 Part 2.2 on Page 126 of Specification
should read 1/4" window glass as shown in window
schedule on.'Sheed 4.1 of Architectural plans
C. Clarification: Roof drain inside building may be hubless as specified
in Section 15050 Part 2 on Page 219 of Specification
in lieu of Item 17 of General Notes on Sheet P -1
of plans
d. Note: An addendum No. 2 is being considered to increase electrical
service and subfeed the existing computer building by
December 27, 1983.
2. Clarification on Bid Item No. 2, 3 and 4 of the proposal as follows:
Optional bid items 2, 3 and 4.should be bid as alternates to
corresponding items on plans and specifications.
Please execute and date this Addendum No. 1 and attach it to your bid proposal. NO BID
PROPOSAL WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THIS ADDENDUM BEING EXECUTED AND ATTACHED THERETO.
fGCQ24
Raimar W. Schuller
Building Director
714/640 -2130
I have carefully examined Addendum No. 1, and hereby consent to its being made a part
of our proposal.
WEEGER BROS., INC. A JOINT VENTURE
(Bidder's Name)
(Authorized SignatuI91—P 1 A. Weeger, President
Date January 5, 1984 15641 Product Lane, Unit #A -4
(Bidder's Address)
.(714) 895 -5077 Huntington Beach, Calif. 92649
(Telephone No.)
. .. .::.. .... ...�...: '. .. .: �.._. ... �r.:z.�.._ ...: ::: .. ... .. ._ ':- ":....... ,'.....::.:.. .r .......(,• —av r.r.. .s_:.'lYd�v._:_.�.Tw.a'.: "[.mu =.eL YYz..
9
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
• Page 2
The following contract documents shall be completed, executed and received
by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS:
1. PROPOSAL
2. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3, DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)
4. BIDDER'S BOND (sum not less than 10% of total bid price)
5. NON- COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
6. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
7. TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES
except that cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10% of
the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the Bidder's Bond. The title
of the project and the words SEALED BID shall be clearly marked on the outside
of the envelope containing the bid.
Bids shall not be received from bidders who are not licensed in accordance
with the provisions of Chapter 9, Division III of the Business and Professions'
Code. The low bidder shall also be required to possess a City of Newport Beach
business license prior to execution of contract.
Bids shall be submitted on the attached PROPOSAL -form. The additional
copy of the PROPOSAL form may be retained by the bidder for his records.
The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are
given solely to allow the comparison of bid totals.
Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the
PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of dis-
crepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures.
In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price,
the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with
correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder
errors or omissions in the PROPOSAL.
Contract documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized
to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of
the President or Vice President. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of
a general partner. For sole ownership, the signature shall be of the owner.
In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the
Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of
per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each
craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the con-
tract. A copy of said determination is available in the office of the City
Clerk. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the
California Labor Code relating to prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770 -7981 in-
clusive). The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Section 1777.
of the California Labor Code for all apprenticeable occupations.
431712 B -1 WEEGER BROS.,INC. A JOINT VENTURE
Contr's Lic. No. & Classification Bid�de�
January 5, 1984 f�AIT1 A WeeQer � esident _
Date Authorized Siggatrare /Title
• . Page 4
z
BIDDER'S BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
That we, WEEGER BROS., INC A JOINT VENT , as bidder,
and GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY , as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, California, in the sum of
107 of the total bid price
Dollars ($ (107) )�
lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum well and truly
to be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH,
That if the proposal of the above bounden bidder for the construction of
PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL BUILDING 2424
Title of Project Contract No.
in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of said City, and
if the above bounden bidder shall duly enter into and execute a contract for
such construction and shall execute and deliver the "Payment" and "Faithful
Performance" contract bonds described in the Specifications within ten (10) days
(not including Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays) from the date of the
mailing of a notice to the above bounden bidder by and from said City that said
contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall become null and
void; otherwise it is and shall remain in full force and effect, and the amount
specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City.
In the event that any bidder above named executed this bond as an indi-
vidual, it is agreed that the death of any such bidder shall not exonerate the
Surety from its obligations under this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this 5th day
of January , 1984.
t
(Attach acknowledgement of
Attorney -in -Fact)
Commi
Notary%Public
WEEGER BROS., INC. A JOINT VENTURE
Bidder
�- Pau 1 A. 'Weeger /Preside
Authorized Signatureyll"itle
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
Surety
By John Z. Schmidt /Attorney in fact
tle _
a
yr
ooa >_Z
�r =<a
2 R 6 D
i
I
I
w
I
rt
rt
p
m
N
m
k
t
m ft
o a
to o 7 n
w
a tr r
a rt m k L4
w m �:l o
a
x x m
m m rt rt
H. M ° rwt
a
tx N b' n p
m a a C Y
rt m H
w rt m o P.
rt rt lb
r 0 ? ° b
m (D m m a
1 p Fl- 7 P
7 m
H o
M N
rt r m tY
M rat N r~
ft 0
M wm m Z
m
m N
O n
O rt m
rt m
O M H
phi n H
rt m m rt
N K O
O 1 4 ti
p W t
tl
rt 1 m
m M C
m w H
ly n a
m rt m
P. o
m
N n o
a Ir
w o m
m H rt
m ❑•
a m
w
m
a
m
M
O
M
m
7
Cm
p
m
h
N
�W
d
m
a
a
x
O
rt
Pi
n
kyy
Cr
r
o•
0
M
m
m
r -- —ANP
0
En
o
C
Y
y
M
O
v
M
^1
`G
y
a
r
t"
N
M
o
U,
H
F_
0
m
ao
m
M
O
M
m
7
Cm
p
m
h
N
�W
d
m
a
a
x
O
rt
Pi
n
kyy
Cr
r
o•
0
M
m
m
GIW �RIC�N 1N5l RANCE %MPANY
The nymber of persons authorized by 12379
this power of attorney is not more than No. 0
EIGHT
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named
below its true and lawful attomey -in -fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute in behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and
all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said
Company on any such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below.
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf of the attomey(s) -in -fact named above
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by
its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 12th day of July 19 82
Attest
STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON — ss:
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
On this 12th bey of July, 1982 before me personally appeared ROBERT M. SCHUDER, to me
known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resided in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is the Vice President of the Great American Insurance
Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.
This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great
American Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated August 20, 1979.
RESOLVED: That the President, the several Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is
authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys -/n -Fact to execute in behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all
bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof, to prescribe their respective duties
and the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time.
RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers may be affixed by facsimile
to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract or suretyship, or other
written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original
s{grwture of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed.
CERTIFICATION
1, W. R. Bily, Secretary of the Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney, and
the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of August 20, 1979 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 5th day of January 19 84
Name
Address Limit of Power
GERALD
W. ROSSKOPF
SANDRA
K.
WITT ALL OF ALL
RICHARD
K. ROSSKOPF
DONALD
E.
RAPP SAN GABRIEL, CALIFORNIA UNLIMITED
ROBERT
R. ROSSKOPF
DOUGLAS
A.
RAPP
JOHN Z.
SCHMIDT
RICHARD
C.
LLOYD
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf of the attomey(s) -in -fact named above
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by
its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 12th day of July 19 82
Attest
STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON — ss:
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
On this 12th bey of July, 1982 before me personally appeared ROBERT M. SCHUDER, to me
known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resided in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is the Vice President of the Great American Insurance
Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.
This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great
American Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated August 20, 1979.
RESOLVED: That the President, the several Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is
authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys -/n -Fact to execute in behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all
bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof, to prescribe their respective duties
and the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time.
RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers may be affixed by facsimile
to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract or suretyship, or other
written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original
s{grwture of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed.
CERTIFICATION
1, W. R. Bily, Secretary of the Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney, and
the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of August 20, 1979 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 5th day of January 19 84
NON- COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
Page 5
The bidder, by its officers and agents or representatives present at the time
of filing this bid, being duly sworn on their oaths, say that neither they nor
any of them have, in any way, directly or indirectly, entered into any arrange-
ment or agreement with any other bidder, or with any public officer of such
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH whereby such affiant or affiants or either of them, has
paid or is to pay to such bidder or public officer any sum of money, or has
given or is to give to such other bidder or public officer anything of value
whatever; or such affiant or affiants or either of them has not directly or
indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agreement with any other bidder or
bidders, which tends to or does lessen or destroy free competition in the
letting of the contract sought for by the attached bids; that no bid has been
accepted from any subcontractor or materialman through any bid depository, the
bylaws, rules or regulations of which prohibit or prevent the bidder from con-
sidering any bid from.any subcontractor or materialman which is not processed
through said bid depository, or which prevent any subcontractor or materialman
from submitting bids to a bidder who does not use the facilities of or accept
bids from or through such bid depository; that no inducement of any form or
character other than that which appears upon the face of the bid will be sug-
gested, offered, paid or delivered to any person whomsoever to influence the
acceptance of the said bid or awarding of the contract; nor has the bidder
any agreement or understanding of any kind whatsoever with,any person whomso-
ever to pay, deliver to, or share with any other person in any way or manner,
any of the proceeds of the contracts sought by this bid.
Subscribed nd sworn to before me
this day of ,
192/ .
My commission expires:
3! IC -
CALIFORNIA
IC
-f i S ANGC E . COUNT`!
\ a . „.:, 1.:, :, �.....uovn Fr I e. 6';_! 11. 109P
WEEGER BROS., INC. A JOINT VENTURE
Authorized S' ature /Title!
John Z. Schmidt
Notary Public
Page 6
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
The undersigned submits herewith a statement of his financial responsibility
or agrees to submit a statement within 1 work day after the bid opening if
the undersigned is the apparent low bidder.
WEEGER BROS., INC. A JOINT VENTURE_
Bidder
P U1 A. Wee er /Presid
Authorized Sign a /Title
t . , Page 7
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES
The undersigned submits herewith a statement of the work of similar character
to that proposed herein which he has performed and successfully completed.
Year
Completed For Whom Performed (Detail) Person to Contact Telephone No
1982 U. S. NAVY COMMISARY STORE, LONG BEACH /Lt.D.D.CURNUTT 213 -547 -6875
WEEGER BROS., INC. A JOINT VENTURE
Bidder
_Paul A. Weeger /presi
Authorized Sig ure /Title
• •
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
P.O. BOX 1768, NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92663 -3884
24 January 1984
Tel: 714/640 -2130
Mr. Paul Weeger
Weeger Bros, Inc.
15641 Product Lane, Unit A -4
Huntington Beach, CA 92649
Subject: Professional and Technical Building, Contract No. 2424
Dear Mr. Weeger:
The City Council awarded the subject contract to you on January 23, 1984.
Enclosed are four copies of the contract documents. Four copies each
of the following documents shall be executed:
Payment Bond (Pages 9 & 10)
Faithful Performance Bond (Pages 11 & 12)
Certificate of Insurance and Endorsements (Pages 13, 14 & 15)
Contract (Pages 16 & 17)
The date of the contract is to be left blank since it will be dated when
the City executes the contract. The distribution of executed contract
documents will then be (1) City Clerk, (2) Building Department,
(3) Contractor, and (4) Bonding Company.
Note that the enclosed forms for Certificate of Insurance and.Endorsements
are the only forms acceptable to the City for this purpose.
The Standard Specifications require that you sign and file with the Building
Department a Workers' Compensation Insurance certificate. You may execute
and return the enclosed Workers' Compensation Certificate to satisfy this
requirement.
ALL of the executed documents mentioned above shall be returned to the
Building Department, City of Newport Beach, 3300 Newport Blvd /PO Box 1768,
Newport Beach, California 92663 within ten (10) working days after receipt.
Very truly yours,
MEN
BIU_IING DEPAR
aimar . Sc uller, Director cc: City Clerk
3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach
Encl.
110-
10
.0 O
O
Nt"
O
0 �N
\tR�46
WO
S
QZas,
0
14% -
i
i
I
M
9
O v
O
La
d
4-
'91
0
0
It
0
tv
0)
En
(D
w
m
0 rt
0
c
P)
0
vd
t1l
Cf)
co
I
I zri
o o
Of
j i � i �I
O m
0
0
0
O
w
m
tri
I'M
bo.
CD
19
ft
0
Fj.
CL
0
Authorized to Publish Advertisements of Onds including public
notices by Decree of the Superior Court of Orange County.
California, Number A -6214, dated 29 September, 1961, and
A- 24831. dated 11 June, 1963.
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
County of Orange PaO Not" Adye wnp co. W
by ,nis stnds.b b sal m 1 "n,
.1h to W.. cbyY wldh
I am a Citizen of the United States and a resident of
the County aforesaid; I am over the age of eighteen
years, and not a party to or interested in the below
entitled matter. I am a principal clerk of the Orange
Coast DAILY PILOT, with which is combined the
NEWS- PRESS, a newspaper of general circulation,
printed and published in the City of Costa Mesa,
County of Orange, State of California, and that a
Notice of Notice Inviting Bids
CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH
of which copy attached hereto is a true and complete
copy, was printed and published in the Costa Mesa,
Newport Beach, Huntington Beach, Fountain Valley,
Irvine, the South Coast communities and Laguna
Beach issues of said newspaper for tlao
consecutive weeks to wit the issue(s) of
D ®cemher 1 _, 198 3
December 2 198 3
198_
198—
198—
I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the
foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on December 9 198 3
at Costa Mesa, California,
...........
PROOF OF PUBLICATION
N
Authorized to Publish Advertisements of *rids including public
notices by Decree of the Superior Court of Orange County,
California, Number A -6214, dated 29 September, 1961, and
A- 24831, dated 11 June, 1963.
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
County of Orange Pubiw N.11" Adwlivng corned
by Inn, saldsrn Is W In 1 "nl
Min fd Wbe cdumo . Ih
I am a Citizen of the United States and a resident of
the County aforesaid; I am over the age of eighteen
years, and not a party to or interested in the below
entitled matter. I am a principal clerk of the Orange
Coast DAILY PILOT, with which is combined the
NEWS - PRESS, a newspaper of general circulation,
printed and published in the City of Costa Mesa,
County of Orange, State of California, and that a
Notice of Public Notice
TT9 OF 11 WPORm REACH
of which copy attached hereto is a true and complete
copy, was printed and published in the Costa Mesa,
Newport Beach, Huntington Beach, Fountain Valley,
Irvine, the South Coast communities and Laguna
Beach issues of said newspaper for nne
m7ta1i1X41SD3C9Qit MXOt1A the issue(X of
November 22 198 3
198_
, 198_
198_
, 198_
I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the
foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on NnIrRmher 22 198 3
at Costa Mesa, California.
Signature
PROOF OF PUBLICATION
-allay
j
, y
9 0
BY THE Cm COUNCIL
CITY Of NEWPORT BEACH
--- ��eMNOV 2 81983
I I
November 28, 1983
CITY COUNCIL AGENDA
ITEM NO. F -16
TO: City Council
FROM: Building Department
VIRN SUBJECT: No „V! MQ;
1. Accept the Negative Declaration
2. Approve the plans and specifications
3. Authorize the City Clerk to advertise for bids to be opened
at 9:00 AM on January 5, 1984.
DISCUSSION:
The sum of $1,100,000 has been earmarked for design and construction
of a two -story professional and technical building with 13,500 square feet of
floor area to be built on the site of the present "teahouse" located behind the
City Hall. The location is shown on the attached sketch. An exhibit will be
on display in the Council Chambers and a complete set of plans will be available
in the Council's conference room.
The present project consists of moving the "teahouse" to a temporary location
in the parking lot north of the City Hall, plus design and construction of the
basic professional and technical building.
Items not included in the present project are:
1. Movable partitions in new building.
2. Remodeling of existing Public Works offices in the City Hall
for use by the Purchasing Office,Traffic Division, and field
inspection function.
3. Reconstructing parking facilities.
4. Landscaping and irrigation.
5. Moving "teahouse" off of site.
Funds will be requested in the 1984 -1985 budget to complete the project.
,.. +November 28, 1983 • •
Subject: Proposed Professional and Technical Building (Contract No. 2424)
Page 2
PROJECT BUDGET
Contract No. C -2424
Design (Contract No. 2405 $ 80,000
Soils tests, surveying and miscellaneous 15,000
Relocating "teahouse" 25,o0O
Construction contract (less partitions) 978,000
Contingencies 2,000
$ 1,100,000
PROJECT SCHEDULE
1.
November 28, 1983
City Council approves plans and
specifications, and authorizes
City Clerk to advertise for bids.
2.
January 5, 1984
Bids opened.
3.
January 23, 1984
Contract awarded.
4.
January 28, 1984
"Teahouse" moved.
5.
February 15, 1984
Work commences
6.
August 15, 1984
Work completed.
7.
August 22, 1984
Partitions completed.
S.
August 31, 1984
Building, Planning, and Public Works
complete move to new building.
9.
September 30, 1984
Remodeling of existing Public Works
offices completed.
10.
October 7, 1984
Purchasing, Traffic, and Field Inspection
complete move to remodeling.
- 11.
October 14, 1984
"Teahouse" moved off site.
12.
November 30, 1984
Parking lot and site improvements
completed.
13.
December 31, 1984
Landscaping complete; project complete
The
plans were prepared by
Wilson - Woodman and Associates of Newport Beach.
Raimar W. Schuller
Building Director
lc
III
-L" -ILIN It/
5
PROFESSIONAL & TEC"NICAL WILSON V. WOODMAN
SERVICES BUILDING AND AlSOCIATIS
CITY HALL, NEWPORT BEACH. ". ;;===- 11
IP fI�����m1
1
5
PROFESSIONAL & TEC"NICAL WILSON V. WOODMAN
SERVICES BUILDING AND AlSOCIATIS
CITY HALL, NEWPORT BEACH. ". ;;===- 11
■ i
T
v
r
I
0
li
1
7
t�
V p�
j t
►RO►LSSIONAI • T[CNNICAL
S[RVIcas BUILDING
CITY MAL&, NEWPO111 •l1CN, OA
`�
WILSON V. WOODMAN
w �raocLUu
a°
yv —'
Zy
o
A
>
�t
C
b'
� o•
It
�t
V)
►RO►LSSIONAI • T[CNNICAL
S[RVIcas BUILDING
CITY MAL&, NEWPO111 •l1CN, OA
`�
WILSON V. WOODMAN
w �raocLUu
tL
0 * -1.4
PUBLIC NOTICE
Notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Newport
Beach will consider at its meeting of November 28, 1983 (1) approval
of plans and specifications for a new 2 story 13,489 sq.ft.
Professional and Technical office building to be constructed on the
City Hall complex, (2) authorization to advertise for bids and (3) the
acceptance of an environmental document.
NOTICE IS HEREBY FURTHER GIVEN that a Negative Declaration has been
prepared by the City of Newport Beach in connection with the project
noted above. It is the present intention of the City to accept the
Negative Declaration and supporting documents. The City encourages
members of the general public to review and comment on this
documentation. Copies of the 'Negative Declaration and supporting
documents are available for public review and inspection at the
Planning Department, City of Newport Beach, 3300 West Newport
Boulevard, Newport Beach, California, 92663, (714) 640 -2197.
Notice is hereby further given that said meeting will be held on the
day noted, at the hour of 7:30 p.m. in the Council Chambers of the
Newport Beach City Ball located at 3300 Newport Boulevard, at which
time and place any and all persons interested may appear and be heard
thereon.
Wanda Anderson
City Clerk